HomeMy WebLinkAboutBIL 163 Draft 01 2000-2002ORDINANCE NO.
AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE COUNTY OF HAWAII GENERAL PLAN AND
REPEALING ORDINANCE NO. 89 142, AS AMENDED.
BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE COUNTY OF HAWAII:
SECTION 1. Purpose. The purpose of this ordinance is to adopt a General Plan
in compliance with Section 3-15, Hawaii County Charter and to repeal the 1989 General
Plan adopted by Ordinance No. 89 142, as amended.
SECTION 2. The attached document identified as Appendix A, which also
includes the Land Use Pattern Allocation Guide Maps and the Facilities Maps, is hereby
adopted as the Hawaii County General Plan.
SECTION 3. Ordinance No. 89 142 (1989 General Plan) and all subsequent
amendments are hereby repealed.
SECTION 4. In the event that any portion of this ordinance is declared invalid,
such invalidity shall not affect the other parts of this ordinance.
SECTION 5
Hilo, Hawaii
Date of Introduction:
Date of 1St Reading:
Date of 2nd Reading:
Effective Date:
This ordinance shall take effect upon its approval.
493
INTRODUCED—
BY-
' COUNCIL MEMBER, COUNTY OF HAWAII
COZJN 11 OFSTATE
OF HAWAII
e�
BILI. NO. 163
ORDINANCE NO.
AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE COUNTY OF HAWAII GENERAL PLAN AND
REPEALING ORDINANCE NO. 89 142, AS AMENDED.
BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE COUNTY OF HAWAII:
SECTION 1. Purpose. The purpose of this ordinance is to adopt a General Plan
in compliance with Section 3-15, Hawaii County Charter and to repeal the 1989 General
Plan adopted by Ordinance No. 89 142, as amended.
SECTION 2. The attached document identified as Appendix A, which also
includes the Land Use Pattern Allocation Guide Maps and the Facilities Maps, is hereby
adopted as the Hawaii County General Plan.
SECTION 3. Ordinance No. 89 142 (1989 General Plan) and all subsequent
amendments are hereby repealed.
SECTION 4. In the event that any portion of this ordinance is declared invalid,
such invalidity shall not affect the other parts of this ordinance.
SECTION 5
Hilo, Hawaii
Date of Introduction:
Date of 1St Reading:
Date of 2nd Reading:
Effective Date:
This ordinance shall take effect upon its approval.
493
INTRODUCED—
BY-
' COUNCIL MEMBER, COUNTY OF HAWAII
December 21, 2001
Draft
Appendix A
INTRODUCTION
The County of Hawaii's General Plan is the policy document for the long range
comprehensive development of the island of Hawaii. The purposes of the General Plan are to:
• Guide the pattern of future development in this County based on long-term goals;
• Identify the visions, values, and priorities important to the people of this County;
• Provide the framework for regulatory decisions, capital improvement priorities,
acquisition strategies, and other pertinent government programs within the County
organization and coordinated with State and Federal programs.
• Improve the physical environment of the County as a setting for human activities; to
make it more functional, beautiful, healthful, interesting, and efficient.
• Promote and safeguard the public interest and the interest of the County as a whole.
• Facilitate the democratic determination of community policies concerning the
utilization of its natural, man-made, and human resources.
• Effect political and technical coordination in community improvement and
development.
• Inject long-range considerations into the determination of short-range actions and
implementation.
History of the Flan
General Plan studies in the County of Hawaii were initiated in the late 1950's and were
limited to particular regions of the island such as the Hilo, Kona, Kohala, Hamakua, and Puna
Districts. As such, these initial general plans lacked a comprehensive, coordinated, and integrated
overview of the entire County. The first of these studies, "A Plan for Kona", was completed in
1960 and encompassed the districts of North and South Kona. "A Plan for the Metropolitan Area
of Hilo" was completed in 1961 for the districts of South Hilo and Puna. "The Kohala-Hamakua
Region General Plan" was completed in 1963 and covered part of the district of North Kona and
the districts of North and South Kohala, Hamakua and North Hilo. These regional plans were
adopted by Ordinance No. 317 in July 1965, as the General Plan for the County. The district of
Ka'u was the only area in the County not covered by this plan.
With the adoption and ratification of the County Charter in 1968, the General Plan
emerged as a major policy document. Section 3-15 of the County Charter states:
Introduction
"The county council shall adopt by ordinance a general plan which shall set forth the -
Council's policy for long-range comprehensive physical development of the County. It
shall contain a statement of development objectives, standards and principles with respect
to the most desirable use of land within the County for residential, recreational,
agricultural, commercial, industrial, and other purposes which shall be consistent with
proper conservation of natural resources and the preservation of our natural beauty and
historical sites; the most desirable density ofpopulation in the several parts of the County;
a system ofprincipal thoroughfares, highways, streets, public access to the shoreline, and
other open spaces; the general locations, relocations and improvement ofpublic buildings;
the general location and extent ofpublic utilities and terminals, whether publicly or
privately owned, for water, sewers, light, power, transit and other purposes; the extent and
location ofpublic housing projects; adequate drainage facilities and control; air pollution;
and such other matters as may, in the Council's judgment, be beneficial to the social,
economic, and governmental conditions and trends and shall be designed to assure the
coordinated development of the County and to promote the general welfare and prosperity
of its people.
(a) The Council shall enact zoning, subdivision, and other such ordinances, which
shall contain the necessary provisions to carry out the purpose of the General
Plan.
(b) No public improvement, project, subdivision, or zoning ordinances, shall be
initiated or adopted unless the same conforms to and implements the General Plan.
(c) Amendments to the General Plan may be initiated by the Council or the Planning
,Director. "
The first General Plan document to be completed after the ratification of the County
Charter in 196E was adopted by ordinance on December 15, 1971 by the County Council. Upon
adoption of the General Plan in 1971, the Council laid the foundation for establishing a
comprehensive planning program for the County of Hawaii. This program consists of three
interrelated parts arranged in a hierarchy as described below and illustrated in Figure I.
The General Plan represents the first level and encompasses long-range goals, policies,
standards, and courses of action for the entire County. The General Plan also provides the
legal basis for all of the other elements of the County's planning structure. As such, the
General Plan is the highest order, or "umbrella" plan. It establishes the outer limits or
boundaries within which the County must operate.
The second level consists of short and middle range plans that further define the long-range
goals and policies of the General Plan. These plans are related to specific regions or
districts (Hilo, Kona, Kohala, Ka'u, etc.), functions (recreation, agriculture, drainage,
highways, etc.), and specific areas within a region (Kailua-Kona, Downtown Hilo, etc.).
2
Introduction
The third level consists of specific mechanisms to implement the two higher levels of the
planning hierarchy. 'These include the Zoning and Subdivision Codes and both the
operating and capital improvement program budgets.
Introduction
Figure I
Functional Plan
Recreation
Sewerage/Drainage
Historic Sites
Etc.
Operating Budget
General Plan Program
GENERAL PLAN
Community bevelopment Plan
Hilo
Kona
Kohala
Etc.
Capital Improvements Program
(CIP)
Area Improvement Plan
Hilo Downtown Developmnt
Plan
Kailua Village Design Plan
Etc.
Land Use Development
Codes
Zoning Subdivision
Other Codes and Regulations
The initial development of the General Plan program, undertaken between 1968 and 1970,
was funded through an agreement between the County of Hawaii and the U.S. Department of
Housing and Urban Development through the former State of Hawaii Department of Planning and
Economic Development (currently the State Department of Business, Economic Development and
Tourism). The initial General Plan study program was conducted over a 36 -month period and
completed by the Planning Department with the technical assistance of professional consultants in
the fields of drainage and flood control, historic sites, sewerage, economics, and water.
The General Plan program is structured to investigate, analyze, and evaluate concurrently
all aspects of the County under a common or standard methodology. The preparation of the
General Plan involves the process of planning and provides the opportunity to broaden the base of
citizen participation, review, and understanding.
The 1971 General Plan required five and ten year comprehensive reviews and updates.
The reviews and updates are intended to maintain the dynamism and flexibility of the General
Plan and to accommodate major changes and trends that may occur within the County. The
County initiated a review of the Land Use Pattern Allocation Guide Map in 1978 that led to
several changes to the map. Other changes included the addition of an Energy element and
amendments to procedures for the comprehensive reviews and proposals for specific amendments
to the General Plan.
The first comprehensive ten-year review of the General Plan was initiated by the Planning
Department in the mid -1980's and completed with the adoption of Ordinance No. 89 142 by the
Hawaii County Council on November 14, 1989. This comprehensive revision program resulted in
4
Introduction
various revisions to supporting data as well as to the individual study elements and Land Use
Pattern Allocation Guide and Facilities maps.
The Current General Plan Comprehensive Review Program
The planning process utilized for the current comprehensive review and revision of the
General Plan included an assessment of the General Plan elements relative to new data. laws, and
methods of analysis. Each study element was then analyzed and evaluated in relation to all other
elements, County and district goals, and the land use pattern. Potentially, a change in one element
could affect other elements as well as the land use pattern. Similarly, a change in County and
district goals could potentially be reflected in all elements and in the land use pattern.
The comprehensive review of the General Plan gathered and assessed the data related to each
element to identify present conditions and problems and future possibilities. The study elements
utilized in the General Plan included the following:
Economic: Describes the human, capital, and natural resources used to produce goods and
services for consumption in local and overseas markets.
En rgy: Describes the energy situation for the County and explains the incentive for
promoting energy conservation and the development of indigenous energy resources
including solar, wind, hydrologic, and geothermal.
Environmental Quality: Identifies the factors affecting the island's environmental quality
and describes the precautions and safeguards necessary to maintain and improve the
quality of the environment for the physical, psychological, and social well-being of
residents and visitors.
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards: Pertains to the conservation and protection of life,
improvements, and natural resources from excess runoff due to either man-made
improvements, natural causes, or inundation from tsunamis and heavy seas.
Historic Sites: Identifies sites and buildings of historical and cultural importance.
Natural Beauty: Identifies areas of unique natural beauty that are a principle asset of the
island, and encourages programs for their conservation, preservation, and integration with
other elements.
Natural Resources and Shoreline: Describes the valuable and often irreplaceable natural
assets of the island and encourages programs for their proper management and protection.
Housing: Addresses the requirements for and the quantity, quality, and distribution of
housing units in the County. This element also addresses critical housing problems of the
County.
Public Facilities: Pertains to the location and distribution of facilities for education, public
safety, social, health services and other government operations.
5
Introduction
Public Utilities: Describes the distribution of power, light, and water; the collection and -
disposal of solid waste and sewage; and the provision of other communication utilities that
are essential to the efficient fanctioning of a community.
Recreation: Examines the requirements of the County for active and passive outdoor
activities, cultural events and pastimes, as well as attendant facilities and areas.
Transportation: Describes the requirements for air and water transport terminal facilities
linking the County with the rest of the State and overseas areas, and the island's network of
streets, highways, and roads.
Land Use: Studies the relationship of human activities to the uses of land and the location,
spatial relationship, and topography. This element is subdivided into the following
designations according to uses:
Agricultural: Encompasses all types of agricultural endeavors and specified
industrial uses, residential and ancillary community and public and accessory uses.
Commercial: Comprised of industries in the retail trade and service categories and
certain non -noxious enterprises from other industrial classifications.
Industrial: Includes uses that may not be compatible with commercial areas (such
as manufacturing and processing, wholesaling, large storage and transportation
facilities, power plants, and government baseyards) as well as other industrial,
manufacturing, or wholesaling uses.
Multiple Residential: Includes duplexes, apartments, town houses and similar
types of residential structures and ancillary community and public uses.
Open Space: Includes conservation lands, forest and water reserves, natural and
scientific preserves, and potential natural hazard areas.
Public Lands: Includes Federal, State, County, and University owned lands.
Resort: Consists primarily of areas with basic amenities and attributes that attract
developments of visitor accommodations and related facilities.
Single -Family Residential: Consists of single-family detached houses and ancillary
community and public uses.
Each study element has been divided into sections described below.
Introduction and Analysis: Describes the element and summarizes findings, County -wide
characteristics and features, trends, changes, and problems, as well as the outlook and
opportunities for the immediate and distant future. The analysis also addresses the
element's interrelationships with other elements.
6
Introduction
Goals: Indicates the desired long-range directions and situations enunciated by community
groups, officially expressed in the past or implied in governmental programs. Provides a
cohesive and comprehensive framework for the coordination of social and economic
programs and governmental effort.
Policies: States the methods or strategies that should be undertaken to attain the sta.ed
goals. These are action and program oriented and involve the formulation of standard
procedures, program evaluation and review, rules and regulations, ordinances and laws,
budgeting, specific projects, etc.
Standards: Concerned with qualitative and quantitative criteria by which situations can be
evaluated or benchmarks established. Standards are basically "yardsticks" or indicators,
minimum conditions or levels of quality necessary for the well-being of the public.
Courses of Action: Many study elements require a more precise and definitive discussion
of community concerns and problems. These sections attempt to identify specific
alternatives on a community, district or regional basis.
As an aid to the understanding of the inter -relationship of the components of the General
Plan, the separate elements of the General Plan may also be described as follows:
The Introduction and the Economic element describe the foundations and factors
that generate population and economic opportunities and growth on the island of
Hawaii. The Environmental Quality, Energy, Flooding and Other Natural Hazards,
Historic Sites, Natural Beauty, and the Natural Resources and Shoreline elements
describe those natural and social conditions that influence and set parameters for
development opportunities on the island. The Housing, Public Facilities, Public
Utilities, Recreation, and Transportation elements describe those services, facilities,
and improvements necessary to accommodate the growth of population and support
the economy. The Land Use element describes the distribution, pattern, and
location of the various activities addressed in the other elements of the General
Plan.
7
Introduction
COUNTY PROFILE -
The County of Hawaii encompasses the island of Hawaii, which is the southeasternmost
and largest island of the Hawaiian archipelago. The land area of the County is approximately
twice the combined land _area of all the other islands of the State.
The island of Hawaii has a diverse climate, topography and scenic beauty. Environments
include dense tropical forests; majestic snowcapped mountains; active volcanoes; black, white,
and green sand beaches; deeply eroded valleys; and large expanses of grazing land. Each district
provides a variety of settings for human activity, land and resource utilization, or wilderness areas
of minimal human intrusion.
The County of Hawaii has expanded into new fields of industry such as astronomy, high
technology, renewable energy, health and wellness, agricultural and eco -tourism, diversified
agriculture and aquaculture. The County's continuing support of research and development in
these emerging fields will ensure a promising future for the island's economy and its residents.
Specific examples include the establishment of the Agricultural Research Center of the Pacific,
conversion of the old sewer treatment plant near Puhi Bay in Hilo to an aquaculture facility, and
the construction of an agricultural water system in Ka'u.
The County's overall economic outlook remains mixed due to the County's dependence on
the condition of the State's economy. Since 1990, the State's economy has been in a period of
decline. While there are opportunities for expansion into new and existing industries, external
factors such as the world economy may have an impact on the County's future economy.
Throughout the County's history, agriculture has played an important role in the County's
economy. In the late 1700's, Hawaii's agricultural industry began by provisioning ships. During
the 1800's, sugar production and cattle ranching emerged as leaders of the modern agricultural
industry. These industries dominated the island's economy and social fabric well into the 1900s.
The 1980's and 1990's saw the demise of sugar cultivation and the steady decline in cattle
production. These once dominant industries have been replaced by fully diversified agriculture
including flowers and nursery products, coffee, macadamia nuts, tropical fruits, vegetable crops,
orchards, aquaculture, and forestry. Import replacement and expansion of export products and
markets are increasing. The three leading agricultural industries within the County are flowers
and nursery products, vegetables, and macadamia nuts. Combined, these three agricultural
industries accounted for over 50 per cent of the total value of agricultural production in the County
in 1997. When compared statewide, the County of Hawaii produces 35 per cent of fresh
vegetables, 72 per cent of bananas, 30 per cent of coffee, 95 per cent of macadamia nuts, and 51
per cent of flowers and nursery products. Agriculture's future remains favorable with the strong
diversification and development of new export protocol and technology.
Within the past forty years, tourism has emerged as the primary economic activity on the
island. Much of the economic growth experienced during this period can be linked with the
expansion of the visitor industry. Both the statewide and local economies have been faced with an
economic downturn since 1990. Visitor arrivals to the island peaked in 1991 at 1,189,000 and
subsequently declined to a low of 1,079,000 in 1994 before rebounding to 1,286,000 in 1998. The
8
Introduction
mainland economic recession of the early 1990's and the Asian economic crisis in 1997
significantly impacted Hawaii's visitor industry. These events emphasized the dependency of the
local economy upon the visitor industry and its vulnerability to external influences. While the
tourist industry is expected to continue growing, it has matured to a point where healthy growth
will demand a reinvestment in the infrastructure supporting the visitor industry. The County must
continue to preserve, protect and enhance the unique qualities of the Big Island and promote the
island as a vacation and business destination to respond to growing competition from tourist
destinations around the world.
In 1970, just prior to the initial adoption of the General Plan, the population in the County
of Hawaii numbered 63,468. The 1970 census count was the first to show an increase, albeit
small, since 1930 when the population peaked at 73,325, largely as a result of the importation of
labor for the sugar industry. The population decline between 1930 and the 1960s was primarily
due to the increasing mechanization of the sugar plantation, limited job opportunities in other
economic sectors, and the out -migration of residents. This decline was reversed during the 1960s
with a modest growth of 2,140 residents between the 1960 and 1970 census.
Since 1970, the County's population has continued to grow. The 1980 census registered an
island -wide resident population of 92,053 people representing a growth of 28,585 residents or a 45
per cent increase over the 1970 census. The 1990 census revealed a resident population of
120,317 residents, or an increase of 31 per cent over the 1980 resident population. The census
registered 148,677 residents in 2000, a 24 per cent increase over the 1990 resident population.
The County anticipates that its resident population will grow at an annual rate of 1.95 per cent to
2005, 2.04 per cent between 2005 to 2010, and 2.1 per cent between 2010 and 2020. Projected
estimates for 2020 indicate an island resident population of 217,718, or an increase of 46 per cent
over the estimated 2000 population of 148,677.
Table 2 summarizes the growth in Hawaii County's job count, by industry, from 1970 to
1997. Since 1980, employment trends within the County have appeared to shift from the non -
service industry to the service industry in jobs such as wholesale and retail trade, finance, hotels,
etc. In 1980, the service industries accounted for approximately 61 per cent of the private industry
workforce and 49 per cent of the total wages earned. By 1997, the service industries have
dominated the private industry, accounting for 79 per cent of the workforce and 74 per cent of the
total wages earned. This growth in the service industry is mainly attributable to the growth in the
County's tourism sector.
Employment within the County in 1980 totaled 40,850 on a population base of 92,053
residents. In 1990, employment increased to 55,200 on a population base of 120,317, representing
a 3.05 per cent and 2.71 per cent annual compounded increase, respectively. The 2000 census
showed a population of 148.677 and an employment base of 69,937. For the year 2020, the
Planning Department anticipates a population of 217,718 with an employment base of 106,492.
Average annual employment growth rates are anticipated at 2.05 per cent between 1999 and 2005,
2.11 per cent between 2005 and 2010, and 2.16 per cent between 2010 and 2020. These
employment projections are below the robust 3.05 per cent average annual employment growth
rates during the 1980s, but above the 1.61 per cent average annual growth rate during the 1990s.
9
Introduction
Unemployment rates for the County of Hawaii dropped drastically from 1980 (6.2 per
cent) to 1990 (3.8 per cent) due to the strong economy during this period. As the County entered -
the economic downturn that extended throughout the 1990s, its unemployment rate increased to
10.2 per cent by 1997. Per capita income during these same periods also saw a corresponding
strong increase during the 1980s and a decline in growth during the 1990s.
Table 1. Population, Hawaii C(,unty
1930-2000
Change from Previous Census
Year
t
I Population
I Change in Population I
Percentage
1930
73,325
N/A
N/A
1940
73,276
- 49
-0.1%
1950
68,350
4,916
-6.7%
1960
1970
61,332
63,468
-7,018
2,136
-10.3%
3.5%
1980
92,053
28,585
45.0%
1990
120,317
28,264
30.7%
2000
148,677*
28,360*
23.6%
* U.S. Census, 2000
10
Introduction
Table 2. Job Count By Industry
1970-1997
% of % of % of % Change
1970 Total 1984 Total 1997 Total 1970-97
Contract Construction 1,670
5.72% 1,150
2.72%
3,810
7.33%
128.14°0
Manufacturing 2,990
10.24% 2,800
6.62%
1,920
3.70%
- 35.79%
Durable Goods 120
0.41% 100
0.24%
210
0.40%
75.00%
Non -durable goods 2,870
9.83% 2,700
6.38%
390
0.75%
-86.410//o
Food Processing 2,350
8.05% 2.350
5.56%
1,320
2.54%
-43.83%
Transportation, Commercial, 1,400
And Utilities
Trade 5,110
Wholesale 1,260
4.80% 1.950
17.51% 8,250
4.32% 1,450
4.61%
19.50%
3.43%
3,260
14,810
2,370
6.28%
28.51%
4.56%
132.86%
189.82%
88.10%
Retail 3,850
Finance, Ins. &Real Est. 890
13.19% 6,800
3.05% 1,350
16.08%
3.19%
12,440
2,740
23.95%
5.27%
223.12%
207.87%
Services & Miscellaneous 3,760
12.88% 8,100
19.15%
16,090
30.97%
327.93%
Hotels 1,750
6.00% 3,800
8.98%
6,980
13.44%
298.86%
Other Services & Misc. 2.010
6.89% 4,300
10.17%
9,110
17.54%
353.23%
Government 4,370
14.97% 6,700
15.84%
9,440
18.17%
116.02%
Federal 360
1.23% 600
1.42%
650
1.25%
80.56%
State 2,950
10.11% 4,350
10.28%
6,530
12.57%
121.36%
Local 1,060
3.63% 1,750
4.14%
2,260
4.35%
113.21%
Agriculture 5,830
19.97% 6,200
14.66%
4,950
9.53%
-15.09%
Sugar 1,900
6.51% 1.350
3.19%
0
0.00%
-100.00%
Self -Employed 2.280
7.81% 2,400
5.67%
1,800
3.46%
-21.05%
Other 1,700
5.82% 2,400
5.67%
3,150
6.06%
85.29%
Total Non -Ag. Wage & Sal. 20,190
69.17% 33,200
78.49%
49,450
95.19%
144.92%
Total Non -Ag. Self Emp. 3,170
10.86% 2,900
6.86%
N/A
N/A
N/A
Total Self -Employed 4,360
14.94% 5,300
12.53%
N/A
N/A
N/A
TOTAL JOBS 29,190
42,300
51,950
77.97% 11
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998; State Department of Agriculture Statistics, 1997; N/A — not available
Introduction
STATEMENT OF ASSUMPTIONS
The following assumptions were the basis by which the General Plan was developed:
• Agriculture
Since the mid-1980s, the County of Hawaii has seen a dramatic shift in its
agricultural employment profile. The sugar industry was the island's most
significant economic contributor from the mid -1800s to its peak production year of
1983. Since 1983, the sugar industry steadily declined until its ultimate demise in
1997 with the closure of the last sugar operation in Ka'u. The island of Hawaii has
since established itself as the center of diversified agriculture production, research,
and education in the State. Hawaii's new agriculture industry is characterized by a
few large operations such as agroforestry and ranching along with many smaller
family-owned farms that produce a multitude of high quality fresh and processed
products for local and export markets. Agricultural employment will increase
significantly as former sugarcane lands are brought into production with import
replacement, export and value added crops and products. Additional employment
will be derived from expanding agrotourism enterprises. The expansion of the
industry will be facilitated by the establishment of a new air cargo distribution
center and post-harvest processing facilities that will allow for significant increases
in the volume and types of products exported to the continental United States and
foreign countries. Agricultural research and education will be greatly enhanced.
Tourism
The County will continue to pursue the development of a strong multi -market base
for the visitor industry that includes direct oversea flights to Kona, growth of the
cruise ship industry, strong resort -based employment centers and integrated product
development for local products that can generate a healthy small business economic
base. The County's visitor industry will continue to successfully grow and expand.
Likewise, employment in the visitor industry and its related industries will continue
to grow.
• Other Basic Industries
There is tremendous potential for expansion in other industries such as aquaculture,
astronomy, renewable energy, research and development, and special events such
as cultural festivals and athletic events.
12
Introduction
EMPLOYMENT AND POPULATION PROJECTIONS
The County's General Plan is a policy document that sets forth the direction for future
activities on the island of Hawaii for the next few decades. In order to plan for the future. it is
necessary to understand both historical and future trends related to the number of residents and
visitors to be served and the kinds of facilities and resources needed to fulfill their needs.
In traditional public planning efforts, entire plans have been based on the achievement of
the projected levels of population. In many of these cases, where population numbers are goals,
plans become obsolete when the projected number of residents is not achieved or is surpassed.
Thus, the population projections presented within the General Plan are not intended to be used as
goals. Rather, this General Plan effort uses the projected levels of population as a guideline in
land use planning. The projections represent what could reasonably be expected to occur in the
future. The goals, policies, standards, and recommendations of this plan are intended to be
flexible enough to accommodate population levels below or above the projections stated in this
section.
Employment and population projections for the County of Hawaii were developed through
the analysis of relationships between economic activity, employment, and population. The
analytical approach used entails the forecasting of employment in basic industries and the
relationship that changes in employment have upon population.
Primary Income Generators are those industries that generate income from outside the
County. They are assumed to be the foundation of the local economy and the key to the
development of the island. Primary Income Generators include agriculture, tourism, the
manufacturing of export products, and research and development. These Primary Income
Generators, in turn, "drive" the secondary industries, or those enterprises that service the Primary
Income Generators or the local population and includes wholesaling, retailing and services. The
Primary Income Generators determine the long -run pattern of population and income growth for
the County.
Three sets of projections were developed for the comprehensive review program, Series A,
E, and C. The major variables in each of these projections were the rate of growth of the visitor
industry, the construction of the proposed State prison, the expansion of the University of Hawaii
at Milo, and the utilization of a post-harvest treatment facility for export agricultural products. It
should be emphasized that the projections are not statements of goals. The population projections,
and the strength of the correlation between primary economic generators and population growth,
must be viewed with caution. The 1989 General Plan contained a similar set of economic and
population projections. Visitor arrivals from 1990-2000, a primary economic generator, grew far
less than projected. The 1989 "Series A75 projected a 35 per cent growth in westbound visitor
arrivals in the 1990-2000 period; the actual number barely increased. Agriculture, the other major
primary economic sector, lost jobs because of the loss of the sugar industry. During the same time
period, the county's population grew about 24 per cent, just slightly less than the 1989 Series A
projection of 27 per cent. It appears that there has been substantial population growth not driven
by economic opportunities in the primary industries. This may be due to in -migration of people
seeking other amenities such as a clean environment and rural lifestyle.
13
Introduction
Series A
Series A is the most conservative projection. It assumes a 1 per cent annual growth rate in
the visitor industry. It also assumes that the proposed State prison will not be constructed, job
growth at the University -of Hawaii at Hilo will be limited to 16 positions per year, and the papaya
industry will grow at an annual rate of 1 per cent. Without the construction of the proposed State
prison on the island, 2,000 construction jobs over three years and approximately 1,000 permanent
jobs to run the facility will not be realized.
SEINES A
POPULATION AND VISITOR INDUSTRY
PROJECTIONS HAWAII COUNTY 1985-2020
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
14
Introduction
Resident
Total Visitors to
Motel Room
Population
County
Inventory
1985
105,900
760,000
7,511
1990
120,317
1,171,000
8,952
1995
137,290
1,084,000
9,575
2000
148,677
1,231, 700
10,041
2005
159,397
1,283,700
10,503
2010
175,388
1,3 64,600
10,877
2015
193,118
1,434,200
11,177
2020
213,452
1,507,400
11,421
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
14
Introduction
EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS
HAWAII COUNTY, 1985-2020
PRIM ARY SECTORS
Hotel
Services
Agriculture
Manufacture
New Total Total Total Jobs
Industries Primary Secondary
1985
3,950
5,650
2,800
0 12,400 30,000
41400
1990
6,250
5,700
2,300
0 14,250 42,736
56,986
1995
5,550
4,850
1,750
0 12,150 39,800
51,950
2000
6,620
5,103
1,650
356 13,729 56,154
69,883
2005
6,936
5,358
1,650
517 14,461 62,349
76,810
2010
7,295
5,665
1,650
690 15,300 69,338
84,638
2015
7,636
6,135
1,650
774 16,195 77,089
93,284
2020
7,969
6,969
1,650
870 17,458 85,992
103,450
Economic Assessment, PPF Hawaii, January 2000
Series B
Series 13 projections were developed as a medium series. These projections represent a
moderate growth rate between Series A and C. The overall per annum employment growth rate
anticipated in Series B ranges between 2 per cent and 2.2 per cent. It also assumes a modest 2 per
cent annual growth rate for visitor arrivals, compared to a historical growth rate of 1.45 per cent
between the years 1977 and 1998. This projection also assumes that an additional 70 new
positions will be created at the University of Hawaii at Hilo to accommodate the additional 1,000
students expected to be enrolled within the next ten years. Finally, the establishment of the Halo
Call Center will ultimately create an additional 300 new jobs.
15
Introduction
SERIES B
POPULATION AND VISITOR INIDUSTRY
PROJECTIONS, HAWAII COUNTY 1985-2020
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
EMPLOYMENT PROTECTIONS
HAWAII COUNTY, 1985-2020
Resident Population
Total Visitors to Hotel Room
County 1 Inventory
1985
105,900
760,000
7,511
1990
120,317
1,171,000
8.952
1995
137,290
1,084,000
9,575
2000
148,677
1,265,700
10,041
2005
159,908
1,401,800
10,513
2010
176,937
1,551,100
10,892
2015
195,965
1,712,500
11,200
2020
217,718
1,890,700
11,452
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
EMPLOYMENT PROTECTIONS
HAWAII COUNTY, 1985-2020
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
16
Introduction
PRIMARY SECTORS
Hotel
Services
Agriculture
Manufacture
Total
Industries Primary
Primary
I Total
Secondary
Tota! Jobs
1985
3,950
5,650
2,800
0
12,400
30,000
42,400,
1990
6.250
5,700
2,300
0
14,250
42,736
56,986
1995
5,550
4,850
1,750
0
12,150
39,800
51,950
2000
6,642
5,103
1,650
356
13,751
56,186
69,937
2005
7,014
5,358
1,650
607
14,629
62,797
77,426
2010
7,417
5,665
1,650
870
15,602
70,359
85,961
2015
7,819
6,135
1,650
954
16,558
78,865
95,423
2020
8,221
6,969
1,650
1,050
17,890
88,602
106,492
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
16
Introduction
Series C
Series C projects a more rapid growth. It assumes that visitor growth rates are in the 3 per
cent -plus range as compared to the Series B assumption of a 2 per cent growth rate. The
construction of the proposed State prison will generate 2,000 construction jobs over three years
and 1,000 permanent jobs to support the facility. This projection also assumes that the papaya
industry will grow at 4 per cent, rather than. 2 per cent, because of the utilization of a post-harvest
treatment facility.
SERIES C
POPULATION AND VISITOR INDUSTRY
PROAMION&RAWAIT COUNTY 1985-2020
Economic Assessment, P F Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
17
Introduction
Resident
Total Visitors to Hotel Room
Population
County Inventory
1985
105,900
760,000 7,511
1990
120,317
1,171,000 8,952
1995
137,290
1,084,000 9,575
2000
148,677
1,278,700 10,041
2005
166,576
1,489,900 10,519
2010
188,031
1,729,200 10,906
2015
211,357
2,004,600 11,223
2020
237,323
2,323,900 11,487
Economic Assessment, P F Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
17
Introduction
EMPLOYMENT PROJECTIONS -
HAWAII COUNTY, 1985-2020
Economic Assessment, PKl-' Hawaii, January 2000
Economic activity within the County is anticipated to grow at a moderate rate with a
continuing, although declining, dependency upon the tourism industry. In 2000, approximately
9.3 per cent of the County's employees were employed by hotels. By 2020, hotel workers may
account for employment in the total workforce ranging from 7.7 per cent in Series A to 7.3 per
cent in Series C.
Population Distribution
From the estimates of the islandwide resident population, other estimates have been made
to project the distribution of population over the districts of the island. These are not intended to
be included as population achievement levels for the districts, nor as firm statements or
descriptions of future conditions. They are based on assumptions of potential employment growth
rates described in the previous islandwide employment and population estimates, past district
growth trends, and trends in the distribution of population on the island.
18
Introduction
District Resident Population Distribution
Year 2020
A B C
Puna
57,105
58.246
63.491
S. Hilo
N. Hilo
Harnakua
48,815
1,842
7.184
49,791
1,879
7,328
54.274
2,048
7,988
N. Kohala
11,053
11,273
12,289
S. Kohala
23,947
24,426
26,625
N. Kona
S. Kona
Ka'u
41,447
13,816
8,243
42,275
14,092
8,408
46.082
15,361
91,165
Total
213,452
1 217,718 237,323
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
19
Introduction
ECONOMIC
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The development of sound public policy requires an understanding of the economic
factors affecting the planning area or region. Such factors are largely responsible for growth or
lack of growth.; and any planning effort which does not take them into account cannot be very
effective. In varying degrees the other elements of the planning process are affected by the local
economy.
Population usually settles, expands or declines within a given area in some correlation to
economic opportunities or the lack of there. Besides affecting the number and density of
population, economic activity has a direct bearing on income level, which to a certain extent
determines the standard of living of the individual.
Different types of employment influence the social character of communities. The size
and character of a community will define its need for housing, transportation, public utilities and
facilities, special combinations of hand use, recreation, and other forms of public and social
services and facilities.. Economic studies are thus one of the necessary first steps in developing
plans for public and private actions.
Government has a responsibility to identify, understand, forecast, protect and promote
local economic sectors and to balance economic growth with desired environmental, social and
other objectives of the community. Government has many policy instruments available to
influence and guide developments, investment, and operation of private and public interests.
The economy, however, should not be considered as the primary focus of the General
Plan. The planning process is geared towards the achievement of a higher quality of life for the
residents of the County. Working towards the goals, policies, and standards of the economic
element are only one aspect of accomplishing this desired end.
The island offers several amenities conducive for economic growth. Many of these are
natural amenities such as a favorable and equitable climate, scenic vistas, high mountains, sleep
ocean, active volcanoes, large land.areas, and an environment generally free of pollution.
Despite these amenities, there have been a number of problems that have limited the
growth of the island. Most imported goods must be transshipped through Honolulu. The
distances from the population centers of Honolulu, the mainland, and other major markets have
limited the growth of export products from the Big Island. Products that are unique and/or have
high value (such as macadamia nests, flowers and nursery products, coffee, and papaya) have
been successfully exported.
As the County's population and its tourism industry grow larger and the export volume
increases, more favorable rates on overseas carriers may be instituted.
20
Economic
The relatively small population in the State, coupled with the distance to mainland
markets, creates a disadvantage for local businessmen. The size of the State's population does
not allow for efficient operations, and when exportation is considered in order to expand a
particular market, the entrepreneur is faced with high transportation costs.
Natural disasters, such as tsunamis, volcanic activity, flooding, and droughts, are events
that have and continue to shape the economic development on this island. For example, while
volcanic activity has destroyed homes and historic features, it is also the County's largest single
tourist attraction. In addition to actual physical damage, the fear of the recurrence of natural
hazards presents a psychological barrier for investment. Measures to protect life and property
have been planned and instituted throughout the County. Further hazard mitigation measures are
reported in this plan.
The economy of the County has experienced significant changes over the past three
decades since the adoption of the County's first comprehensive General Plan in 1971. Sugar
cultivation was the leading agricultural activity during the 1970s and early 1980s. The latter half
of the 1980s and throughout the 1990s saw the decline and eventual demise of the sugar industry
on this island. Tourism replaced sugar as the County's primary economic generator during the
mid-1980s and saw its peak visitor arrival numbers in 1989. Since 1990, external factors such as
the Asian economic crisis, the Persian Gulf War, and a brief economic downturn in the U.S.
Mainland have contributed toward the State continuing in a protracted economic doldrum.
Nevertheless, the County was still successful in attracting several world-class events and saw the
completion of several major projects including the opening of the 351 -room Hapuna Beach
Prince hotel and the 243 -room Hualalai Resort, the start of direct national and international
Bights to Kona, the filming of the movie Waterworld, and the arrival of the PGA Seniors
MasterCard Tournament of Champions at the Hualalai Resort and Golf Course.
Agriculture
Agriculture currently constitutes a major economic sector of the island of Hawaii.
Including processing, the agricultural industry accounts for about 9.5 per cent of the island's
employment. Local agricultural pursuits include the raising of cattle and other livestock, the
growing of coffee, macadamia nuts, papaya, flowers and nursery products, vegetables,
aquaculture, forestry and several processing plants that utilize locally grown products.
Some large corporate agricultural ventures such as macadamia nut plantations, operate on
the island. However, diversification of the industry has led to smaller operations producing an
ever increasing array of fresh vegetables, fruits, forestry, and aquaculture products.
Hawaii County accounts for approximately one-third of the fresh vegetables produced in
the State of Hawaii, over half of the beef consumed, one-third of the coffee grown, most of the
macadamia nuts, and varying percentages of the other crops and livestock. The total value of
agricultural marketing declined approximately 20 per cent between 1985 and 1997. The number
of farms and livestock operations during this same period increased from 2,650 to 3,319
operations. Acreage in farms, however, declined 57 per cent between 1985 and 1997.
21
Economic
Agriculture has shown substantial growth on the island. The island accounted for 55 per cent of
the crops in the State in 1997 while livestock on the island accounted for 18 per cent of the State
total. While the County's share of statewide agriculture production has remained relatively
constant, its livestock production has been steadily declining since peaking in the late 1980s.
Much of this decline can be attributed to the closing of all feedlots within the State by 1993 due
to the high cost of importing feed. Approximately 90 per cent of all beef cattle are now exported
to mainland feedlots to be "grain -finished" before slaughter. New ventures in forestry and
aquaculture have expanded opportunities and show promise for the future.
One of the most pressing problems faced by today's agricultural industries is their ability
to attract labor. Agriculture is facing increasing competition for labor from other sectors of the
economy, such as the visitor, retail and construction industries. There is also a demand for a
greater number of personnel %with technicat and professional agricultural training. A related
problem is the housing shortage for both minimum wage and seasonal labor.
Competition from urban uses for agricultural lands has intensified. The protection of
important agricultural lands, however, has long been a policy of the County.
The relatively small population of the State and its isolation from overseas markets are
limiting factors for the production of agricultural products for local consumption and export.
The State Department of Agriculture, the Department of Business, Economic Development and
Tourism, the University of Hawaii - College of Tropical Agriculture, and the County have
programs to assist the industry.
The opportunities for the expansion of agriculture on the Big Island seem to be immense.
The demand for fresh, locally grown products continues to grow as restaurants, grocery stores
and hotels seek the highest quality products for their guests. Export products grown mostly on
the Big Island, such as coffee, papaya, macadamia nuts, and flowers, also continue to expand.
These commodities and others, such as ginger, guava and other tropical fruits, have potential for
growth. There are also new high value crops which have the potential to be successfully
cultivated. One such high value crop is Kava (Awa), a medicinal plant which has the potential to
be a viable cash crop. focally, simall growers as well as a few large growers are producing Kava.
Vanilla bean, cacao, nutraceuticals, hard wood forestry products, and medicinal plants are other
types of high value crops that hold much promise for growth.
The expansion of the agriculture industry can also be measured by the success of
overcoming some of the restrictive governmental regulations that prevent many locally grown
products from being exported to domestic or foreign markets. Concerns regarding the
transmission of plant pests and diseases during export have or could be adequately addressed by
current treatment or processing technologies. The development of new protocol and processing
facilities for quarantine treatment will assure the further expansion of the agricultural industry.
In order for Hawaii's cattle industry to strengthen, new techniques need to be developed
for raising forage -finished cattle to compete in the marketplace with grain -finished cattle.
Hawaii cattle will then be able to finish grazing on island pastures and remain for consumption
22
Economic
within local markets. Local producers also need to find new venues such as processed meats and -
pre -fabricated meals to market locally raised cattle. By creating a market niche for forage -
finished beef, ranchers will be able to keep cattle in Hawaii, increasing production weights and
revenues for the State economy.
Fores _
As one of the most heavily traded commodities on the global market and the tenth largest
industry sector in the world, forest products grown in Hawaii may be able to capitalize on its
central Pacific location, excellent growing climate, and the availability of vast expanses of
former sugar lands. Hawaii's growth rates for forest products are among the fastest in the world.
As a result, at least 24,000 acres are now being cultivated for eucalyptus production, with
thousands of additional acres being planned. Dozens of landowners within the County are
currently involved with the commercial production of forest products, both eucalyptus and higher
value hardwoods such as toon, maple, and koa. A 1981 State Division of Forestry and Wildlife
study identified approximately 80,000 acres of former sugarcane land as ideal for the
establishment of a forest plantation. An additional 100,000 acres of pasture and brush lands were
identified for longer -rotation forest plantations. The study concluded that there are ample lands
available on the island to establish a forest plantation industry.
Fishing and Aguaculture
Fishing and aquacultural activities are also basic economic sectors. The commercial
fishing industry on the island accounted for $6,100,000 in 1997 and remains the second largest
commercial fishing producer in the State. The County's commercial fishing industry has shown a
stable catch and poundage sold during the past five years ending in 1998. This stability in the
local fishing industry is expected to continue for the foreseeable future.
The deep cold coastal waters off Keahole Point are nutrient rich and pathogen free. The
Natural Energy Laboratory of Hawaii Authority (NELHA) is a State -funded facility located on
870 acres of land at Keahole, North Kona. The facility provides support for various research,
commercial and educational programs that seek to locate at the Natural Energy Laboratory of
Hawaii Authority project site to take advantage of its unique resources, including its cold,
nutrient -rich ocean waters and high solar insolation. Microalgae, lobsters, abalone, ornamental
fish and other sea vegetables and animals are grown at Natural Energy Laboratory of Hawaii
Authority.
The Pacific Aquaculture and Coastal Resource Center is a joint effort by the University of
Hawaii at Hilo, the County, State and the Keaukaha Hawaiian Homelands Community
Association to establish a research and training facility in Hilo for local aquaculture fanners and
university students. The center has the capacity to create water of any salinity or temperature
necessary to raise fish. Operation of this center is expected to generate approximately .$650,000
annually to the local economy. Value added benefits are expected to add another $3,000,000.
23
Economic
Aquaculture operations County -wide have grown from eight operations in 1982 to forty-
three in 1996. During this same penod, .annual revenues have grown from $90,600 to
$13,200,000. The County accounts for 37 per cent of the total aquaculture operations within the
State but accounts for over 80 per cent of the total production and over 84 per cent of the
production value. VAtile most of the production from aquaculture farms is now sold locally,
there are large markets overseas that these producers would like to tap. To assist the export of
products overseas, the State has an Aquaculture Development Program (ADP). This
organization provides a variety of support services to the aquaculture industry, such as
information dissemination, business counseling, marketing, animal health management, and
research and development funding. The key to the future growth and success of the aquaculture
industry in the County is the ability of Natural Energy Laboratory of Hawaii Authority to obtain
funding to increase the flow of sleep sea water to its facilities and tenants and the expansion of its
support facilities. These improvements will encourage longer residency at the facility by its
current tenants as well as attract additional projects.
The Federal government has shown its support of Hawaii's aquaculture industry by
approving $9,000,000 for Hawaii aquaculture initiative in July 1997, of which 51,600,000 has
been appropriated for Tropical Aquaculture Research. In addition, the venture capital partnership
HMS Hawaii Management Partners announced in December 1998 their commitment to
contribute up to 510,000,000 to help island entrepreneurs finance their aquaculture operations.
Manufaetuj jng
Congress recently funded construction and committed to staffing the USDA's ARS
(Agricultural Resource Services) pacific Basin Agricultural Resource Center in Hilo. The
purpose of the facility is to improve the well-being of Hawaii and the Pacific Basin by
strengthening the agricultural sectors, fortifying small farm profitability and sustainability by
increasing efficiency of faring practices;, identification of preservation and improvement of
germplasm adapted to island environments, the development of pest controls and post -hardest
technology, and increasing the vahae of products through the development of value added
processing.
Other manufacturing activities are service-oriented, such as bakeries, printing and iron
works. These operations are usually located close to population centers or transportation
facilities.
Visitor IndgLM
Tourism became the primary economic generator in the County during the 1980s. From
1982 to 1990, visitor arrivals grew at an average annual rate of 5.66 per cent. Visitor arrivals
started to decline in 1991 due to recessions in the United States and Japan and the advent of the
Persian Gulf War. These external events impacted visitor arrivals until 1996, when direct flights
from Japan to Kona International Airport at Keahole were initiated. In the eight years ending in
1998, the annual visitor arrival growth rate was 1.18 per cent, much less than the previous eight
years.
24
Economic
The growth of Hawaii County in terms of employment, population, income and economic
activity during recent years has been more closely tied to the visitor industry than any other sector
of the economy. Employment opportunities spurred by the growth of this industry has been the
catalyst for economic growth in the County. As tourism became the primary economic generator
during the 1980s, a shift in employment from the non -service to the service industry sector was
evident. In 1980, the service industry accounted for approximately 60.6 per cent of average
employment, rising to 71.3 per cent in 1990 and 78.5 per cent in 1997. The County experienced
the largest growth in hotel job count statewide with an average annual growth rate of 5.2 per cent
between 1981 and 1997.
The principal visitor destination area of the Big Island is the South Kohala-North Kona
region in West Hawaii. The single most popular attraction is Hawaii Volcanoes National Park.
The island continues to attract substantial investor interest in the visitor industry. Various
resort and resort -residential complexes are currently under construction or are planned for
construction in the near f inure. Most of these developments are concentrated in West Hawaii in
the Kohala and Kona Districts, which will continue to accommodate the majority of the visitor
market within the County. Visitor accommodation units within the County totaled 9,655 units in
1998, up from 8,952 units in 1990. Bed and breakfast units, although not a significant part of the
total visitor unit count, have been the fastest growing segment of the industry, growing from 55
units in 1990 to 171 units in 1998. Historically, the County records the lowest visitor unit
occupancy rates of all the major Hawaiian islands. Only in 1998 did the County's occupancy rate
finally surpass that of Kauai.
Continued investor interest in resort and resort -residential development in the County
suggests an economic future that promises new jobs and more commercial, recreational, and
cultural activities. Along with these promises of a "better" life is the realization that the visitor
industry is sensitive to exogenous factors, such as the national economy. High quality
development, however, seems less subject to these factors. The key to orderly growth lies in
proper planning and controlled development.
The cruise ship industry is a potential growth area for the County. In recent years, the
total number of visitors to the County from cruise ships has increased substantially from 124,000
in 1997 to 184,000 in 1998. Based on 1998 visitor counts, cruise ship visitor annual
expenditures are estimated to range from $16,000,000 to $23,000,000. Cruise ship visitors are
expected to continue to increase in the future due to the recent resurgence and popularity of this
industry along with the projected construction of additional cruise ships.
The County's natural beauty, historical and cultural attributes and its numerous
educational institutions and programs lend themselves to provide the catalyst to allow new niche
markets to flourish. Niche markets for the County's visitor industry, such as ecotourism, health
and wellness tourism and educational tourism, have growth potential. The health and fitness
resources of the various luxury hotels look towards health and wellness tourism as one of its
25
Economic
target markets. The expansion of tourism should include careful planning to identify, promote
and preserve the island's unique resources.
Research and Development
Hawaii County has participated in the research and development industry through the
Mauna Kea and. Mauna Loa Observatories, the University of Hawaii Cloud Physics Laboratory,
Hawaii Volcano Observatory, and =carious agricultural research centers. The University of
Hawaii at Hilo has and will play an. increasingly important role in this community. The
university complex itself is an important economic force. The University of Hawaii at Hilo's
Long Mange Development Plan (1996) envisions a target enrollment of 5,000 full-time equivalent
(FTE) students ,by 2025, or roughly twice the 1995 enrollment. The plan outlines the prGgrarn
and facilities requirements necessary to accommodate the projected growth in enrollment.
The Natural Energy Laboratory of Hawaii Authority (NELHA) at Keahole, North Kona is
currently involved in research and development in energy, materials and aquacultural projects.
Hawaii Ocean Science and Technology (HOST) park, an integral part of the Natural Energy
Laboratory of Hawaii Authority, is located adjacent to NELHA and is being developed for
similar projects on a commercial scale.
The County is also participating in the development of the Pacific Aquaculture and
Coastal Resources Center at Keaukaha, South Hilo for research in the spawning activities of
several fish species and providing a research and training facility for university students and local
farmers. The USDA's PBARC facility will bring substantial research resources to Hawaii.
The summit area of Mauna Kea has the worldwide distinction as the best international
center for observational astronomy. Mauna Kea currently accommodates twelve of the world's
most state -of --the art telescope facilities. The newest telescope is the $300,000,000 Subaru
telescope developed by the National Astronomical Observatory of Japan. The recent completion
of the University of Hawaii -Hilo Institute of Astronomy complex at University Park will support
the relocation of the Institute of Astronomy staff from UH -Manna to UH -Hilo. The UH -Hilo is
also working to offer a Bachelor of Science degree in astronomy to allow observatories to hire
local astronomers. Approximately $619,000,000 of capital investments into the County have
been made by the astronomy industry, including the creation of approximately 270 permanent
jobs. Astronomical activities contribute approximately $50,000,000 annually to the County's
economy.
Military presence within the County is represented by the United States Arany. The U.S.
Arany operates a weld training facility at the Pohakuloa Training Area on Mauna Kea and a
recreational camp at the Kilauea Military Camp -Joint Services Recreation Center located within
the Hawaii Volcanoes National Parr. Permanently stationed military units are not located on this
island. The Department of Defense appropriated direct expeditures or obligations of
$37,800,000 within the County in 1997, an increase of 84.4 per cent over 1987 appropriations.
However, the Federal government's downsizing and restructuring of the U.S. military may
26
Economic
eventually lead to base closings. As a result, military activities may not be a major economic _
sector in the foreseeable future.
Secondary Industries
Secondary industries, such as government, construction, trades (retail and wholesale),
utilities, financial institutions, and professional services are most often located close to
population centers. Population usually locates close to employment centers that, in turn, are
based on primary income generators, such as tourism or agriculture. Major transportation
facilities also attract secondary industries.
Annual employment in the secondary industry between 1980 and 1990 increased a
healthy 4.54 per cent. Latest census information from the State Department of Labor and
Industrial Relations reveal that employment within the secondary industry between 1990 and
1997 increased by only 1.2 per cent annually, a dramatic slowdown in the growth of employment
within the secondary industry due to the protracted growth of the local economy. The secondary
economic sector employment accounted for 67.8 per cent of the County's workforce in 1997,
compared to 69.7 per cent in 1990 and 60.5 per cent in 1980.
The largest secondary employment sector is the wholesale and retail trade, which reported
the greatest percentage gain in average employment of 78.6 per cent between 1980 and 1990, but
a mere 2.8 per cent between 1990 and 1997. The services sector has replaced the government as
the second largest secondary economic sector in the County.
The major governmental, service, commercial, transportation, and educational center on
the island of Hawaii is the city of Hilo. Of the island's population, approximately 30 percent
reside within the city limits. Key to the growth of the city has been its transportation facilities.
Until Kawaihae Harbor was constructed on the west coast of the island, Hilo Harbor was the only
deepwater port in the County. The Hilo International Airport has been improved to accommodate
larger aircraft while Kona International Airport at Keahole has been receiving direct national and
international overseas flights.
The fixture economic outlook for the County is uncertain due to the state of foreign
economies and its impact on tourism. Tourism is expected to continue as the primary economic
generator in the near term. As a result, the services industry is expected to also be a dominant
factor in the future of the County.
The County's vast quantity of natural resources and land will support the future growth of
the Country's non -service industries, especially agriculture. The willingness of the County and its
residents to innovate and expand into new fields of industry will help the future expansion of the
entire economy. As the primary sectors of the economy expand, the expansion of the secondary
economic sectors will follow accordingly.
27
Economic
EnteEprise Zones
The Hawaii Enterprise Zone (EZ) program is a partnership between State and County
governments and the private sector to stimulate, via tax and other incentives, certain types of
business activity, job preservation, and job creation in areas most appropriate or needed. To be
eligible for EZ benefits, at least half of a firm's annual gross income must be derived from one or
more of the following activities — agriculmml production or processing, manufacturing,
wholesale/distribution, aviation or maritime repair/maintenance, telecommunications sw=itching
and delivery systems, information technology design and production, medical research/clinical
trials/telemedicine or for-profit training programs in international business management or
environmental remediation. Within the County of Hawaii, businesses that satisfy all of the
requirements will qualify for the following. tax benefits for up to seven consecutive years; 1) 100
per cent exemption from the General Excise Tax (GET) and Use Tax every year (contractors are
also exempt from the GET on construction done within an EZ for an EZ -enrolled business); 2)
an 80 per cent reduction in State income tax the first year (this reduction goes down 10 per cent
each year for six more years); 3) an additional State income tax reduction equal to 80 per cent of
annual Unemployment Insurance premiums the first year (this reduction goes down 10 per cent
each year for six more years); and 4) a three-year exemption from any increase in County
property taxes resulting from new construction in an EZ by EZ -enrolled businesses.
Within the County of Hawaii, Enterprise Zones have been established within portions of
the Hilo, Hamua, Forth Kohala, North Kona, South Kona and the Ka'u districts. In 1999,
were were approximately 40 EZ --enrolled businesses located throughout the island.
EmjRloyment
Employment opportunities have increased by over 22,700 jobs from 1970 through 1997.
The 1980s saw employment grow at an annual compounded growth rate of 3 per cent. From
1990 to 1997, employment grew at an annual compounded rate of only 1.61 per cent, a reflection
of the County's recessionary econorny during this period. Employment in secondary industries
also expanded. The largest employment decrease was in the sugar industry which saw the
closing of the island's last sugar processing facility in 1997.
Unemployment rates during the 1980s and 1990s followed a similar trend as employment.
Unemployment rates dropped drastically from 1980 to 1990 (6.2 per cent to 3.8 per cent,
respectively) due to the County's strong economy during this period. As the economy slowed
during the 1990s, unemployment increased to 10.2 per cent by 1997. For 1997, the districts of
Puna and Ka'u experienced the highest unemployment rates at 15.6 per cent and 14.8 per cent,
respectively.
The following table depicts the shifting of employment between the major sectors of the
County's economy. It indicates that the County's economy has shifted from an economy.
dominated by agriculture in 1960 to a more diversified economy with a significant service-
oriented component.
28
Economic
Per capita income in the County grew at an annual compounded rate of 5.18 per cent
during the 1980s and 2.91 per cent through 1996. The increase during the 1980s are reflective of
the strong economic conditions that existed at the time with a corresponding decrease in per
capita income growth during, the recessionary periods of the 1990s. Median household income
also increased at a healthy rate from 1980 to 1990, increasing from $16,975 to $29,712 at an
annual compounded rate of 5.76 per cent. During this period, every district within the County
also recorded increases in median fancily household income with the greatest increases occurring
in the districts of South Kohala and North Kohala (8.43 per cent and 8.29 per cent, respectively).
According to statistics from the State Department of Labor and Industrial Relations, there
has been a shift in employment trend from the non -service industry to a dominant service
industry within the County. In 1980, service industries (wholesale/retail trade, finance, hotels,
etc.) accounted for approximately 61 per cent of the private industry workforce and 49 per cent of
the total wages earned. By 1997, the service industries dominated the private industry,
accounting for approximately 79 per cent of the total workforce and 74 per cent of the total
wages earned. This shift in employment trends has significantly changed the economic make-up
of the County as workers have in -migrated to the Big Island to meet the demands of employment
growth in the service industry, which is primarily fueled by the tourism sector. Additionally,
non -service industry workers, primarily 9n agriculture, adjusted and shifted to new employment
opportunities in the service industries as agricultural jobs dwindled.
Upon completing high school, an increasing proportion of the County's youth have
pursued higher education. However, despite this trend, there is still scarcity of employment
opportunities for the college-educated who desire to return to the island.
Population
The population of Hawaii County has grown steadily since 1980. According to the 2000
U.S. Census, the County's population increased 23 per cent between 1990 and 2000. During the
same period, the State's population grew by 9 per cent. The district of Puna saw the largest
increase at 51 per cent, followed by South Kohala (44 per cent), North Kohala (41 per cent), Ka'u
(31 per cent), North Kona (28 per cent), South Kona (12 per cent), North Hilo (12 per cent),
Hamakua (10 per cent) and South Hilo (6 per cent).
29
Economic
1960
1970
1984
1997
Percent Employed in Hotels
2.2%
6.0%
9.0%
13.4%
Percent Employed in Other Services
5.4%
6.9%
10.2%
17.5/0
Total Service Employment
7.6%
12.9%
19.2%
31.0%
Percent Employed in Agriculture
27.0%
20.0% J
14.7%
9.5%
Estimates - County of ;Hawaii Planning Department
Per capita income in the County grew at an annual compounded rate of 5.18 per cent
during the 1980s and 2.91 per cent through 1996. The increase during the 1980s are reflective of
the strong economic conditions that existed at the time with a corresponding decrease in per
capita income growth during, the recessionary periods of the 1990s. Median household income
also increased at a healthy rate from 1980 to 1990, increasing from $16,975 to $29,712 at an
annual compounded rate of 5.76 per cent. During this period, every district within the County
also recorded increases in median fancily household income with the greatest increases occurring
in the districts of South Kohala and North Kohala (8.43 per cent and 8.29 per cent, respectively).
According to statistics from the State Department of Labor and Industrial Relations, there
has been a shift in employment trend from the non -service industry to a dominant service
industry within the County. In 1980, service industries (wholesale/retail trade, finance, hotels,
etc.) accounted for approximately 61 per cent of the private industry workforce and 49 per cent of
the total wages earned. By 1997, the service industries dominated the private industry,
accounting for approximately 79 per cent of the total workforce and 74 per cent of the total
wages earned. This shift in employment trends has significantly changed the economic make-up
of the County as workers have in -migrated to the Big Island to meet the demands of employment
growth in the service industry, which is primarily fueled by the tourism sector. Additionally,
non -service industry workers, primarily 9n agriculture, adjusted and shifted to new employment
opportunities in the service industries as agricultural jobs dwindled.
Upon completing high school, an increasing proportion of the County's youth have
pursued higher education. However, despite this trend, there is still scarcity of employment
opportunities for the college-educated who desire to return to the island.
Population
The population of Hawaii County has grown steadily since 1980. According to the 2000
U.S. Census, the County's population increased 23 per cent between 1990 and 2000. During the
same period, the State's population grew by 9 per cent. The district of Puna saw the largest
increase at 51 per cent, followed by South Kohala (44 per cent), North Kohala (41 per cent), Ka'u
(31 per cent), North Kona (28 per cent), South Kona (12 per cent), North Hilo (12 per cent),
Hamakua (10 per cent) and South Hilo (6 per cent).
29
Economic
Utilizing, Series l3, the County's population is projected to grow 46 per cent to 217,718
from 2000 to 2020. South Hilo, currently the most populous district within the County, will be
eclipsed by the Puna District in 2020 with an estimated population of 58,246 compared to South
Hilo's 49,791.
Projection of Resident Population by District
Year 2040 to 2020 ,Series la)
District
2000
2005
2010
2015
2020
Total
148,677
159,907
176,938
195,965
217,718
Puna
31,335
36,351
42,591
49,801
58,246
South Hilo
47,386
46,273
47,477
48,614
49,791
North filo
1,720
1,643
1,720
1,798
1,879
Hamalcua
6,108
6,196
6,561
6,933
7,328
North Kohala
6,038
6,622
7,917
9,446
11,273
South Kohala
13,131
15,659
18,184
21,072
24,426
North Kona
28,543
30,467
34,024
37,922
42,275
South Kona
8,589
10,253
11,414
12,681
14,092
Ka'u
5,827
6,443
7,050
708
8,408
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
Hawaii County Department of Research and Development
The Puna District will continue to experience relatively strong population growth due to
the availability of relatively inexpensive lots that were created around the 1960s. The growth of
the population in North and South Kohala, North Kona and South Kona are closely associated
with the continuing growth of the visitor .end agricultural industry within these districts.
GOALS
• Provide residents with opportunities to improve their quality of life through
economic development that enhances the County's natural and social
environments.
• Economic development and improvement shall be in balance with the physical,
social, and cultural environments of the island of Hawaii.
• Strive for diversity and stability in the economic system.
30
Economic
• Provide an economic environment that allows new, expanded, or improved _
economic opportunities that are compatible with the County's cultural, natural and
social environment.
• Strive for an economic climate that provides its residents an opportunity for
choice of occupation.
• Strive for diversification of the economy by strengthening existing industries and
attracting new endeavors.
• Strive for full employment.
• Promote and develop the island of Hawaii into a unique scientific and cultural
model, where economic gains are in balance with social and physical amenities.
Development should be reviewed on the basis of total impact on the residents of
the County, not only in terms of immediate short run economic benefits.
POLICIES
• Assist in the expansion of the agricultural industry through the protection of
important agricultural lands, development of marketing plans and programs,
capital improvements and continued cooperation with appropriate State and
Federal agencies.
• Encourage the expansion of the research and development industry by working
with and supporting the University of Hawaii at Hilo and West Hawaii, the
Natural Energy Laboratory at Hawaii Authority and other agencies' programs that
support sustainable economic development in the County of Hawaii.
• Encourage the development of a visitor industry that is in harmony with the
social, physical, and economic goals of the residents of the County.
• Require a study of the significant cultural, social and physical impacts of large
developments prior to approval.
• Encourage the sustainable development of the fishing industry, various forms of
aquaculture, and other fresh and sea water-based activities.
• Support all levels of educational, employment and training opportunities and
institutions.
• Capital improvements program shall improve the quality of existing commercial
and industrial areas.
31
Economic
• The land, water, air, sea. and people shall be considered as essential resources for
present and future generations and should be protected and enhanced through the
use of economic incentives.
• Continue to encourage the research, development and implementation of
advanced technologies and processes.
• Support the development of high technology industries.
• Continue to encourage development and utilization of by-products from alternate
energy conversion projects.
• Identify and encourage primary industries that are consistent with the social,
physical, and economic goals of the residents of the County.
• Encourage active liaison with the private sector with respect to the County's
requirements for establishing businesses on the island.
• Encourage the development of the retirement industry.
• Promote a distinctive identity for the island of Hawaii to enable government,
business and travel industries to promote the County of Hawaii as an entity
unique within the State of Hawaii.
• Identify the needs of the business community and take actions that are necessary
to improve the business climate.
• Support research and development that would lead to the removal of marketing
restrictions on Hawaiian fruits and other perishables.
• .'assist in the development of a film and video industry program to market Big
Island sites and coordinate film and video activities on the Big Island.
• Assist the further development of agriculture through the protection of important
agricultural lands.
• :assist in the promotion of the agriculture industry whose products are recognized
as being produced on the island of Hawaii.
• Encourage the establishment of open farmers markets to allow local agricultural
producers to market their products.
• Assist in cooperative marketing and distribution endeavors to expand
opportunities for local agricultural products for export as well as to the local
market.
32
Economic
Encourage the further development of the overseas capacity of Hilo International
Airport for the exportation of agricultural crops.
Encourage the health/wellness industry.
• Encourage new industries that provide favorable benefit -cost relationships to the
people of the County. Benefit -cost relationships include more than fiscal
considerations.
DISTRICTS
The following is a brief analysis by judicial district for each district. The entire County,
however, is an economic system with many interrelationships and interdependence among the
various districts. Each district is an integral part of the County and is treated as such. The
courses of action shall be consistent with and supportive of the goals, policies, and standards set
forth in the overall economic element.
PUNA
Profile
Population
1980
1990
2000
1980-90
1990-00
% Change
% Change
Puna
11,751
20,781 J
31,335
76.8 50.8
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
Hawaii County Department of Research and Development
The population increased in Puna as a result of employment opportunities in agriculture
as well as job opportunities in Hilo. Also contributing to this increase was an in -migration into
subdivided areas due to the affordability of parcels within Puna. The table above reflects the
continuing population growth within the Puna District. The population in Puna during the past
30 years has increased at a substantially higher rate than the growth in employment.
Puna is primarily an agricultural district. The area also includes part of the Hawaii
Volcanoes National Park, large substandard subdivisions, forest reserves, and several small
concentrations of population. Most of the subdivisions were created prior to the adoption of the
Zoning Code in 1967 and are in agricultural zones.
Agriculture in the form of truck farming in the Volcano area; papaya in the Kapoho area;
and flowers, principally anthuriums and orchids, in the Mountain View, Pahoa and Kapoho areas
33
Economic
are important. The papaya and flower industries continue to experience moderate growth.
Factors currently limiting growth of these industries are the shortage of labor, housing,
processing requirements, and plant disease. Over 90 per cent of the State's papaya production
comes from this County, with the majority from the Puna district. The infestation of Puna
papaya by the ringspot virus in the 1990s resulted in 1997 production levels falling 55 per cent
from 1992 production levels. It .also resulted in the dispersion of papaya acreage to other areas of
Puna, South Hilo and Harnakua to escape the virus. With the acceptance of the genetically -
engineered and disease -resistant Rainbow variety and the recent opening of a post-harvest
treatment facility, the future production of papaya within the Puna district is expected to increase.
The County also produces most of the State's bananas, with the Puna district accounting for a
large percentage of production. The banana industry in Puna is expected to grow at a moderate
rate.
Geothermal resource utilization is a small part of the existing economy of Puna. Future
expansion of the geothermal industry within the district is promising.
Except for the Kulani Prison project, there are no major government installations in the
Puna district.
The Kamehameha Schools East Hawaii Campus opened in the Fall of 2001. The campus
will be able to accommodate an overall student population of approximately 2,300 students in
grades K-12, and become a major employment generator in the Puna District.
The visitor industry has very little visible effect on the Puna district other than some
roadside stands and a few visitor accommodations, such as bed and breakfast and vacation -rental
operations. There are a number of visitor attractions frequented by tourists, such as the lava -
inundated former Kaimu Mack Sand Beach area, portion of the Volcanoes National Parr, and the
Painted Church.
Puna's population will probably continue to grow at a rapid rate. The major sector of its
economy will continue to be agriculture, such as papaya, macadamia nuts and flowers. However,
there are several problem areas that have already been mentioned as well as others such as capital
requirements that have to be overcome for expansion. There is also potential for a limited
aanount of visitor facilities in the form of small accommodations and support facilities, such as
recreational areas, botanical parks, and others. Puna also will continue to serve as a residential
area for people working in Hilo.
Courses of Action
Assist the further development of the agricultural industry by providing support
services to commodity groups and other organizations such as farmer's
cooperatives, protecting important agricultural lands, and requesting and
providing necessarycapital improvements.
34
Economic
Resort growth should enhance and be in keeping with the area's rural character. _
• Assist the fishing industry through a cooperative effort with State and Federal
agencies.
Support the development and utilization of geothermal resources and by-products
consistent with the environmental, social, economic and other goals expressed
elsewhere in the General Plan.
Ow"W11 71i]
Profile
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
Hawaii County Department of Research and Development
Population growth in Hilo and in the older plantation based communities on the coast
north of the city declined or saw little growth. Between 1990 and 2000, the population for filo
increased by 6.2 per cent.
Hilo is the County seat and the only metropolitan area on the island. Hilo also functions
as the island's industrial, commercial, distribution and population core. Approximately 33 per
cent of all Big Islanders live in this city. The rest of the population is scattered throughout the
island.
Sugar was one of the largest single industries in South Hilo. The commercial growing of
ornamental plants is now the largest agricultural product grown in the district. Bananas and
papayas are some of the other major products grown in the district. More than half of the total
acreage cultivated statewide for flowers and nursery products are located within the County,
which also accounts for over half of the total statewide revenue of flowers and nursery products.
Several kinds of manufacturing operations are located in Hilo, including the processing of
food, fruit, livestock, and garment manufacturing.
There were 1,165 visitor accommodation units available in 1998, a decline of 11.3 per
cent since 1984 and a 46 per cent decline since its peak in 1976. Hilo continues to attract its
share of visitors to the County with approximately 380,000 visitors (30 per cent) in 1997. As the
center of business and government within the County, Hilo accommodates numerous business
and local travelers for special events such as hula competitions and sporting finals. The South
Hilo district will also benefit from the continued growth of the cruise ship industry, which saw a
35
Economic
1980-90
1990-00
Population
1980
1990
2000
% Change
% Change
South Hilo
42,278
44,639
47,386
5.6
6.2
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
Hawaii County Department of Research and Development
Population growth in Hilo and in the older plantation based communities on the coast
north of the city declined or saw little growth. Between 1990 and 2000, the population for filo
increased by 6.2 per cent.
Hilo is the County seat and the only metropolitan area on the island. Hilo also functions
as the island's industrial, commercial, distribution and population core. Approximately 33 per
cent of all Big Islanders live in this city. The rest of the population is scattered throughout the
island.
Sugar was one of the largest single industries in South Hilo. The commercial growing of
ornamental plants is now the largest agricultural product grown in the district. Bananas and
papayas are some of the other major products grown in the district. More than half of the total
acreage cultivated statewide for flowers and nursery products are located within the County,
which also accounts for over half of the total statewide revenue of flowers and nursery products.
Several kinds of manufacturing operations are located in Hilo, including the processing of
food, fruit, livestock, and garment manufacturing.
There were 1,165 visitor accommodation units available in 1998, a decline of 11.3 per
cent since 1984 and a 46 per cent decline since its peak in 1976. Hilo continues to attract its
share of visitors to the County with approximately 380,000 visitors (30 per cent) in 1997. As the
center of business and government within the County, Hilo accommodates numerous business
and local travelers for special events such as hula competitions and sporting finals. The South
Hilo district will also benefit from the continued growth of the cruise ship industry, which saw a
35
Economic
substantial increase in island -wide arrivals from 124,000 in 1997 to 184,000 in 1998 with annual -
expenditures estimated to range from. $16,000,000 to $23,000,000. Overall, the future growth in
tourism in the South Hilo district is anticipated to remain at current levels.
Hilo with its population size, harbor and airport facilities, higher education complex, and
new investment has potential for economic growth. However, many public facilities, such as the
airport facilities and the university facilities in Hilo, rely heavily on State funds and the County
must compete with other areas of the State. The closing of Hilo Coast processing Company and
Hamakua Sugar Company in 1994 resulted in some decline in allied sectors. New economic
based activities in East Hawaii are needed if the city is to continue its role as the island's
commercial and service center in the future.
There are several significant projects that could propel South Hilo's economy in the near
future. Subject to the availability of funding, construction of the Saddle Road improvements
could commence in late 2001 and will substantially reduce the commute time between Hilo and
Kailua-Kona. Already in operation is a post-harvest fruit treatment plant that will allow a
substantial increase in the amount of agricultural products to be exported worldwide. In
addition, a call center established in Hilo could ultimately provide as many as 300 new jobs.
Courses of Action
• Encourage the State to provide the necessary funds for the development of the
university complex and airport facilities. Provide necessary support services and
facilities to aid the development of these complexes.
• Continue to implement a program to revitalize historic downtown Hilo.
• ]Encourage manufacturing operations that utilize local raw materials, such as
macadamia nut shells and timber.
• Assist the fishing industry through a cooperative effort with State and Federal
agencies.
• Assist in the formulation and implementation of management education and
manpower training programs to strengthen the overall skill levels of its work force
to be compatible with existing and emerging industries.
• Support the development of a master plan for lands within the vicinity of the
University of Hawaii at Hilo to incorporate a "college town" concept utilizing an
appropriate mixture of residential, commercial and other land uses to complement
the university's infrastructure.
• Explore the feasibility of expanding the Afook-Chinen Auditorium into an
athletic -exhibition -conference facility that can attract additional activities and
visitors to the Hilo area.
36
Economic
• Support the efforts of the Pacific Aquaculture and Coastal Resources Center to
renovate the abandoned sewage treatment plant in Keaukaha into an aquaculture
center.
Coordinate with the University of Hawaii at Hilo to establish an aquacultural
program along accessible areas of the Hilo coast for research, demonstration, and
development purposes.
• Support the construction and development of the USDA's Pacific Basin
Agricultural Resource Center facility.
NORTH 1E LO
Profile
Population
1980
1990
2000
1980-90
1990-00
% Change
% Change
North Hilo
1,679
1,541
1,720
-8.2
11.6
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
Hawaii County Dzpartment of Research and Development
The population in North Hilo has been declining for more than 50 years. However, in the
10 -year period from 1990 to 2000, there was an 11.6 per cent increase in population. The major
population and service center for the North Hilo district is Laupahoehoe.
Like Hamakua to the north, the North Hilo district is agriculturally oriented. On the
arable lands of the lower elevations from Honohina-Ninole to Ookala, former sugar cane lands
are being cultivated in smaller acreages with a diverse range of crops as well as planted in
eucalyptus trees. Large tracts of land within the district are used for cattle grazing and logging of
native and planted forests. Macadamia nuts, ginger, bananas, tropical foliage, orchids, tropical
fruits, cacao, kava, assorted leafy vegetables, papaya and taro are some of the other agricultural
products grown in North Hilo.
There are no visitor accommodations in North Hilo. Given current land uses, it is not
anticipated that this area will provide overnight visitor accommodations aside from independent
bed and breakfast operations.
Economic growth under present conditions is limited in the district. Residents of North
Hilo, especially the young, continue to leave the area because of the lack of employment
opportunities. Agriculture shows the greatest potential for growth.
37
Economic
Courses of Action
• Assist the further development of agriculture. A program to expand agriculture
should be developed and implemented.
• Work with community groups and organizations to identify and develop potential
cottage industries.
Support the development of a native hardwood industry.
HAMAKUA
Pr®iile
Population
1980
1990
2000
1980-90 1990-00
Change % Change
Hamakua
5,128
5,515
6,108
8.1 j 10.2
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
Hawaii County Department of Research and Development
Hamakua's population has grown over the past 30 years, even when faced with the
closing of sugar operations in 1994. The continuing growth of the district's population has been
largely due to the major resort activities in the neighboring district of South Kohala and the
continuing settlement of the rural homestead areas. There has been some internal movement in
this district into the town of Honokaa, which represents the commercial and residential center of
the district. There are several smaller communities along the Belt Highway that serve primarily
as residential settlements related to the former sugar plantations. At the higher elevations, there
are scattered homesteads and marches. Visitor accommodations are available at a 19 -unit hotel in
Honokaa as well as various bed and breakfast operations scattered throughout the district.
The economic mainstays of this area are cattle, macadamia nuts, and various crops.
These are the greatest sources of income and employment for Hamakua. There are numerous
cattle ranches and several different varieties of crops in the district. Of these, macadamia nuts
are expected to continue to play an important role in the future of agricultural development.
Other crops grown in this area are taro, watermelons, tomatoes, ginger, kava, coffee, and other
vegetables.
The closing of sugar operations has made lands available for various crops. A large
timber operation has initiated plantings of eucalyptus in its effort to establish a 15,000 -acre
eucalyptus plantation. The investment includes $29,000,000 in Hamakua and has already created
100 full-time jobs. A 1981 study to identify the best potential forest lands within the County
identified 80,000 acres, mostly located along the Hamakua coast between the 1,000 to 3,000 -foot
elevations.
38
Economic
On July 28, 2000, a joint announcement was made by the Hawaii Forestry and
Communities Initiative (Na Hoa Mahi'ai) and the State Department of Land and Natural
Resources to cultivate a 40 -acre parcel of State land at Ookala with high value hardwoods such
as koa, milo, kamani, mahogany, pheasantwood, and narra, with 25 per cent of the area dedicated
to the restoration of a lowland native rainforest. The project is unique in that the land, under the
jurisdiction of the DLNR Division of Forestry and Wildlife, will be actively managed by a
consortium of community groups from the Ookala-Laupahoehoe area, with technical assistance
provided by forestry and other natural resource experts from the State, the University of Hawaii,
and several federal agencies, including the USDA Forest Service and the Natural Resource
Conservation Service. Community representation in the project includes the North Hilo
Community Council, the Laupahoehoe Train Museum, and the Laupahoehoe High School.
Manufacturing within the district is limited to the processing of macadamia nuts and
other agricultural products. The 60 -megawatt co -generation power plant at Haina will encourage
other manufacturing activities by providing thermal energy (waste heat) that could be utilized for
drying of macadamia nuts or aquaculture activities.
The astronomical facilities located atop Mauna Kea are also part of the Hamakua District.
The facilities are located within the 11,228 -acre Mauna Kea Science Reserve, which includes
those lands situated above the 12,000 -foot elevation, with the exception of areas within the
Mauna Kea Ice Age Natural Area Reserve.
Mauna Kea is considered the world's premier site for ground-based astronomical
observatories. Mauna Kea is home to 13 observatories and includes 12 of the world's most state-
of-the-art telescopes. More major telescopes are located on Mauna Kea than on any other single
mountain peak in the world. Mauna Kea is widely recognized as offering optimum conditions
for optical, infrared and millimeter/submillimeter measurements. In addition, the local
availability of support technicians and personnel also contribute to make Mauna Kea one of the
finest astronomical sites in the world. Astronomy has contributed over $619,000,000 in capital
investments to the State as well as generated approximately 270 permanent jobs.
Courses of Action
• Assist the further development of agriculture and continue to cooperate with the
agricultural sector and other appropriate agencies to provide the necessary
services to assist agriculture.
• Allow the development of limited visitor facilities that will not detract from the
natural beauty of the area,
• Develop a tourism industry that will promote small business development by
maintaining the plantation heritage of the area.
39
Economic
• Diversify the economic base and enhance historical aspects of the area including
existing ranching operations and the former sugar industry.
Support the growth of a forestry industry within the district.
Support the growth of astronomical research and development.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
Population
1950 133E
2000
1950-90
1990-00
% Change
% Change
North Kohala 3,249 4,291 6,038
32.1 40.7
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
Hawaii County Department of Research and Development
Population in North Kohala has grown significantly over the last 20 years. The growth in
population between 1980 and 2000 can be attributed to the continuing development of =carious
resort complexes along the South Kohala coast as well as a growing number of people who wish
to establish their retirement home within the district. New entrepreneurial activities, both in
health and wellness and eco -tourism enterprises, also contribute to the growth in population.
Cattle, nursery products and macadamia nuts are the major agricultural products. On
smaller acreages, truck crops are grown. The largest tracts of grazing land extend from the top of
the Kohala mountains to Akoni Pule Highway.
Another important source of income and employment is tourism and its related service
industries. Chalon International, Inc., a major landowner within the district, has developed plans
for a 240 -unit resort and residential development adjacent to Mahukona Harbor. Economic
conditions in Hawaii and Japan have delayed the construction of this proposed resort. There are
many natural and historical amenities within the North Kohala district that are conducive to the
development of tourist related facilities. There are many residents of this district who work in
the adjoining district of South Kohala.
Besides Chalon International, Inc., other major private landowners within the distict
include Kamehameha Schools, Parker Ranch Foundation Trust and Kahua Ranch. Together with
the State of Hawaii, these landowners account for 90 per cent of the land in this district.
The Upolu Airport can serve a limited number of flights. There are no regularly
scheduled flights to Upolu by the two primary inter -island carriers. Upolu Airport is used
occasionally by sightseeing air taxi services using both fixed wing aircraft and helicopters, flight
training activities, medical emergency flights, and the military.
40
Economic
Courses of Action
• Aid in the expansion of agriculture through the protection of important
agricultural lands.
• Resort facilities compatible with the physical, social and economic goals of the
residents of the district should be considered.
• Encourage the establishment of an open farmer's market in North Kohala.
• Assist in the formulation and implementation of education and manpower training
programs to strengthen the overall skill level of the local residents to compete in
existing and emerging sustainable and environmentally sound industries and
businesses.
• Work with communities and residents (community groups and organizations) to
identify and develop potential cottage industries and provide flexibility in land use
to accommodate these potential cottage industries.
• Support efforts to promote small business development that is consistent with the
rural, agricultural, and historic character of the area.
• Assist the communities and residents in diversifying the economic base in ways
that are consistent with the rural, agricultural, and historic character of North
Kohala.
41
Economic
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
Population
1980
1990
2000
1980-90
1990-00
Change
%Change
South Kohala
( 4,607
9,140
13,131 ! 98.4 43.7
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
Hawaii County Department of Research and Development
The primary economic activities of this area are tourism, cattle ranching, agriculture,
public and private educational institutions, scientific research associated with the observatories
located on Mauna Kea and health and wellness organizations.
Due to the growth in tourism within the district, the population of South Kohala increased
dramatically over the past 30 years. The benefit of this growth for the residents of South Kohala
is the low=est unemployment rate and the Highest median household income of all the districts for
1997.
Kawaihae Harbor is the second deepwater port on the island. The Kawaihae small boat
harbor adds to the inventory of amenities in the district and provides limited recreational and
commercial sport fishing activities.
The Mauna Kea Beach Hotel, which began operations in 1965, opened the door to resort
development of this area, South Kohala has evolved into one of the world's premier resort
destinations with luxury hotel complexes. Hunting on the slopes of Mauna Kea and the Kohala
mountains, deep sea fishing, world-class golf courses, hiking trails, historic sites, sandy beaches,
and a diversity of climates are some of the attractions available to tourists.
There is considerable investor interest in South Kohala. The three large resort complexes
in the district - Mauna Kea Resort, Mauna Lani Resort, and the Waikoloa Beach Resort
currently account for 40 per cent of the total hotel rooms within the County. The South Kohala
district is one of the best destinations in the State for world-class golf courses. During the period
between 1980 and 1998, ten properties were developed totaling 3,400 visitor unfits. The larger of
these resort properties include the 547 -unit Outrigger Waikoloa Beach Hotel, the 350 -unit Mauna
Lani Bay Hotel ,c Bungalows, the 1,240 -unit Hilton Waikoloa Village, the 539 -unit Orchid at
Mauna Lani, and the 351 -unit Hapuna Beach Prince Hotel.
Although tourism is currently the leading economic industry in the district, the area is
also well known for cattle ranching, vegetable production, egg production, and other forms of
agriculture. Waimea is one of the most productive areas for vegetable crops on the Big Island.
Cabbages, celery, lettuce, daikon (turnip), peppers, broccoli and carrots are just some of the
vegetables grown. Experiments are being conducted on different crops as well as on the
42
Economic
improvement of those presently grown. The agricultural industry, especially truck farms, has _
potential for further expansion. This industry, faced with competition for resources from tourism
and other urban forces, needs governmental assistance.
The cattle ranching industry utilizes most of the land area within the district with pastures
situated on the higher slopes of the mountains and extending down to the sea. Parker lunch, one
of the largest privately owned ranches in the world, has its headquarters in Waimea. The closing
of all feedlots within the County has resulted in the export of 90 per cent of all cattle to mainland
feedlots. Hawaii cattle producers need to expand their presence in the local market in order to
keep cattle in Hawaii for finishing and local consumption.
The educational sector includes Hawaii Preparatory Academy (HPA) with a 1999 total
enrollment of 578 students in grades K through 12, which includes 190 boarders from grades 6
through 12. 1n addition, Parker School is a day school with a 1999 enrollment of 129 students.
Waimea has three performing arts venues: Kahilu Theatre, Gates Performing Arts Center, and
Parker School Auditorium.
The Canada -France Hawaii Telescope on Mauna Kea has its base facility in Waimea.
The base has a staff of 51 and an annual operating budget of $6,200,000. As several planned
telescopes are built on Mauna Kea, additional base facilities may choose to locate in Waimea due
to its desirable environment. Waimea is also home to the headquarters of the W.M. Keck
Observatory on Mauna Kea, the largest optical and infrared telescopes in the world. The
headquarters employs about 80 people and has an annual operating budget of $10,000,000.
Courses of Action
• Assist in the development of agriculture by protecting important agricultural land
from urbanization, providing or having provided the necessary capital
improvements, such as water, and working cooperatively with the agricultural
sector and government.
• Work closely with the State and the Department of Hawaiian Home Lands to
provide adequate land close to Kawaihae Harbor for industrial activities.
• Recognize the diversity of climate, the quality of the ocean water and the natural
beauty of the hills as vital economic and social assets of the region to be protected
through appropriate regulations.
• Resort development in the district shall be in an orderly fashion and consistent
with the physical and social goals of the residents of the area. Utilize tools such
as incremental zoning to insure development that will best meet the needs of the
County.
• Encourage the preservation of the rural, ranching character within the town of
Waimea.
43
Economic
s Support the growth of astronomical research and development.
NORTH K®NA
Profile
Population 1980 1990 2000 1980-90 1990-00
% Change % Change
North Kona 13,748 22,284 28,543 62.1 28.1
Economic Assessment, PPF Hawaii. January 2000
U.S. Census, 2400
Hawaii County Department of Research and Development
Spurred primarily by the employment opportunities created by the expanding visitor
industry, population has greatly increased in North Kona over the last 30 years. The growth of
the visitor industry in recent years can be largely attributed to the expansion of runway -and
terminal facilities at Kona International Nirport at Keahole, which now permits the arrival of
national and international direct flights.
Tourism continues to expand in North Kona. Currently, there are about 4,081 visitor
units in the area. During the period of 1980 to 1998, six new resort properties were developed in
North Kona for a total of 900 visitor units, including the completion of the 243 -unit Hualalai
Resort at Kaupulehu and 263 -time share unit Kona Coast Resort in Keauhou. North Kona now
accounts for over 45 per cent of total hotel rooms on the island.
The visitor industry in North Kona is expected to grow at a moderate rate. Once the
major visitor industry area on the island, the North Kona district now shares this distinction with
the South Kohala district. Many of North Kona's aging hotel properties need major renovation.
This effort began with the renovation of the Keauhou Beach Hotel in 1999.
Most of the Big Island's coffee production is in the North and South Kona Districts,
which has been producing coffee since the 1800s. Between 1982 and 1995, the Kona coffee
industry experienced sales fluctuations between $2,100,000 and $8,700,000. Since 1995, the
value of Kona coffee sales has steadily increased to approximately $16,200,000 in 1997. Coffee
production on the other islands has far surpassed this island; which now accounts for one-third of
the coffee produced statewide. Hov,rever, the market and price for Kona coffee continues w grow
due to its distinct flavor and quality unique to coffee grown elsewhere in the world.
Besides coffee, agricultural enterprises include cattle ranching and the growing of fruits,
macadamia nuts, and vegetables, particularly tomatoes.
Timber and fishing are small industries in Kona. Logging of native hardwood at one time
provided a major source of income in the district. The Kailua-Kona Wharf is considered a major
center for big game fishing and international tournaments usually held annually.
44
Economic
Quarrying operations for building materials are also conducted in North Kona. The Old
Kailua Industrial Area and the Kaloko Industrial Area provide the largest concentration of
industrial activities within West Hawaii. These industrial areas accommodate a wide range of
manufacturing, service, wholesale and retail activities.
The North Kona district was once the major visitor destination on the island. However,
this distinction is now shared with the South Kohala district due to the recent development of
numerous hotel complexes along the South Kohala coast. While the majority of visitor
accommodations were once centered in Kailua-Kona, visitor accommodation facilities now
stretch from the Kona Village Resort to Keauhou. The North Kona district includes
approximately 4,081 visitor units including hotels, resort condominiums, bed and breakfast
operations and other transient units. The 1,900 -acre Keauhou-Kona area provides approximately
1,300 hotel and resort -condominium units.
There are several government projects of significance to the district's economic future. A
small boat harbor at Honokohau has been constructed just outside of Kailua Village. This
facility will complement the already world famous big game fishing of the area. Further north
along the coast, the runway at Kona International Airport at Keahole has been expanded to
accommodate larger aircraft utilized for overseas flights. The State has completed an update of
the master plan for the Kona International Airport at Keahole, which will include extensive
terminal, runway and support facility improvements.
The Natural Energy Laboratory of Hawaii Authority (NELHA) at Keahole Point, an
ocean science and technology park utilizing deep cold seawater pumped from 2,000 feet off of
Keahole Point, has demonstrated the effectiveness and feasibility of various technologies and
industries that use this unique, cold -water resource. Ocean thermal energy conversion,
aquaculture, air conditioning of buildings using cold seawater, and the growing of cold -climate
vegetables and fruits are just some of these successful activities. In 1999, the 870 -acre NELHA
complex hosted 26 projects employing more than 160 individuals and contributing approximately
$30,000,000 annually to the local economy.
Kona is considered the center for government, commercial and industrial activities for
West Hawaii. In addition to being the center for government, retail, and banking services, Kona
is also home to "big -box" retailers such as Costco, K -Mart, and WalMart and international
sporting events such as the Ironlvlan Triathlon, the Hawaiian International Billfish Tournament,
and the Senior PGA Tournament of Champions at the Hualalai Resort.
Courses of Action
• Resort development in the area shall be in balance with the social and physical
goals as well as economic desires of the residents of the district. Necessary
pollution controls shall be available prior to development. Other necessary
support facilities such as transportation and nursery facilities shall also be
provided.
45
Economic
• Assist in the further development of agriculture, including forestry and
aquaculture activities. Necessary capital improvements that will aid agriculture,
such as water, should be given priority for funding.
• Continue to encourage development of the Natural Energy Laboratory of Hawaii
Authority as a marine research and commercial facility.
• Encourage and support the development of Hawaii Community College in West
Hawaii, including the University of Hawaii Center.
• Assist the fishing and boating industry through a cooperative effort with State and
Federal agencies.
• Recognize the natural beauty of the area as a major economic and social asset.
This resource should be protected through appropriate review processes when
development is proposed.
• Improve Kailua Village to maintain its viability as a popular visitor destination.
• increase affordable housing opportunities in the Kailua-Kona area.
SOUTH KONA
Profile
Population
1980
1990
1980-90 1990-00
2000
% Change % Change
South Kona 11 5,914
7,658 8,589 29.5 i 12.2
_i
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January2000
U.S. Census, 2000
Hawaii County Department of Research and Development
South Kona's population has increased by approximately 12 per cent between 1990 and
2000 and 30 per cent in the previous decade. The maior trade and population concentrations are
along the Mamalahoa Highway at Kealakekua, Captain Cook, and Honaunau.
The primary economic activity of this district is agriculture, with its most important
industries being coffee growing and processing, macadamia nuts, citrus fruits and cattle ranching.
Within the South Kona district, roughly 4,000 acres of macadamia nut orchards are planted with
approximately 237,000 macadamia nut trees. The operation entails the second largest
macadamia nut processor in the State, accounting for roughly 20 to 25 per cent of all macadamia
nut production.
46
Economic
The number of coffee farms has fluctuated over the years with a high of 635 farms in the
late 1980s to a low of 550 farms in 1996. During the same period, coffee acreages have fallen
from 3,000 to 1,960 acres. However, the total value of coffee sales within the County has
recovered from its low of $3,700,000 in 1992 to a high of $16,200,000 in 1997. Although the
price of Kona coffee has been quite volatile, it is still considered one of the most promising
agricultural product grown within the County. Compared to other coffee producing areas of the
world, the Kona coffee growers have a comparative disadvantage because of higher wages paid
to laborers and the topography of prune Kona coffee lands, which limit farmers to manual
harvesting methods compared to mechanical harvesting methods utilized by coffee growers on
other islands and in other parts of the world. However, the manual harvesting methods utilized
by Kona coffee growers may be a significant factor contributing to the superior taste of Kona
coffee compared to other coffee grown throughout the State and the world.
Also grown in the South Kona district are bananas, citrus crops (oranges and tangerines),
avocado, vegetables and other truck crops, and macadamia nuts. Cattle ranching is also one of
the prominent industries in the district.
Manufacturing in South Kona is confined to coffee roasting and macadamia nut
processing.
Unlike the North Kona area, the South Kona district has limited accommodations for
overnight visitors. There are approximately 88 units located at Captain Cook (Manago hotel),
catering primarily to local business travelers and agricultural workers. A 730 -lot agricultural -
residential and golf course community and 80 -unit private members' lodge development
(Hokulia) is being developed north of Kealakekua Bay in South Kona. This development will
cater primarily to out-of-state second homebuyers.
Courses of Action
• Assist the further development of agriculture by protecting important agricultural
land from urbanization, and by providing necessary resources, such as water.
• Resort development in the area should not destroy the natural resources and
historical significance of the area.
• Assist the fishing industry through a cooperative effort with State and Federal
agencies.
• Encourage ocean -based industries, such as aquaculture, in the area.
• Encourage eco -tourism and agricultural tourism as regional opportunities.
• Establish buffers on undeveloped lands around Kealakekua Bay to assure
preservation of the region's unique environment and cultural resources.
47
Economic
KA' U
Profile
1980-90 1990-00
Population 1980 18390 2000 % Change % Change
Ka'u 3.699 4,438 5,827 20.0 ! 31.3
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
U.S. Census, 2000
Hawaii County Department of Research .and Development
Located on the southern and eastern flanks of Mauna Loa, the Ka'u district is the largest
on the Big Island. Although Ka'u is the largest of the nine districts on the island, the population
of Ka'u is the second smallest only to that of North Hilo. Between 1990 and 2000, the Ka'u
District saw an approximately 31 per cent increase in its population. Much of the increase in the
Ka'u population has been concentrated in Ocean View and other smaller communities.
Agriculture is the economic mainstay of the Ka'u region. Coffee, orchids, vegetables,
flowers, cattle, and macadamia nuts are grown in this district. Approximately $5,000,000 has
been invested in an effort to establish a forestry industry on approximately 5,000 acres that could
generate 30 to 40 new jobs.
Within the Ka'u area are several cattle ranches that utilize vast acreages of grazing lands.
Although employment in this sector is not large, it plays an important role in the area's economy.
The macadamia nut industry remains one of the primary industries within the district.
However, growing competition from foreign producers are beginning to affect the industry due to
increased worldwide production, weakness in the Asian economy, and more aggressive
marketing of these foreign -grown macadamia nuts in the United States. Similar to the
competition faced by the once -dominant sugar industry, fixture growth of the macadamia nut
industry must quickly respond to the threat of foreign competition by focusing on the quality of
Hawaii's macadamia nuts and developing alternative markets for the nuts and its by-products.
C.13rewer & Co., Ltd., the major landowner in this area, continues its efforts to explore
new economic initiatives within the Ka'u District in the absence of its sugar industry. In addition
to maintaining the largest macadamia nut orchard in the Ka'u District, C. Brewer & Co., Ltd. is
also engaged in and promotes other forms of agriculture such as vegetables and coffee
production. The establishment of a forestry industry upon lands once utilized for sugar
cultivation is also being explored.
The existing Punaluu Resort and Seamountain Golf Course complex is the center of
tourism activity within the Ka'u District. However, the only accommodations available at this
complex is the 56 -unit Colony One at Sea Mountain. The golf course remains in operation, but
48
Economic
no other facilities or amenities are available. The 12 -unit Shirakawa Motel in Waiohinu and _
various bed and breakfast operations provide the only other visitor accommodations within the
district.
Courses of Action
• Balance development with the social and physical environment of the area.
Provisions for orderly development, housing, and pollution controls shall be
implemented.
• Assist the fishing industry, other ocean based industries, and aquaculture through
a cooperative effort with State and Federal agencies.
Recognize the natural beauty of the area as a major economic and social asset.
Protect this resource through appropriate review processes when development is
proposed.
49
Economic
ENERGY
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
For the foreseeable future. Hawaii will continue to be dependent on petroleum to meet its
energy demands. Fortunately, Hawaii is endowed with a variety of natural energy resources that
are renewable for low polluting sources of electricity. Hawaii's dependence on imported
petroleum provides the incentive for the promotion of energy efficiency and the development of
technologies to harness natural end resources (solar, hydrologic, wind, and geothermal) and to
convert solid waste into a fuel resource.
Petroleum provides up to 75 per cent of the Island's energy needs. All of the petroleum
used in the State must be imported in one of several forms. Most of the petroleum consumed in
the State is imported as crude oil, which is then processed at two local refineries, Chevron and
Tesoro, both located at Barber's Point, Oahu in the Campbell Industrial Park. Both refineries
receive crude oil from Indonesia, Alaska, Africa, Malaysia, and the Persian Gulf. Petroleum
products, primarily jet fuel, fuel oil, and propane, are also imported from California, the
Caribbean, Singapore, and other areas to meet the demand not met by the refineries. Propane,
which is widely used on the Island of Hawaii, is also manufactured from petroleum on Oahu.
Petroleum products are received at the Kawaihae and Hilo Harbors.
Under normal circumstances, an estimated 30 -day aggregate supply of most petroleum
products is stored at the oil terminals and tank farms. A major interruption of petroleum supply
due to a length; maritime strike, a disaster at the source of crude oil supply, the sinking of a
petroleum tanker or barge, or an aviation disaster at Campbell Industrial Park could seriously
affect the County of Hawaii's petroleum supply. The island's economy is also vulnerable to
interruptions in the supply of oil from the Middle East.
The County of Hawaii must decrease economic vulnerability and energy costs. To do so,
the County must combine the efforts of energy efficiency and the development of natural
renewable energy alternatives that reduce the dependence on imported fossil fuels and increase
energy self-sufficiency.
50
Energy
ELECTRICITY
Electricity is a major form of energy utilized on the island of Hawaii. The Hawaii
Electric Light Company, Inc., (HELCO) which is regulated by the State, owns and operates a
number of power generation plants in the County. Most of these plants operate on steam or
combustion gases and burn imported fuel. Two plants in Hilo generate power through
hydroelectric means and a South Kohala location produces wind energy. A few Independent
Dower producers (IPPs) generate power using various fuels and resources, and sell energy to
HELCO. The methods of power production include geothermal, hydropower, wind, coal, and oil
plants. Most recently, the construction of a 60 megawatt (MW) co -generation power plant in the
Hamakua district will provide a firm power source and the excess heat generated by the power
plant will be used to further develop agriculture and product manufacturing in the district.
The average annual residential power used in 1990 was 6,794 -kilowatt hours (kWh). In
1999, the average residential usage decreased to 6,563 -kilowatt hours.
Electric Utility for the County of Hawaii
1999
Number of Customers &
Power Sold (1,000 kWh)
Ratio of Power
Customers
percent of Total Number
& Percent of Total Sold
Sold (1000 kWh)
to Customer
Residential
52,277 = (84%)
343,085 = (37%)
6.563 to 1
General Loads
9,654 = (15%)
308,493 = (34%)
31.955 to 1
Commercial Cooking and
Heating
396 = (Less than 1 %)
25,964 = (3%)
65.566 to I
Large Power Service
65 = (Less than 1%)
234,889 = (26%)
3,613.677 to 1
Street Lighting
86 = (less than 1 %)
3,879 = (Less than 1 %)
45.105 to I
Total
62,478 = (100%)
916,310 (100%)
14.666 to 1
Hawaiian Electric Company, 1999
Estimate - Planning Department
Residential refers to single -metered residential customers and may include condominiums
for visitor use but excludes master -metered apartment and condominium buildings used by
residents classified as commercial customers. General Loads refer to general light and/or power
loads supplied through a single meter. Commercial Cooking and Heating applies only to
commercial heating (heat pump water heaters), air conditioning, and refrigeration service. Large
Dower service is applicable to large light and/or power service supplied and metered at a single
voltage and delivery point.
The table presented on the previous page clearly indicates that of the 62,478 customers of
electrical power, approximately 84 per cent are residential customers. However, of the 916,310
51
Energy
total kilowatt hours used, residential customers accounted for approximately 37 per cent. This
yields a ratio of about, 6,563 kilowatt hours per customer as opposed to Large Power Service
customers that account for less than I per cent of the customer base but use 26 per cent of the
total kilowatt hours. These customers yield a ratio of 3,613,677 kilowatt hours per customer.
Power rates on this island are among the highest in the nation. One factor that contributes
to the high cost of power is the present method of power generation. Most of the electricity is
obtained through the burning of imported oil. The cost of fuel, coupled with transportation cost,%
cause higher rates. Additionally, the size of the service area and length of transmission and
distribution lines necessary to transfer the power to the load centers are significant factors. A
good example is the fast growing loads in West Hawaii. The major generating plants are located
in East Hawaii. This requires generating more in East Hawaii to compensate for losses in lines
going over to West Hawaii. Other factors creating higher costs are the small market andthe
sparseness of population in a relatively large service area.
Except in a few instances, most of the power lines in the County are overhead lines.
Although underground wiring has an aesthetic desirability, there are several problems in
establishing such a standard. Underground power lines will probably last longer but cost more to
install, especially in rocky areas. There is a problem of common sharing of trenches with other
utilities. ,knother problem is repair and maintenance, for while broken lines will probably occur
infrequently, they will be more difficult to locate. There has been, however, considerable
progress in solving the technological problems concerning underground power lines.
As affluence of the population increases, the consumption of power tends to accelerate
faster than population growth. Studies of sources of energy other than the burning of fuel are
being conducted. On September 1, 1998, HELCO submitted its second Integrated Resource Plan
(IRP) to the Public Utilities Commission with input from a public advisory group,
Electrical Energy Self -Sufficiency for the Big Island
The County of Hawaii must strive to attain energy self-sufficiency in order to minimize
its dependence on imported fossil fuels. A commitment by both the government and the public
must continue in research, planning, and development to attain the goal of energy self-sufficiency
for the County of Hawaii.
As a result of the 1974 and 1978 oil crisis, there has been concern over Hawaii's
dependence on imported petroleum. In 1974 and 1976, the State Legislature enacted several
significant bills designed to promote the research and development of natural energy resources,
and the conservation of energy in order to foster a greater independence from imported fossil
fuels.
The State Legislature adopted Act 237 (Chapter 196, H.R.S.) in 1974, which created the
position of a State Energy Resources Coordinator to review and formulate existing and proposed
energy resource programs.
52
Energy
Also in 1974, the State Legislature established the Hawaii Natural Energy Institute _
(HNEI, Act 235) to foster development of local natural energy research at the University of
Hawaii. The HNEI maintains cooperation and coordination between all levels of government
and private organizations involved with energy related projects with potential for Federal
funding, and serves as the central source of information on natural energy policies and programs.
Act 236, adopted by the State Legislature in 1974, established the Natural Energy
Laboratory of Hawaii (NELH) at Keahole (North Kona, Hawaii) to provide essential support
facilities for future electrical energy research programs. The legislature selected Keahole Point
through the criteria for development of three of the proposed natural energy programs (OTEC,
Biomass conversion, and direct solar energy utilization systems).
In 1976, the State Legislature adopted Act 189 which complemented the development
half for energy self-sufficiency by the creation of tax incentives for the installation and use of
"solar energy devices" and "alternate energy improvements" to promote energy conservation.
These devices and improvements increase the level of efficiency, and decrease the utilization of
electrical power that accounts for 42 per cent of the total energy demand in the County of
Hawaii.
In January of 1980, a final report prepared for the County of Hawaii entitled "Energy
Self-sufficiency for the Big Island of Hawaii" was released. The report recommended that the
County government provide a favorable climate for energy savings and new energy production.
It also recommended establishing an Office of Energy Coordinator. The Energy Coordinator:
• Coordinates and provides information regarding conservation and energy
production;
• Organizes ride sharing and travel reduction programs;
• Assists business in obtaining information and financial support for energy-related
development;
• Funds necessary information gathering programs;
• Monitors the progress of energy departments;
• Recommends changes in the county's energy program;
• Analyzes the impact of proposed developments on the energy balance of the
Island.
In addition, the development of naturally occurring energy resources will become an
increasingly important factor in determining future industrial activity on the Island of Hawaii.
Gas
Propane gas is widely available and is a major source of energy for the Island of Hawaii.
The two primary methods used in delivering gas are via an underground pipeline or tank/cylinder
refill. The Public Utilities Commission regulates the underground gas delivery system in Hilo
and along Alii Drive in Kailua-Kona. Gas is delivered by tanks or cylinders for the remainder of
the island.
53
Energy
The use of propane gas diversifies the island's energy supply and creates less pollution.
Compared to electricity generation and diesel emissions, propane offers a cleaner, less polluting
fuel. Alternatives lige propane gas offer opportunities to lessen the island's dependence on
electricity andinimize_land use conflicts created by the siting of large-scale electric gp:neration,
transmission and distribution facilities.
Propane can be used for sell -generation (e.g. cogeneration, micro turbines) for large
customers, thereby delaying the need to site and construct large, centralized electric generation
facilities.
Geothermal Engm
Geothermal Energy is natural heat energy from the earth that can be harnessed for direct
thermal use and for electrical power generation. The four basic ways that this type of natural heat
energy may be found are steam, hot water, magma, and hot dry rock.
Geothermal drilling on the Big Island started in the early 1960's. Initial wells were either
found to be unsuccessful or once dulled, were not further developed.
In 1972, the Hawaii Geothermal Project (HGP) was organized to investigate the
development of geothermal energy in Hawaii, as a cooperative project involving Federal, State,
County, and private funds. In April 1976, a successful well was completed near Kapoho in the
Puna District, and HGP installed a power plant to demonstrate that geothermal energy is an.
economically viable natural energy alternative for the Big Island. The plant commenced
operations in 1982 and ceased in 1989.
In 1983 and with subsequent amendments, the Legislature amended the State Land Use
Law, Chapter 205, Hawaii Revised Statutes, by authorizing the State's Board of Land and Natural
Resources to conduct a county by county assessment of areas with geothermal potential for the
purpose of designating geothermal resources subzones: Geothermal resource subzones may be
designated within the urban, rural, agricultural and conservation land use districts. Only those
areas designated as geothermal resource subzones may be utilized for the exploration,
development or production of electrical energy from geothermal resources. Other amendments to
the State Land Use law provide authority to regulate the direct use applications of geothermal
resources.
In addition, the 1983 Legislature set criteria for designating geothermal resource
subzones. Three geothermal resource subzones were established by this legislative method. The
Board of Land and Natural Resources has subsequently designated the Kapoho, Kamaili,
Kahaualea, and Kilauea Middle East Rift Geothermal Resource Subzones. The geothermal
resource subzones are shown on the Land Use Pattern :allocation Guide (LUPAG) snap.
In April 1993, Puna Geothermal Venture (PGV) completed its geothermal power plant on
the Kapoho Subzone on the East Rif, Zone. The geothermal power plant uses steam and steam
54
Energy
separated from hot water or brine resources at depths of around 5,000 feet below the surface.
The closed loop system injects the spent fluids into injection wells at depths of 7,000 feet to be
recycled. Although PGV currently produces 30 megawatts of power to the HELCO grid, PGV
has been pennitted under Geothermal Resource Permit No. 2 to provide up to 60 megawatts of
geothermal power. PGV has been supplying approximately 25 per cent of the electricity for the
County of Hawaii. Geothermal power generation has displaced nearly 110 million gallons of fuel
oil that would have been used for electricity production. The reduction in fuel oil use has
resulted in a reduction in carbon dioxide and other emissions common to fossil fuel plants and
contributed to a cleaner environment in Hawaii.
Hydroelectric Power
Hydroelectric power is one of the oldest generators of electrical energy. On the Big
Island, hydroelectric power fulfills about 5 per cent of the County's electrical energy demand at
any given time.
On the Big Island, the percent of total demand supplied by hydroelectricity wilj probably
not increase due to the reliance on normal stream flows and the lack of impoundment required to
store enough water for continuous or increased energy output. However, small-scale
hydroelectric units have been constructed at Hawi, Onomea, Wailuku River in Hilo, and
Waimea. The Wailuku River Hydroelectric facility has the capacity to supply 11 megawatts of
power to the electric power grid.
Solar Ener -
Solar energy is the basis of many natural energy alternatives in Hawaii. Solar energy
generates the ,global winds; stores energy in biomass through photosynthetic activity; warms the
oceans, produces electrical power directly via photovoltaic cells; and can be used directly for
heating through solar heat collection devices.
There are two direct forms of solar energy applicable to households; solar heat collection
and solar light energy to electrical power via photovoltaic cells.
Solar heat collection is adaptable to domestic water heating, which accounts for
approximately 30-35 per cent of the electrical power demand for an all -electric household.
Photovoltaic technology uses solar cells that convert sunlight into electricity. Industrial,
commercial, and residential applications of photovoltaic technology are still being researched.
However, advances in photovoltaic technology are resulting in improved efficiencies, lower
costs, and integration into building products and designs. In May of 1998, the Mauna Lani Bay
Resort installed a 100 -kilowatt photovoltaic system on the rooftop, covering 10,000 square feet.
The energy production is expected at approximately 423 kilowatts per day and the measured roof
temperature reduction has exceeded 60 degrees. This project is expected to save operation costs
for the hotel by providing electricity to 20 per cent of the 350 hotel rooms and reducing air
conditioning costs. The resultant success of the project led to the installation of photovoltaic
55
Energy
systems for the resort's golf facilities. The photovoltaic system will also be used to recharge
Mauna Lani's ;golf carts.
These solar energy devices and improvements can be considered energy conservation
technologies since their domestic use will possibly decrease the total energy demand in Hawaii
County.
Wind Ener°
The process of generating energy from wind simply uses the force and speed of wind to
rotate the blades on windmills. This wind energy can be used to generate electricity through
windmill electrical generators or by pumping water into storage for use in hydroelectric power
systems. Wind energy is a relatively clean form of energy, in that it produces no emissions or
chemical waste. Unfortunately, wind energy is inconsistent and electrical grids cannot rely solely
on wind and must provide a back up supply from another source. Such is the case with the wind
energy generation farms at Kahua Manch, Lalamilo Wind Farm, and Kamaoa Wind Farm.
Biomass Conversion
Biomass is defined as "the total mass or amount of living organisms in a particular area or
volume." Solar energy is converted into plant biomass through photosynthesis. Plant biomass
can be used by power plants to produce thermal energy, then steam to generate electrical power.
Historically, biomass has been the Big Island's largest renewable energy resource. As
recently as 1994, almost 13 per cent of the Big Island's electricity production were still being
provided by two sugar processing companies that burned a mixture of biomass, coal, and fuel oil.
With the closure of sugar operations, the companies have ceased burning biomass completely.
However, one company continues the production of electricity using coal and fuel oil. Other uses
of biomass are currently being reviewed by both the public and private sectors.
Biomass conversion is one of the proposed projects of the NELH program at Keahole
point, and involves the cultivation and harvest of plant and animal life forms as a natural energy
alternative.
Biomass can also be considered solid waste, since it is the basis for most of mankind's
organic refuse, and can be processed into ethyl alcohol. Alcohol fuel is adaptable for use in
hydrocarbon combustion systems that account for about 58 per cent of the total energy demand of
Hawaii County. Through combustion, alcohol can generate electrical power (via heat and steam)
which represents the remaining 42 per cent of the County's total energy demand.
Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion
The oceans are the earth's largest solar energy collector and storage system, covering
approximately 7a per cent of the earth's surface. Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion or OTEC is
a power production method by which energy is derived from the difference in temperatures
56
Energy
between the warm surface and cold deep ocean waters. In 1974, the Natural Energy Laboratory
of Hawaii (NELH) was founded. In establishing the NELH, the Hawaii State Legislature set
aside 321 acres of land for research and development of alternative energy resources, primarily
OTEC.
In 1984, The State Legislature set aside an additional 547 acres of land adj^.cent to NELH
for the commercial expansion of successful NELH research projects. This area was called the
Hawaii Ocean Science and Technology (HOST) Park. However, in 1990 the legislature
combined NELH and HOST Park into the Natural Energy Laboratory of Hawaii Authority
(NELHA). There are now 26 tenant companies that operate at NELHA.
OTEC research began in earnest in 1982 following the construction of the laboratory and
administration buildings and deployment of the first 30 centimeter diameter, 600 meter intake
deep sea water pipeline. Currently, NELHA continues to conduct experiments and is working
with other organizations to plan the construction of a 1 megawatt OTEC experimental facility
and additional ocean pipelines for sufficient water supply.
GOALS
• Strive towards energy self-sufficiency.
Establish the Big Island as a demonstration community for the development and
use of natural energy resources.
POLICIES
• Encourage the development of alternate energy resources.
• Encourage the development and use of agricultural products and by-products as
sources of alternate fuel.
• Encourage the expansion of energy research industry.
• Strive to educate the public on new energy technologies and foster attitudes and
activities conducive to energy conservation.
• Ensure a proper balance between the development of alternative energy resources
and the preservation of environmental fitness and ecologically significant areas.
• Strive to assure a sufficient supply of energy to support present and future
demands.
• Provide incentives that will encourage the use of new energy sources and promote
energy conservation.
57
Energy
• Seek funding from both government and private sources for research and
development of alternative energy resources.
• Coordinate energy research and development efforts of both the government and
private sectors.
• Encourage the continuation of studies concerning the development of power that
can be distributed at lower costs to consumers.
• Strive to diversify the energy supply and minimize the environmental impacts
associated with energy usage.
• Continue to encourage the development of geothermal resources to meet the
energy needs of the County of Hawaii.
• Encourage the use of solar water heating through the continuation of state tax
credit programs, through the Building Code, and in County construction.
• Encourage energy-saving design in the construction of buildings.
• Support net -metering and other incentives for independent power producers.
STANDARDS
• New power plants shall incorporate devices that minimize pollution.
• Applicable standards and regulations of Title 11, Chapter 46, "Community Noise
Control" of the Hawaii Administrative Rules.
• Applicable standards and regulations of Title 11, Chapter 59, "Ambient Air
Quality Standards" of the Hawaii Administrative Rules.
• Applicable standards and regulations of Title 11, Chapter 60. 1, "Air Pollution' of
the Hawaii Administrative Rules.
58
Energy
ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The people of the County of Hawaii live in an environment with qualities that other areas
have long, since lost. Economic expansion and population growth in the County are bringing
about more demand for products, transportation, services, energy, and other necessities that could
affect the environmental quality of the County.
The County's basic industries, agriculture, tourism, and scientific and technological
enterprises, depend upon a "clean" environment for optimum growth. The agricultural industry
depends upon fhe availability of clean air, soil, and water. The island's major visitor attraction,
especially for tourists from large urban centers, is its natural beauty accentuated by the quality of
the air, land, and water. The environmental quality of the County thus not only enhances the
quality of life for its residents, but is also a major economic asset.
In order to maintain an ecological balance for the biological, physical, social, and
psychological -vvell-being of the island community, it is essential to control pollution, develop
more effective solid waste and sewer treatment programs, control soil erosion, water run-off, and
sprawl development, as well as, protect endangered plants and animal species. Greatly altering
aspects of the ecological system could destabilize its existing balance and translate into high
economic and social costs. Increasing population and urbanization place a greater demand on the
limited natural resources, making their utilization and protection a vital concern to the people of
the County of Hawaii. The increasing number and affluence of residents and visitors will
increase the rate of consumption of local resources, the amount of sewage and solid waste (litter,
junk cars, and other scrap metal), the demand for electrical power that will necessitate additional
sources, and the number of motor vehicles in use. In urbanizing areas, the generation of
pollutants will be greater with increased density and intensified use of the land.
Pollutants may be classified by characteristics, such as organic or inorganic, by stimuli, or
by the type of onvironment affected, such as air, land, or water. Legislation relating to the
appropriate disposition of specific pollutants is administered by Federal, State, and County
agencies. The large area of the County makes it difficult to adequately monitor and enforce
environmental quality standards. The General Plan is concerned primarily with those controls
that can properly be formulated and enforced by County agencies.
Current sources of pollution are a problem not only in the amount and type of discharge
but also in patterns of dispersal that cause. local concentrations of pollutants. There is also a lack
of basic information on the existing condition of the County's environment. This is needed to
establish a baseline from which future deterioration of the air, land, water, and noise levels can
be measured. In order to prevent, abate, and controlp ollution, deteriorating conditions must be
recognized before they reach critical proportions.
59
Environmental Quality
Air
The County of Hawaii, along with the other counties comprising the island State, enjoys
the unique situation of being geographically isolated from any large land mass and major sources
of man-made pollutants._ The island's geographical isolation combined with very minimal locally
generated man-made air pollution has contril-uted toward the Island of Hawaii's world wide
recognition for the clarity of its air at the summits of Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa. These sites
offer some of the best areas in the world for astronomy, combining optical clarity and
accessibility.
As in any metropolitan area, though, there is some air pollution. The major sources of air
pollution are open burning (by permit only), sprayed agricultural chemicals, modes of
transportation, and fixed combustion sources such as power plant emissions. Natural pollutants
are also contributing factors. These can be organic, including plant pollens and spores, or
inorganic, including airborne dust and volcanic gases. Salt ladened ocean spray, though not a
pollutant in itself, is a contributing factor towards increased amounts of suspended particulate
matter.
Prevailing northeast trade winds and diurnal land and sea breezes sculpted by the Big
Island's topography forms air circulation patterns that can create local concentrations of
pollutants. The windward or eastern coast is dominated by trades, while on the leeward coast,
the side of the island sheltered from the trade winds, the diurnal land -warmed, upslope winds of
the day and the cooling, nightly downslope winds prevail. In areas where the topography favors
a confluence of air currents, the potential is great for hazy conditions to develop, especially if
vehicular, volcanic, and other air pollution sources increase.
Volcano induced smog, known since the 1950s as vog, has been a long standing issue of
concern. In 1983, Kilauea Volcano began a long eruptive cycle at Pu'u O'o with brief pauses
between eruptive phases. Volcanic gases are released at the rate of about 385 tons per day during
eruptive pauses, and 2,000 tons per day during active eruptions. Volcanic gases are composed
primarily of sulfur, silicon, sodium, and chlorine with lesser amounts of potassium, calcium,
magnesium, aluminum, titanium, and iron. The sulfur, measured in the form of sulfur dioxide, is
believed to be oxidized into sulfuric acid, an ingredient in acid rain, in the presence of sunlight
and water.
The effect of emissions from Kilauea Volcano on the acidity of rain during noneruptive
periods rapidly decreases within six miles of the site and studies suggest that the volcano's
influence on the chemistry of rain is localized. However, this minimum level of impact is altered
when the volcano is actively erupting. Vog has affected those with chronic respiratory or
cardiovascular disease.
The spraying of agricultural chemicals is controlled within many divisions and branches
of the State Department of Agriculture and the State Department of Health. Emissions from
other private and municipal sources such as power generation facilities, are controlled through
State and Federal regulations. Under the guidance of the Federal government, the State
60
Environmental Quality
Department of health continuously scrutinizes and updates the State's standards and regulations
to address current issues, either meeting or exceeding Federal standards.
Water
The waters of thP-County .are vulnerable to contamination. These include fresh, marine.
and potable water. As population increases and further development occurs, there will be an
increased demand for drinking and irrigation water. Recycled water is currently being used for
erosion and dust control at lined land fills and there may be a need in the future to recycle sewage
and waste water for use in irrigation- The major sources of water pollution are sewage, natural
surface runoff, and the by-products of agricultural activities.
There are five municipal sewage systems with treatment plants that serve limited areas.
As a result, only a small portion sof the County's sewage is treated. Most sewage is disposed of in
private cesspools, septic systems, or private wastewater treatment plants that must meet the State
Department of Health's Water Quality Standards. The State Department of health (DOH)
intends to promulgate rules that %u prohibit the installation of cesspools.
Since much of the volcanic soil of the island is highly permeable and underground lava
tubes are widespread, seepage from cesspools have been known to contribute to the pollution of
coastal waters and may pose a potential threat to underground sources of drinking water.
The State Department of Health is responsible for establishing, monitoring, and enforcing
the Water Quality Standards. These standards are intended to protect the environmental quality
of the waters of the island as well as to maintain the public health.
Soil
The soils of the County consist of various forms and stages of volcanic lava and ash. The
young age and form of some of these soils make certain areas temporarily non-productive. Much
of the volcanic soil is also highly permeable.
Soil pollution has occurred with the accumulation of industrial, agricultural, and domestic
chemicals and the improper disposal of solid wastes, such as refuse, old cars, refrigerators, stoves
and other scrap metal, thus creating both unsanitary and unsightly conditions.
There is no comprehensive program for the surveillance and monitoring of chemicals to
be able to detect the rate and extent of accumulation within the soil. Little is known of their
short- and long- term effects on the environment and public health.
61
Environmental Quality
Noise
Loud noises are known to have adverse physiological and psychological effects on
people. Noise that is loud or out of character, especially from low flying aircraft, is critically
disturbing to residents. Residential and resort areas near the Hilo International Airport are
particularly affected. Noise levels will become increasingly more disturbing due to more jet
service, vehicular traffic, construction, and the increasing size and density of urban areas. The
Department of Health is responsible for establishing standards and regulations for noise control.
State noise level regulations and standards are uniform throughout the State. The Federal
Aviation Agency has established noise guidelines for determining compatible land uses
surrounding airports, however the regulation of surrounding lands remain with the State and
County.
Increased air transportation activity and changes in aeronautical technology, that could
allow service by super -sonic aircraft could change the "noise contours" that affect lands
surrounding the Kona. International Airport at Keahole and Hilo International Airport. In order to
eliminate the likelihood of surrounding land use development conflicting with future airport
activity and/or expansion, appropriate easements and/or covenants should be required in
conjunction with land use approvals for lands in the vicinity of the County's two major airports.
GOALS
• Define the most desirable use of land within the County that achieves an
ecological balance providing residents and visitors the quality of life and an
environment in which the natural resources of the island are viable and
sustainable.
Maintain and, if feasible, improve the existing environmental quality of the island.
• Control pollution.
POLICIES
• Take positive action to further maintain the quality of the environment.
• Reinforce and strengthen established standards where it is necessary, principally
by initiating, recommending, and adopting ordinances pertaining to the control of
pollutants that affect the environment.
• Advise the public of environmental conditions and research undertaken on the
island's environment.
• Encourage the concept of recycling agricultural, industrial, and municipal waste
material.
62
Environmental Quality
• Encourage the State to establish air and water quality monitoring stations in areas_
of existing and potential urban growth.
• Encourage the State to continue aircraft noise abatement strategies at Hilo
International Airport and the Kona International Airport at Keahole.
• Participate in watershed management projects to improve stream and coastal
water quality and encourage local communities to develop such projects.
• Work with the appropriate agencies to adopt appropriate measures and provide
incentives to control point and nonpoint sources of pollution.
• Support programs to prevent harmful alien species from becoming established.
• Require golf courses to implement best management practices to limit leaching of
nutrients to groundwater in areas where they may affect streams or coastal
ecosystems.
• Require implementation of the management measures contained in Hawaii's
Coastal Nonpoint Pollution Control Program as a condition of land use
permitting.
• Review the County grading and grubbing ordinances to ensure that they
adequately address potential erosion and runoff problems.
STANDARDS
Pollution shall be prevented, abated, and controlled at levels that will protect and
preserve the public health and well being, through the enforcement of appropriate
Federal, State and County standards.
• Incorporate environmental quality controls either as standards in appropriate
ordinances or as conditions of approval.
Federal and State environmental regulations shall be adhered to.
63
Environmental Quality
FLOODING AND OTHER NATURAL HAZARDS
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The problems of flooding in the County of Hawaii are attributed to ponding, surface
runoff, high seas, storm surge, and tsunami inundation. Flood control is usually limited to
confining runoff within natural or man-made watercourses and standing bodies of water.
Drainage involves the collection and conveyance of runoff. The problems of high seas and
tsunami inundation arc generally alleviated by structural criteria, building setbacks, and land use
restrictions.
The island is geologically very young and has not had a chance to develop defined
watercourses in many areas. These poorly defined watercourses often overflow during rain
storms. The South Kohala, North Kona, South Kona, Ka'u, Puna and South Hilo districts are
particularly impacted by this problem.
On November 1, 2000, torrential rains stuck last Hawaii. The National Weather Service
reported approximately 27 inches of record rainfall at the Hilo International Airport within a 24-
hour period. More than three feet of rain fell on some areas of the island, causing flooding in
many areas of the County. The highest rainfall total was at. Kapapala Ranch in Ka'u, where more
than 36 inches was recorded within a 24-hour period. in Hilo, the Waiakea-Hka area was
inundated with approximately 29 inches, the Piihonua area approximately 24 inches, Mountain
View, nearly 29 inches, and Glenwood, 26 inches.
The record downfall overflowed streams and gullies, flooding roadways throughout
downtown Hilo and isolating neighborhoods in some areas of the eastern side of the island. The
districts of South Hilo, Puna and Ka'u were the hardest hit, with roads, bridges, power lines,
businesses and homes either damaged or destroyed. In Hilo, a portion of Komohana Street was
destroyed, and near Pahala, three bridges and portions of Highway 11 were washed away.
During the height of the storm, various sections of Highway 11 were impassable. Most of the
major storm damage on the highway occurred in the Puna and Ka'u Districts. Besides severe
scouring of the roadway pavement, shoulders and drainage outlets and inlets in Mountain View,
Glenwood, Volcano and Pahala, as well as bridges at the Makakupu ford crossing, Kaalaala
Stream, Keiawa Stream and Paauau Stream, were damaged beyond economic repair. Portions of
the highway from the 49 to 52 anile markers were closed for approximately three weeks. Farms
suffered heavy damage to crops and massive erosion, telephone service was disrupted, and some
residents experienced power failures for nearly 12 hours. Although no lives were lost as a direct
result of the storm, flood damage was estimated at $20,000,000. On November 9, 2000, a
Federal disaster was declared for the island.
The coastline of the island is susceptible to high seas and tsunami inundation. Tsunamis
may be of local or distant origination. Historically, those of distant origin have caused the most
damage. However, of the nearly 305 -riles of coastline, approximately 225 miles, or 75 per cent
of the coastline is predominantly undeveloped cliff area and not subject to property damage from
64
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
coastal flooding or tsunami inundation. Property damage from tsunami activity has occurred in
Hilo-Waiakea, Laupahoehoe Point, Waipio Valley, Kawaihae-Puako, some portions of
Napoopoo, Keauhou, and Kailua-Kona areas of the coastline. Low lying coastal areas of Ka'u and
Puna have been devastated by tsunamis generated by local, large offshore earth movements.
Since 1819, the island has experienced about twenty-three tsunamis with a run up of two meters
(6.56 feet) or more. Due to the frequency of tsunami events and warnings, the Army Corps of
Engineers initiated the planning for a tsunami protection system after the tsunami of April 1946.
By a congressional resolution adopted in 1957 and the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1960,
authorization was given to proceed on an offshore protection system that incorporated
breakwaters and navigational improvements. However, further studies revealed that the high
costs involved in the proposed tsunami barrier project made the project unfeasible. The project
was subsequently abandoned. Warning procedures have been established to alert the public of
the approach of a tsunami of distant origination. However, locally generated tsunamis give little
or no warning for evacuation. An ongoing program to educate the public on tsunami hazards is
needed.
Present drainage and flood problems are mainly due to the development of vacant lands,
which are often subject to serious flooding without any commensurate, coordinated development
of new drainage systems or expansion of the existing drainage systems. In many areas, the
capabilities of existing drains, channels, and culverts have been exceeded during heavy rains.
Additional problems occur when debris accumulates and clogs waterways. The absence of
easements in drainage and flood courses also hinders maintenance.
Except for the metropolitan area of filo and portions of Kona and South Kohala, the
majority of the existing flood and drainage systems were provided by the sugar plantations. In
the past, each plantation town developed its own sewerage, water, and drainage systems. This
policy of the plantations to "take care of one's own" has worked well in the past. However,
government will need to take a more active role in providing flood control and erosion mitigation
on all developed properties via the County's grubbing and grading ordinances and providing
incentives to landowners and lessees to work with the United States Department of Agriculture's
Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) in developing and implementing soil and water
conservation plans.
Since 1971, much progress has been made in alleviating flood and drainage problems and
establishing flood plain regulation. The general plan for the development of a comprehensive
drainage system is the "Drainage Master Plan for the County of Hawaii." This report, along with
newer reports from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, the Natural Resources Conservation
Service and the Federal Emergency Management Agency, has guided the flood control and
drainage improvements made to date. The "Drainage Master Plan" should be revised and
updated to include the new studies that have become available.
Technical and financial assistance from agencies outside of the County has been
instrumental in the progress made in drainage and flood control in Hawaii County. The U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers has provided studies identifying the problems, needs and extent of
Federal participation in flood control measures in particular floodplain. Natural Resources
65
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
Conservation Service has provided technical assistance in carrying out flood plain management
studies. The Natural Resources Conservation Service, along with the Soil and Water
Conservation Districts, also provides conservation programs to reduce and control surface water
and sediment runoff for individual agricultural and conservation landholders. The continued
assistance of these agencies is essential for further progress in flood control and drainage and
erosion and sedimentation control in the County.
In 1982, the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) published the "Flood
Insurance Study" for Hawaii County. This study investigates the existence and severity of flood
hazards in Hawaii. The flood boundaries for streams, and the flood insurance zones and base
flood elevation lines are delineated on the Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRM). These maps are
the principal result of the "Flood Insurance Study," and have been incorporated into Hawaii
County's Flood. Plain Management Program.
Unfortunately, there have been problems with the use and accuracy of the Flood
Insurance Rate Maps. It has been demonstrated that the current Flood Insurance Rate Maps are
not very accurate as to the location, position, and formation of geographic and geologic
attributes. Thus, it is sometimes difficult to determine if a parcel is on the Flood Insurance Rate
Maps. Furthermore, there are many areas where there is no data to determine the flood potential.
The absence of data does not mean an absence of potential flooding in any particular area.
Therefore, there is an assumption that flood risk is minimal if a parcel is not in a designated
Flood Insurance Rate Map area.
The State participates in drainage and flood control through the Department of Land and
Natural Resources' Engineering Branch, Land Division. This agency is responsible for the
implementation of a statewide flood control program, and providing technical and financial
assistance to the counties and the Soil and Water Conservation Districts.
Hawaii County exercises flood plain regulations because of the need for better
coordination between the construction of properly planned drainage systems and urban
development. The "Flood Insurance Study," identifying critical flood plain areas, coupled with
the appropriate rules and regulations of the Federal Emergency Management Agency, has been
incorporated into what is now Chapter 27 of the Hawaii County Code titled "Flood Control."
This chapter serves to promote public health, safety, and general welfare, and minimize public
and private losses due to food conditions. Chapter 27, along with the flood control provisions
within the subdivision, building, and grading codes, is the legal authority for Hawaii County's
Flood Plain Management Program.
The Big Island experiences thousands of earthquakes each year, most undetectable, but
some strong enough to be felt or causing minor damage. Most of the island's earthquakes are
related to volcanic activity caused by mag, ma moving beneath the earth's surface and
concentrated beneath the island's two active volcanoes, Kilauea and Mauna Loa. Since 1868,
there have been: 14 earthquakes greater than magnitude six, most occurring on the south flank of
Kilauea or Mauna Loa, including the Kaoiki region. Honomu, Hualalai and Dona also
experienced earthquakes greater than 6.0 on the Richter scale.
66
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
With an estimated magnitude of 7.5 to 8. 1, the largest Hawaiian earthquake in recorded
history occurred in 1868 in the Ka'u district on the southeast flank of Mauna Loa. The 1868
earthquake caused islandwide damage, and the devastation was greatest in Ka'u, where an
earthquake triggered mudflow and coastal subsidence produced a tsunami that destroyed several
villages and killed 79 people.
In 1975, a magnitude 7.2 earthquake on Kilauea's south flank generated a tsunami that
claimed two lives in the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park, destroyed homes in Punaluu, sank
fishing boats in Keauhou Bay, and damaged boats and piers in Hilo. The most recent large
earthquake of magnitude 6.1 occurred on Kilauea's south flank in June, 1989. Earthquakes with
magnitude 5.5 and 6.6 have occurred approximately once every 10 years in the Kaoiki region,
located between Kilauea and Mauna Loa. The most recent large earthquake with a magnitude 6.6
shook the region in 1983.
The island of Hawaii is sinking, or subsiding, at different rates for various reasons. Tide
gauge data suggest that Hilo has sunk at a rate of 2.3 millimeters per year or approximately 4.5
inches in 50 years. At the same time, the sea level has risen about 1.8 millimeters per year, so
Hilo has actually sunk about 8 inches relative to sea level in the 50 -year period. Other studies
.suggest a slightly slower subsidence rate of 2.2 millimeters per year over 39,000 years. Hawaii is
slowly sinking due to the great weight of the island that slowly bends the outer rigid layer of the
earth. As the volcanoes grow, their weight is greater than what the earth can support. Large
earthquakes also produce coastal subsidence. The magnitude 7.2 Kalapana earthquake in 1975
produced coastal subsidence of approximately 10 to I 1 feet near Halape, 3.5 inches at Kaena
Point, 20 inches in Kalapana and nine inches in Kapoho. An earthquake related subsidence event
such as this is equivalent to approximately 1,500 years of slow subsidence. Following the 1975
Kalapana earthquake, coastal areas near Kapoho continue to subside at a rate of approximately a
few centimeters per year as the lower east rift zone near Kapoho slowly widens. Portion of
Kapoho Vacationland Subdivision fronting the ocean are nearly completely submerged. Other
areas of the island subject to earthquake -related subsidence are located between Palima Point and
Naalehu, and Kealakekua Bay to south of Hookena.
The island is composed of five volcanoes, two of which — Kilauea and Mauna Loa -- are
expected to erupt frequently in the future. As such, the U.S. Geological Survey has identified
lava hazard zones for the island. The U.S. Geological Survey Lava Flow Hazard Zone Map
divides the island into Zones 1 through 9 based on the probability of coverage by lava flows.
Zone 1 is the area of greatest hazard, and Zone 9 the least. Hazard zones from lava flows are
based on the location and frequency of both historic and prehistoric eruptions. The zone
boundaries are approximate, and the hazard posed by lava flows decreases as the distance from
vents increases. Zone l includes the summits and rift zones of Mauna Loa and Kilauea where
vents have repeatedly been active in historical times. More than 25 per cent of the area in Zone 1
has been covered by lava since 1800. Zone 2 includes the areas adjacent to and downslope of the
most active parts of the rift zones. About 15-25 per cent of the area in Zone 2 has been covered
by lava since 1800.
67
Flooding and Other Natwal Hazards
GOALS
• Protect human. life.
• Prevent damage to man-made improvements.
• Control pollution.
• Prevent damage from inundation.
• Reduce surface water and sediment runoff.
• Maximize soil and water conservation.
POLICIES
• Enact restrictive land' use and building structure regulations in areas vulnerable to
severe damage due to the impact of wave action. Only uses that cannot be located
elsewhere due to public necessity and character, such as maritime activities and
the necessary public facilities and utilities, shall be allowed in these areas.
• Review land use policy as it relates to flood plain, high surf, and tsunami hazard
areas.
• Update and improve the Flood Insurance Rate Maps and other flood maps in
compliance with the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) as needed.
• Any development within the Federal Emergency Management Agency designated
flood plain must be in compliance with Chapter 27.
• Promote and provide incentives for participation in the Soil and Water
Conservation Districts' conservation programs for developments on agricultural
and conservation lands.
• The "Drainage Master Plan for the County of Hawaii" shall be reviewed and
updated to incorporate new studies and reflect newly identified priorities.
• Development -generated runoff shall be disposed of in a manner acceptable to the
Department of Public Works and in compliance with all State and Federal laws.
• Develop a comprehensive program for the coordinated construction of a drainage
network along a single drainage system.
• Explore new methods of funding for the provision of adequate drainage systems
and regulating potential flood inundation areas.
68
Flooding and Other Natural Haaards
• The County and the private sector shall be responsible for maintaining and
improving existing drainage systems and constructing new drainage facilities.
• Develop an integrated shoreline erosion management plan that ensures the
preservation of sandy beaches and public access to and along the shoreline, and
the protection of private and public property from flood hazards and wave
damage.
• Continue to promote public education programs on tsunami, hurricane, storm
surge, and flood hazards.
• Encourage grassed shoulder and swale roadway design where climate and grade
are conducive.
• Develop drainage master plans from a watershed perspective that considers non-
structural alternatives, minimizes channelization, protects wetlands that serve
drainage functions, coordinates the regulation of construction and agricultural
operation, and encourages the establishment of floodplains as public green ways.
• Encourage and provide incentives for agricultural operators to participate in Soil
and Water Conservation District Programs.
• Where applicable, natural drainage channels shall be improved to increase their
capacity with special consideration for the practices of proper soil conservation,
and grassland and forestry management.
• Consider natural hazards in all land use planning and permitting.
• Discourage intensive development in areas of high volcanic hazard.
STANDARDS
• "Storm Drainage Standards," County of Hawaii, October, 1970, and as revised.
• Applicable standards and regulations of Chapter 27, "Flood Control," of the
Hawaii County Code.
• Applicable standards and regulations of the Federal Emergency Management
Agency (FEMA).
• Applicable standards and regulations of Chapter 10, "Erosion and Sedimentation
Control," of the Hawaii County Code.
69
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
Applicable standards and regulations of the Natural Resources Conservation
Service and the Soil and Water Conservation Districts.
DISTRICTS
A general geographical description, a description of present flooding and drainage
problems, and courses of action for the reduction of the flood and drainage problems are
presented for the nine districts of the County.
PUNA
Profile
The climate of the Puna District varies considerably from the rocky shoreline to the rain
forest areas in the upper elevation. Rainfall amounts are generally heavy and most of the district
receives over 1 OO inches per year.
The district is subject to heavy rainfall and there is record of severe flooding.
Historically, flooding along the Belt Highway and the highway from Keaau to Pahoa had been
the most prominent problems of the district. However, highway improvements have done much
to alleviate the flooding on the roadways.
Currently, the lack of development and the extremely permeable soils have helped to
minimize major flooding and damage to life and property. However, as the amount of
development increases within the district, flood problems will also increase. Furthermore, the
conversion of land historically planted in sugar to other crops may increase runoff. In this regard,
Soil and dater Conservation District conservation programs can help lessen the potential
problem.
Some of the flood hazard areas for the Puna district are difficult to delineate due to the
lack of defined drainage ways. Recorded flood damage has mainly been caused by surface sheet
flows that are likely to occur anywhere when heavy storms strike. Examples of this are found in
Fern Forest, Eden Rock, Fern Acres, Orchidland, and Hawaiian Paradise Park. In addition to
these subdivisions, flooding occurs in certain areas of Pahoa. Other areas, such as Hawaiian
Acres, may be more defined. The flooding below Mt. View may be the result of diversion of the
Mt. View watershed into some of the substandard subdivisions.
Systems that incorporate diversion channels to intercept sheet flows and main channels to
transport the flows away or through the area have been proposed for the communities of Keaau
and Pahoa. Along the Keaau-Pahoa Road, the State Department of Transportation (DOT) has
installed culverts to facilitate the movement of water and minimize overtopping of the road in
certain sections. In addition, the DOT plans to replace those culverts that are ineffective or
inadequate.
70
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
Drainage systems incorporating the use of diversion channels to collect and transport
surface flows safely through the area are also proposed for Mt. View. A portion of this system
has been constructed.
The entire coastline is susceptible to tsunami impacts and hurricane storm surge
inundation. however, much of the coastline is undeveloped and/or has high cliffs. This renders
most developed areas outside of the inundation zone and not subject to damage. On November
29, 1975. an earthquake measuring 7.2 on the Richter Scale centered approximately three miles
off shore of Halape generated a tsunami that killed two people and resulted in $1,400,€300 of
property damage. The total damage of the earthquake and tsunami amounted to approximately
$4,100,000.
Courses of Action
• As development increases within the district, the drainage systems designed for
the existing village areas shall be implemented.
• Conduct an update of the County of Hawaii "Drainage Master Plan" and the
"Mountain View Drainage Study" and provide improvements as recommended by
the updates.
• Seek assistance to develop a comprehensive flood study for the subdivisions
between and along Highways 11 and 130.
• Ensure that purchasers of homes and other real property are fully informed of
hazards from lava flows and other volcanic emissions.
�Y41 119 1 19 i:I WICI
Profile
With the Wailuku River as a dividing line, the South Hilo district can be separated into
two watershed study areas. To the north of the river, the coastline has abrupt cliffs 30 to 80 feet
high that are broken by deep stream channels. Usable land areas have a ground slope of six to
twelve per cent. Above the 4,000 foot elevation, the stream channels diminish in number and
depth and have all but disappeared above the 7,000 foot elevation. Flooding problems in this
area are primarily caused by local water runoff from former sugar cane fields situated above the
communities.
South of the Wailuku River is a relatively flat plain of less than one per cent slope that
extends towards Highway 11. Above Highway 11, the slope steepens to approximately six to
twelve per cent. Stream channels are poorly defined and disappear at elevations above 2,500
feet.
71
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
Waiakea
Until recently, the existing drainage system was the result of uncoordinated development.
Lacking a comprehensive plan, property owners have constructed and installed drainage
facilities to protect their own interests. In many instances, these facilities have seriousty
concentrated flows and aggravated situations downstream. Many proposals of the "Hilo
Drainage and Flood Control Report" have been completed in the Waiakea area reducing the
flooding problems.
Many culverts in upper Waiakea are inadequate. Roadside ditches, though small in cross-
sectional area, are aided by the highly porous ground and are fairly effective even during heavy
storms. One of the most serious problems faced by County maintenance crews is the frequent
washout of cinder -gravel shoulders along road pavements. ,Another problem is the accumulation
of vegetation growth and debris in waterways, which causes overflow.
The Waiakea Stream Preliminary Investigation report prepared by Natural Resources
Conservation Service in November, 1999 identified the channel constrictions at the Hoaka,
Kupulau, and Kawailani bridges as a major factor in the flooding of the Waiakea Stream
Watershed. Several recommendations in the report suggests an increase in the level of
maintenance for the Waiakea strea%n channel, reconstruction of the three bridges to handle the
100 -year flood; installation of a flood levee above the properties along Kupulau Road, and
Stream channel improvements to manage the volume of a 100 -yeas flood.
In the lower Waiakea area, storm damage is minimal due to the effectiveness of the
Wailoa and Waiakea-Uka Flood Control Projects.
The Waiakea coastal area is subject to tsunami and hurricane storm surge inundation and
has suffered considerable loss to life and property from tsunami activity.
Kaumana-Ainako-Wailuku River
Kaumana's drainage system consists of roadside ditches, culverts, and narrow channels.
Except for the Ainako Avenue area, all of upper Kaumana's storm water runoff is discharged
either through the Waipahoehoe or the Ale-naio Streams. The Chong Street Diversion No. 3 and
the Wailuku-Alenaio Diversion No. 4 along Akolea Road serves to reduce flooding in the lower
areas and the Ainako Avenue sections.
The Wailuku-Alenaio Watershed Reinvestigation report prepared by Natural Resources
Conservation Service in December, 1999 identified a new flood diversion alternative for the
watershed. The alternative will control stormwater in Waipahoehoe and Kaluiiki Streams and
could provide 100 -year flood protection to communities on the south side of Kaumana Drive in
the vicinity of Akolea Road and Chong Street. The County has requested the Natural Resources
Conservation Service's assistance to further plan and implement the new alternative.
72
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
The drainage system in the Ainako-Wailuku River area is comprised of box culverts that
pass the discharge of the Ainako River across Kokea, Koula, and Kapaa Streets. The residential
areas bordering the Wailuku River have a system of collection ditches. Except during very
intense storms, there are few problems in the area.
Milo Ur5an Area
Between tsunamis and runoff from higher elevations, the commercial district has
displayed amazing recuperative abilities. Prior to the completion of the Waiolama Canal in 1924
and the Ponahawai Storm Drain System in 1926, this area was a virtual "sea" during heavy rain.
The construction of the canal and the storm drain system has since provided some degree of
protection for the area.
The Alenaio Stream Flood Control Project, completed in 1998, begins just below
Kapiolani Street and ends below Kilauea Avenue with an earthen levee leading into the
Waiolama Canal. The project consists of three flood walls, a 1,790 -foot rectangular concrete -
lined channel, a 200 -foot concrete entrance transition, and an 830 -foot earthen levee. The project
also included the reconstruction of four bridges located at Kapiolani, Ululani, Kinoole Streets,
and Kilauea Avenue. The Alenaio FIood Control project mitigated much of the flooding that
occurred in the Alenaio flood plain.
Except for the northern section of the business district, all of downtown Hilo falls within
the Wailoa River basin and within the area tributary to the Alenaio Stream. The State
Department of Transportation (DOT) has indicated that there are periodic shifts of beach material
along the Hilo bay front shoreline. In addition, occasional storm events will close the roads at
bay front due to storm surge. A study dctailing the level of storm surge and the periodic shifts of
beach material is needed before a solution can be developed.
The shoreline areas south of the Wailuku River are subject to damage from tsunami and
hurricane storm surge inundation.
Paukaa. Pap alkou, Pe eekeo, Honomu, Hakalau
These communities have no serious flood problems although Honomu and Papaikou have
experienced minor flooding. These result from runoff from the areas above the communities.
Although the entire coastline is subject to tsunami activity, the majority of the area has
high cliffs and is not subject to property damage.
Courses of Action
The "Hilo Drainage and Flood Control Report" by Wilson, Okamoto and Assoc.,
Ltd., January, 1967, shall be updated and implemented.
73
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
• The "Hilo Area. Comprehensive Study for Flood Damage Reduction" shall be
updated and implemented -
The proposals of the "Final Report and Environmental Impact Study of Alenaio
Stream" shall be implemented. Studies shall continue for the upper Alenaio
Stream, the upper Wailuku haver and its tributaries, the upper Waiakea Stream
and Dalai Stream.
• The Hawaii County "Drainage Master Plan" for the Honomu, Pepeekeo,
Papaikou, and Paukaa areas shall be updated and implemented. In addition,
proper soil conservation measures shall be applied to reduce the amount of surface
water and sediment runoff.
• Assess the possibility of implementing the recommendations of the NCRS's
"Waiakea Stream Preliminary Investigation" and the "Wailuku-Alenaio
Watershed reinvestigation" reports.
• Encourage a steady of storm surge and the annual change in shoreline beach
movement as a solution to the closing of the bay front highway during storm
events.
NORTH HILO
Profile
The district is characterized by an average ground slope of approximately 10 per cent
with scores of deep intermittent and perennial streams.
Other than runoff from former cane lands, there is little record of flooding in urban areas.
Each community is in close proximity to one or more gulches that carry flows from the upper
watershed areas. The key to flood control within the district is to collect and divert surface
runoff to the gulches. In addition, soil conservation practices are highly recommended.
The flood hazard areas are extremely difficult to delineate. High intensity storms can
produce localized flooding in almost any area. The only definite flood hazard area is
I,aupahoehoe School.
The community of Ookala has not experienced heavy flooding although there are minor
problems due to surface waters from the former cane fields above the town.
There is no record of any flooding within the community of Ninole. The existing flood
control system provided by the plantation is adequate.
74
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
The community of Laupahoehoe has not experienced any extreme flood flows. However;
there will be a need to supply flood protection for the community since Laupahoehoe School,
which is located just to the south of the urban center, has experienced some flooding. Water
flows from the former cane fields, when the natural vegetation does not form a complete cover.
The community of Papaaloa has not experienced any serious flooding problems. With
the projected expansion of the community, there will be a need to provide flood protection for the
area.
The North Hilo district is characterized by high sea cliffs, most of which rise 300 feet
above the sea. Except for the Laupahoehoe Point area, development is not subject to tsunami or
hurricane storm surge damage.
Course of Action
• The Hawaii County "Drainage Master Plan" for the Ookala and Laupahoehoe-
Papaaloa areas shall be updated and implemented to alleviate problems of runoff
from higher elevations.
HANLkK'UA
Profile
The Hamakua District can be divided into two major watershed areas. The northern
watershed, which affects the Waipio Valley area, extends upward into the Kohala Mountains.
The second watershed extends to the peak of Mauna Kea and affects the communities of
Kukuihaele, Honokaa, Paauhau, Paauilo, and Kukaiau.
The majority of the flood damage in this area is felt by the State or the County through
damage to improvements within former cane fields, roads, ditches, and bridges.
Streams originating above and flowing through Honokaa have caused flooding in the
town. The existing culverts within the town also do not have adequate capacity to handle volume
flows.
The communities of Paauhau and Kukaiau have not been subject to any high flood flows
in the past and the only recommended flood prevention measures would be the construction of
diversion channels above the communities to divert water from former sugar cane fields and into
the surrounding gulches.
Occasional flooding along the Hawaii Belt Road between Ahualoa and Waimea occurs
when rainwater comes down from the pastures and overtops the road. Although there are no
mitigation measures planned at this time, road improvements have alleviated some of the
flooding and improved sheet flow.
75
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
Localized drainage problems exist within the limits of Paauilo. These problems are
caused by allowing surface waters to collect from large areas within the town and flow down
narrow roadways. The problems could be eliminated if this water was intercepted and
transported to the gulches for disposal.
The only area that is subject to tsunami and hurricane storm surge inundation within the
Hamakua district is Waipio Valle' and tbree other uninhabited valleys to the north. Damage in
Waipio Valley has been primarily to crops caused by periodic stream meandering, overflow, and
stream blockages. Requested solutions and subsequent studies of the problem have found
approaches to be economically unfeasible.
Courses of Action
• The Hawaii County "Drainage Master Plan" for the Waipio-Kukuihaele,
Honokaa-Paauhau, and P uilo-Kukaiau areas shall be updated and irnplemented.
• Support the use of natural channels and proper soil conservation practices to
manage flood control and drainage problems.
• implementation of proper flood control measures and soil conservation practices
shall be used to minimize sheet flow, flooding, and sediment runoff from
agricultural and forest reserve land above the communities of the district.
• The Waipio Valley area shall be retained for limited recreational and agricultural
activities due to its high susceptibility to flooding and tsunami inundation.
• Encourage the State to develop mitigation measures for the occasional flooding
along the Hawaii Belt Road between Ahualoa and Waimea.
76
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
The North Kohala district is subject to occasional heavy rainfall that creates heavy runoff.
Streams collect water from the upper watershed and convey most flows safely through the urban
centers. Although the gulches are generally smaller than those on the Hamakua coast, they have
adequate capacity to handle storm glows.
Other than damage to highway culverts, there is no record of any flood damage to
structures. There are areas, however, which are subject to flooding problems. These include the
town of Hawi which has experienced surface sheet flows concentrating along the highway within
the town, the highway and road culverts at Lipoa Gulch, and Halelua and Pueka gulches.
The community of Kapaau has problems similar to those of Hawi. The existing highway
culverts are inadequate to handle peak flood flows and have caused minor flooding problems in
the past. On each side of the highway, the Makapala area is relatively flat and is susceptible to
flooding by the Niulii and Waikani Streams.
The solution to the flood control and drainage problems of this district lies in the practice
of proper soil conservation in agricultural lands and forest areas to help reduce and retard surface
water and sediment runoff. In addition, there are the improvements to natural channels to
increase their capacity.
The North Kohala district has recorded runup from tsunami and hurricane storm surge
activity. Areas subject to inundation include Pololu Valley, Upolu Point Airport, and the
Mahukona Harbor areas.
Course of Action
• The Hawaii County "Drainage Master Plan" for the Hawi and
Honomakau-Kapaau areas shall be updated and implemented.
77
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
SOUTH K®HALA
Profile
The South Kohala district can be divided into two separate watershed areas. The Waimea
Village watershed extends into the Kohala Mountains. Heavy rainfall occurs in these mountains
and several intermittent streams flow through the Waimea area. Upon reaching the Waimea
plains, these streams turn to the westand flow toward Kawaihae across the extremely permeable
lava flows of Mauna Kea. The Waikoloa stream has caused flooding within the town of Waimea
during high intensity storms wher= waters overflow due to sharp stream bends and generally
inadequate flow -carrying capacities. In addition, there is some flooding concern around the area
abutting the Kawaihae road.
The second watershed area above the Kawaihae to Anaehoomalu shoreline extends from
the coast to the peaks of Mauna Kea to Mauna Loa. The area is semi -arid with few well-defined
channels and infrequent stream flows.
High intensity storms have caused flooding along the Queen Kaahumanu Highway from
Kawaihae to Puako, and at Puako. These storms are very infrequent and tend to create flash
floods. High flows have been experienced in the Hapuna beach and Spencer Beach Park: areas
due to the flash floods. The Puako Beach lots have also been subject to flooding. Dig the
evening of September 8, 1996, heavy rains generated a flash flood along Auwaiakeakua Stream.
`I he floodwaters overtopped the existing drainage ways causing damage to private properties,
particularly the Fairway Terrace Condominium at Waikoloa Village, County roads and drainage
facilities. r
In 1997, construction was completed on the Parker Ranch drainage improvements. The
improvements diverted the Kamuela and Lanimaumau Streams toward open pasture lands.
Flooding has done substantial damage to the residential subdivision at the Mauna Kea Beach
Resort. To mitigate the flooding, the developer has constructed flood control measures off site
and the State Department of Transportation intends to install three sets of new culverts on site.
The State Department of Transportation also intends to realign and replace Waiaka Road.
An added threat to the coastal areas results from fire that leaves the upper slope areas
with limited ground cover and thus more susceptible to flooding.
The entire coastline of this district from Kawaihae southward is subject to tsunami and
storm surge wave inundation. Runup has been recorded in Kawaihae and Puako.
Courses of Action
• The Hawaii County "Drainage Master Plan" for the Kawaihae, Hapuna Bay-
Puako, Pauoa Bay-Honokaope Bay, and Waimea areas shall be updated and
implemented.
78
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
• Conduct a flood study for the Auwaiakeakua Stream.
NORTH KONA
Profile
The North Kona district can be divided into two watershed areas. The area north of
Keahole Point and the summit of Hualalai have very low rainfall and runoff. Rainfall for this
area reaches a maximum average of 40 inches per year, but most of the area receives less than 20
inches per year. The soils in the area are extremely permeable and there is no record of
hazardous flooding in this area.
The southern area, extending southward from Keahole Point, contains most of the urban
development and is subject to increasing; hazards from floodwater damages as land is more
intensively utilized. The area is characterized by dry vegetative growth along the coastal areas
and thick tropical vegetation in the upper forest reserves. The ground slope is steep, averaging
approximately 15 per cent.
The steep slopes, shallow soils, frequent high intensity rains, and the lack of well-defined
drainageways make many areas in the North Kona district susceptible to flooding and overland
flows.
Flash floods, primarily from overflows of the Keopu/Hienaloli, Waiaha, Kaumalumalu
and the Holualoa/Horseshoe fiend drainageways, have been identified by the Natural Resources
Conservation Service's "North Kona Flood Plain Management Study."
Flood water and sediment damage occurs along the entire coffee belt with the Kainaliu,
Holualoa and Kailua village areas experiencing the heaviest damage.
The entire coastline of the North Kona district is subject to inundation by tsunamis.
Kailua and Keauhou have recorded run up and damage from tsunami activity in the past. In
addition, the coastline has also been subject to damage from storm waves.
Courses of Action
• Drainage systems for the Keopu/Hienaloli, Waiaha, Kaumalumalu and the
Holualoa/Horseshoe fiend drainageways shall be studied and remapped to
determine the actions necessary to mitigate negative impacts.
Establish and maintain appropriate vegetative cover in high rainfall, sediment and
debris producing areas.
79
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
Encourage the mapping of the floodways in North Kona to develop more effective
flood control programs.
• Encourage the use of natural drainageways as greenways in the development of
the region.
• Maintain and re-establish forest cover in mauka areas to improve the capacity of
the ground to absorb heavy rainfall.
SOUTH KONA
Profile
Being geographically young, there are few well-defined drainage ways in the district.
Overland andstrearn flows are rare and can only be detected when the rainfall intensity exceeds
the rate of infiltration.
The district is subject to sudden high intensity rainstorms that can strike anywhere and
cause localized flooding. Flood prone areas have been identified by the Natural Resources
Conservation Service's "South Kona Flood Hazard Analyses."
Coffee and other agricultural lands are subject to erosional damage and roads and culverts
are sometimes damaged by bigb flows and sediment deposition. The Sunset Coffee Mill Flood
Prevention Project has provided substantial relief in the Napoopoo area.
There are also records of minor flooding from Kiilae, South Keokea, Honaunau and
Wailapa Streams. In. general, an area within 150 feet of the stream channels can be considered
subject to flooding. Other areas with records of minor flooding include the areas along the Belt
Highway in the area of the 1950 lava flows and at Hookena Road.
The entire shoreline is subject to inundation due to high seas and swells caused by
hurricanes and distant storms. Coastal areas have received damage to roads, harbor facilities and
oceanfront buildings. The shoreline areas are also sukiect to tsunami activity. This includes the
coastline from Napoopoo to Honaunau and the Milolii village area. Tsunami runup has been
recorded in two locations along the South Kona shoreline, in Milolii and Hookena.
Courses of Action
The "South Kona Flood Hazard Analyses" for the Kealakekua, Napoopoo and
Honaunau areas shall be updated and implemented.
Establish and maintain appropriate vegetative cover in high rainfall, sediment and
debris producing areas.
80
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
Encourage the use of natural drainageways as greenways in the development of
the region.
• Maintain and reestablish forest cover in mauka areas to improve the capacity of
the ground to absorb heavy rainfall.
• Ensure that purchasers of homes and other real property are fully informed of
hazards from lava flows and other volcanic emissions.
KA'U
Profile
The Ka'u district can be divided into three separate regions. The northeastern region is
dominated by the Ka'u desert. The average annual rainfall here is approximately 20 inches.
There are few defined stream channels, none of which are perennial. The soils are very shallow,
covering rough lava flows that are extremely permeable.
The southwestern region that extends westerly from the South Point Road is characterized
by moderate slopes, extremely permeable soils, and relatively young lava flows. The median
annual rainfall varies from less than 20 inches at South Point to 75 inches at the 5,000 -foot
elevation. There is little evidence of stream flow within this region and no record of damage
from flood flows other than the flooding of roads within the Hawaiian Ocean View Estates
subdivision.
The central region contains the communities of Pahala, Naalehu, and Waiohinu. There
are several streams within the region, none of which are perennial. Flood flows occur when the
soils are saturated and rainfall intensity exceeds the rate of infiltration. Storm runoff descends
steep slopes behind the communities and causes flooding and deposition of sediment and debris
in the communities.
There are three existing flood control measures in this district. A flood water channel and
debris basin in Naalehu was completed in 1965 with additional improvements and modifications
completed in 1969 and 1982.
The second project is within the town of Pahala and consists of diversion channels in the
former sugar cane fields above the town and the improvement of Paauau Stream.
The third project is within the town of Waiohinu. It is designed to collect flows from the
watershed areas and transport them around Waiohinu for disposal in the rock land area, This
project has been implemented, but needs additional improvements.
Although major flooding within the communities has been addressed, flash flooding
along the Hawaii Belt Road still occurs. The Piikea, Keaiwa, Paauau, Punaluu, Hilea, Kawaa,
81
Flooding and Other Nantral hazards
and Honuapo streams often exceed the capacity of the existing bridges and culverts and flood the_
roadway. This temporarily closes the road and effectively cuts off this district from the Puna,
Hilo and Kona districts.
However, in the Piikea ford area, the State DOT completed the construction of a new
Piikea bridge in 1998. In addition to the bridge, improvements to the Piikea ford are proposed
with the construction of three large box culverts. At the Paauau stream, there are plans for the
construction of a new bridge. There are also plans for the replacement of the Ninole bridge
located just past Punaluu. A new culvert is proposed in the Kawaa flats region.
The entire coastline of the district is subject to tsunami and high seas activity, with the
Punaluu and Honuapo Bay areas having been severely damaged from past tsunami activity.
Courses of Action
• Improve and upgrade existing flood control measures as necessary.
• Continue proper soil conservation measures to complement the existing systems.
• Investigate potential solutions to prevent the closure of the Hawaii Belt road due
to flooding.
• Ensure that purchasers of homes and other real property are fully informed of
hazards from lava flows and other volcanic emissions.
82
Flooding and Other Natural Hazards
HISTORIC SITES
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The heritage of a community is documented by its history. The physical evidence of such
a documentation is often contained in archaeological and historic sites that support the ,�vritten or
traditional legacy.
The identity of a community evolves from the past. One way of understanding the
present is through historic perspective, as cultural values are basically derived from past
generations.
According to the State Department of Land and Natural Resources' Historic Preservation
Division (SHPD), an estimated 11,500 archeological and historic sites have been identified on
the island of Hawaii. However, only 5 per cent of the island has been surveyed. The other 95 per
cent of the island contains an undeterminable number of historic and archeological sites. The
abundance of historic sites can be attributed to the fact that much of the early history of the
Hawaiian Islands had its setting on the Big Island. Archeological data indicates that Polynesian
voyagers may have settled here as early as 600 A.D. Furthermore, significant historic figures
such as Ding Kamehameha I conquered and ruled the Hawaiian Islands from the Big Island. The
Historic Sites element also encompasses the recent past such as the coming of the various ethnic
groups that have blended to create today's Hawaii.
There is continuing concern for the historic and archaeological sites of the County of
Hawaii on the part of residents, governmental agencies, and private developers. As the early
history of Hawaii was kept through oral tradition, the reconstruction of this period is largely
based on the physical evidence and data recovered from archaeological and historic sites. It is
realized that once destroyed, historic sites and the information they contain cannot be replaced.
Many landowners are becoming aware that Hawaiian artifacts used in daily living are being
removed from their lands for or by collectors. Consequently, sites have been despoiled and
information regarding the function of the site itself and the artifacts have been destroyed.
The SHPD is charged with a variety of tasks within the State's historic preservation
program. The SHPD maintains an inventory of known historic sites and promotes surveys to
identify and document new sites. The SHPD also has a program element to place significant
sites on the Hawaii Register of Historic Places and coordinates the nomination of sites to the
National Register of Historic Places. SHPD also administers the Burial Sites Program. This
program manages those burial sites that are over 50 years old. Approximately 98 per cent of the
burial cases handled by the SHPD relate to native Hawaiian skeletal remains. Anyone who
wishes to relocate, or preserve in place previously identified Hawaiian burials over 50 years old
must obtain the approval of the appropriate Island Burial Council, that meets monthly on its
respective islands. Any skeletal remains accidentally discovered must be reported to the SHPD
and County police. If burial remains are estimated to be less than 50 years old, they fall under
the jurisdiction of the police. Other programs, such as the Hawaiian Heritage Corridor Program,
seek to preserve historic sites by enabling non-profit organizations in the various County districts
83
Historic Sites
preserve historic sites and buildings along a transportation corridor or the Department of Land
and Natural Resources Ala Kahakai trail that will connect various historic sites and parks along
the shoreline. Information regarding historic sites may be obtained by contacting the SHPD.
Archaeological investigations continue to be conducted on the island, adding to the list of
known sites. These investigations, as well as cultixal and historical research, are important in
identifying significant cultural resources and helping to provide the basis for their protection and
management. However, as indicated by the large number of estimated sites on the island, it is
also important to establish criteria for determining what is significant.
The Public Access Shoreline Hawaii (DASH) decision of 1995 allows native Hawaiians
the right to conduct their cultural traditions and practices upon lands where those activities had
been conducted in the past.
GOALS
• Protect, restore, and enhance the sites, buildings, and objects of significant
historical and cultural importance to Hawaii.
Appropriate access to significant historic sites, buildings, and objects of public
interest should be made available.
• Enhance the understanding of man's place on the landscape by understanding the
system of ahupuaa.
POLICIES
• Agencies and organizations, either public or private, pursuing knowledge about
historic sites should keep the public apprised of projects.
• Amend appropriate ordinances to incorporate the stewardship and protection of
historic sites, buildings and objects.
• Require both public and private developers of land to provide historical and
archaeological surveys and cultural assessments, where appropriate, prior to the
clearing or development of land when there are indications that the land under
consideration has historical significance.
• Public access to significant historic sites and objects shall be acquired, where
appropriate.
• Embark on a program of restoring significant historic sites on County lands.
Assure the protection and restoration of sites on other public lands through a joint
effort with the State.
84
Historic Sites
• Encourage the restoration of significant sites on private lands.
• Collect and distribute historic sites information of public interest and keep an
inventory of sites.
• Aid in the development of a program of public education concerning historic sites.
• Signs explaining historic sites, buildings and objects shall be in keeping with the
character of the area or the cultural aspects of the feature.
• Develop a continuing program to evaluate the significance of historic sites.
• Develop policies to protect Hawaiian rights as identified under judicial decisions.
• Support the establishment of Hawaiian heritage Corridors.
• All new historic sites placed on the State or Federal Register after the adoption of
the general plan shall be included in the General Plan.
• Consider requiring Cultural Assessments for certain developments as part of the
rezoning process.
• Recognize the importance of certain natural features in Hawaiian culture by
incorporating the concept of "cultural landscapes" in land use planning.
STANDARDS
The evaluation of the importance of specific historic sites is necessary for future action.
The following standards establish a framework for evaluating sites.
: importance in the life or activities of a major historic person.
• Associated with a major group or organization in the history of the island or
community.
• associated with a major historic event (cultural, economic, military, social, or
political).
• Associated with a major recurring event in the history of the community (such as
annual celebrations).
• Associated with a past or continuing institution that has contributed substantially
to the life of the community.
85
Historic Sites
• Unique example of a particular style or period.
• One of the few of its age remaining.
• Original materials and/or workmanship that can be valued in themselves.
• Sites with a preponderance of original materials in context and complexes rather
than single isolated sites unless they are of great significance.
• Sites of traditional and cultural significance.
DISTRICTS
The following is a historical profile of the districts. The brief historical sketches of each
district are intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the island as a whole.
The list of sites that are included for the districts are those that have been officially placed on
either the Hawaii Register or the National Register of Historic Places. It is important to
understand that the listing of sites and their evaluation is an on-going process. Many other sites
for the districts have been identified and may be equally significant but the process of evaluation
and placement on a register has not been completed. New sites are constantly being discovered
and these must be evaluated in conjunction with those already known.
PUNA
Profile
Historically, the district of Puna did not have much political influence. However, Puna is
closely associated with the volcano goddess Pele. For the most part, Puna followed the course of
the adjacent districts of Kau and Hilo. No strong family lines evolved in the district for power
over any of the other districts, and the lands of Puna almost always went to the ruler of Ka'u or
Hilo.
The most significant historical feature known in Puna was the Waha'ula Heiau, located in
Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. Unfortunately, it was destroyed in 1997 by the ongoing
eruption of Kilauea. This was the first luakini heiau (temples presided over by the high chiefs) to
be built by the priest Pa'ao, circa 1275 A.I., and the last in use until its destruction was ordered
by Liholiho in 1820.
86
Historic Sites
Site Tax Map Key Ahupuaa or Hawaii ! National
Region Register Register
Johnson Summer Home/Hale
Ohia Cottages
Hale Ohia Tract Historic
District
1-1-05:19,42
1-1-05: 24-26;
29-33
Keaau
Volcano
x
x
Star of the Sea Catholic
Church, Kalapana painted
1-2-06:81
Kaimu
x
x
Church
Ala Loa
1-2-09:3
Kehena
x
Keauohana Ahupua' a
Archeological District
1 _2-09:3
Kehena
x
Opihikao Evangelical. Church
Residence
1-3-04:18
Opihikao
x
King's Highway
1-3-07:26
Malama Ki
x
MacKenzie lsetroglyphs
1-3-07:26
Malama Ki
x
1-3-08:1
Mountain View Theater
1-8-02:1
Olaa
x
Course of Action
Support the establishment of Hawaiian Heritage Corridors.
NORTH AND SOUTH HILO
Profile
In Hawaiian tradition, the district of Hilo played an important role. A cave behind
Rainbow Falls was the home of Hina, the beautiful woman who bore the demigod Maui for the
islands' traditional founder, Hawaii Loa. Fele herself shaped the area of Hilo by sending fingers
of lava down the slopes of Mauna Lira. Kamehameha I spent part of his youth in the district and
moved and overturned the Naha Stone, an omen of his later rise to power.
In 1778, the first written reports of Hilo were made by Captain James Cook, who said that
heavy seas prevented his landing at "Aheedoo." One of the explorers who came after Capt. Cook
was Lord Byron, who first charted Hilo Hay. For years, the bay was known as Byron's Bay and
the entrance to the harbor, Blonde Reef, was named after his ship.
Following the explorers were fur traders and other seamen who found the islands an ideal
87
Historic Sites
location for wintering and obtaining provisions. By 1791 the exploitation of sandalwood began
and Hilo's reputation as a port had emerged.
At the end of the sandalwood era, Christian missionaries arrived, led by William Ellis. In
1822, Ellis searched for a suitable location for a mission station. At the same time. Hilo was the
starting point of pilgrimages to the volcano and a market place for people from Ka'u to Hamakua.
The main settlement of Hilo was initially located at the mouth of the Wailoa River in Waiakea.
Until the arrival of David Belden Lyman and Titus Coan in 1832, the mission's effect was not
significant. By the end of 1837, however, two-thirds of the population of the area had relocated
themselves to Hilo to join Coan's "Great Revival," leaving villages around Hilo deserted. When
the mission eventually moved to the top of Haili Street from Waiakea, the new Christians
followed. This established the present location of Hilo town.
Close to the end of Coan's revival, new explorers interested in commerce came to Hilo.
The whaling industry had a great effect on the local population, luring Hawaiians away from
home with a promise of adventure and money. The whaling industry declined after 1868 when
petroleum was discovered in far-off Pennsylvania. The great tsunami and earthquake also
occurred in this year.
The sugar industry began to develop in the early 1800's. However, it was not until the
Reciprocity Treaty of 1875 with the United States that the industry firmly established itself. The
treaty assured that no duty would be imposed on Hawaiian sugar imported into the United States.
Thus, by the turn of the century, new sugar mills were established, labor was being imported
from Asia and Europc, and Hilo became a thriving economic center. The present population
reflects the various groups who have made their homes in the area.
Most historic sites of North and South Hilo have been either destroyed by agriculture,
urban growth, and natural changes in landforms. Those sites that have been protected should
remain as the area grows. Other sites, particularly historic buildings, should be the focus of these
districts. These buildings, although not of ancient vintage, reflect the historic growth of the area.
88
Historic Sites
Ahupuaa or
Hawaii
Ka ional
Site
Tax Map Key
Region
Register
Register
Burials
2-1-13:1
Waiakea
x
Burials
2-1-13:1
Waiakea
x
Burials
2-1-13:1
Waiakea
x
Burials
2-1-13:1
Waiakea
x
Kamehameha Hall
2-1-21:43
Ponahawai
x
x
United Community Church
2-2-20:2
Ponahawai
x
Volcano Block
2-3-03:9
Punahoa
x
x
88
Historic Sites
Site
Tax Map Key
1 Ahupuaa or
Hawaii
National
Region
Register
Register
United States Post Office and
Office Building
2-3-05:3
Piihonua
x
Hilo Masonic Lodge
2-3-05:7
Punahoa
x
x
District Court House and
Police Station
2-3-06:4
Punahoa
x
x
Palace Theater
2-3-07:21
Punahoa
x
x
S. Hata Building
2-3-08:16
Punahoa
x
x
Michael Victor House
2-3-14:2
Punahoa
x
W.H. Shipman House
2-3-15:4,5
Piihonua
x
x
Rev. D.B. Lyman House
2-3-16:24
Punahoa
x
x
Ludloff Residence
2-3-28:22
Punahoa
x
Masao Kubo Residence
2-3-28:44
Punahoa
x
A.J. Williamson Residence
2-6-06:11
Kalalau
x
x
H. T'animoto Residence
(Honomu Theater)
2-8-14:15
Honomu
x
Yamamoto Store
2-9-03:18
Wailea
x
Courses of Action
• Support the development of Kalakaua Park and its surrounding area as the
Kalakaua Park Heritage Area and the restoration of its historic significance to
Hilo.
• Identify historic sites within the South Hilo District for inclusion within the
Hawaiian Heritage Corridor Program.
HAMAKUA
Profile
Most of the early history of the Hamakua district centers on Waipio Valley. The valley
was settled early and was the home of several strong rulers as early as the 13th century.:'�mong
the chiefs of Waipio were Liloa and his son Umi. The traditions regarding Liloa indicates he was
the first to rule over the entire island and his rule was one of peaceful diplomacy.
In 1823, the Rev. Ellis counted 265 houses in the valley and estimated the population at
89
Historic Sites
1,325. The number of residents has declined steadily since Ellis' estimate. The same is true of _
the once populated Waimanu Valley.
Hawaiians also lived in the smaller valleys and gulches along the Hamakua coast and
were known to cultivate taro.
In relatively recent historical times, there have been Asian and European influences in
Hamakua, due primarily to the sugar industry. These influences have erased much of the
physical evidence of the earlier culture, but have also introduced a different perspective on
historic sites.
Site
I Tax Map Key
Ahupuaa or Hawaii National
Region i Register Register j
East Hamakua Protestant
Church
4-4-06:1
Keahua x
Pa'auhau Plantation House
4-4-06:22
Pa'auhau x
Mauna Kea Adze Quarry
4-4-15:1, 9,10
Kaohe x
x
Chee Ying Society Clubhouse
4-5-09:9
Nienie x
x
Honokaa Plantation Manager's
4-8-06:13
Kanahonua x
Residence
Course of Action
• Coordinate with the community to identify historical sites and buildings for
inclusion in a heritage corridor program.
NORTH AND SOUTH KOHALA
Profiif e
Historically, the present districts of North and South Kohala were considered to be a
single unit. Kohala is the birthplace of Kamehameha I. Mo'okini Heiau at Upolu Point is said to
have been built by the priest Pa'ao in the 12th century. Other important historic events occurred
in the district, particularly at Kawaihae. Kamehameha I gained complete control of the entire
island after the death of chief Keoua of Ka'u at the Pu'ukohola Heiau.
It was at Kawaihae that John Young and Isaac Davis in the service of Kamehameha I
cleared foreign arrivals who came to Hawaii. They persuaded Capt. George Vancouver to leave
cattle in the area and Richard J. Cleveland to leave horses.
In 1820, the brig Thaddeus, carrying a group of Christian missionaries, made its first
anchorage at the village of Kawaihae. John Young is credited with the decision to allow the
missionaries to disembark at Kailua.
90
Historic Sites
John Falmer Parker was influential in shaping the character of Kohala. He started
ranching in Kawaihae and hunted the large number of cattle that had turned wild under the kapu
or protection placed on therm by Kamehameha I. Parker eventually moved to Waimea where he
expanded his operation into what is today one of the oldest and largest privately owned ranches
in the United States.
In 1832, the missionary Lorenzo Lyons arrived in Kawaihae. He established his station at
Waimea and his parish included the districts of Kohala and Hamakua. Ten years later, Reverend
Elias Bond took over the mission duties in North Kohala and established an excellent English
school.
Although the character of Kohala has changed through history, the district's relative
isolation has preserved many pre -contact sites. The leeward North Kohala coast still contains
many remnants of coastal fishing villages that were occupied from the pre -historic period
through the early 1900s. Likewise, remnants of the large agricultural complexes that supported
the population are still found in both North and South Kohala. Mo'okini and Pu'ukohola Heiau
still stand as monuments to the wast, as do John Young's house site and the early Christian
churches.
NORTR I OIL4LA
Site
Tax Map Key
Ahupuaa or
Hawaii
Ra-tional
Region
Register
Register
Bond District
5-3-05:4,5,17,
lole
x
x
19, 20, 26, 27
Tong Wo Society Building
5-3-08:20
Halawa
x
x
Kohala District Courthouse
5-4-05:1
Honopueo
x
x
Nanbu Hotel/Holy's Bakery
5-4-05:22
Honopue
x
Union Mill Manager's
Puehuehu-
Residence
5-4-10:58, 59
Laaumama
x
Mo'okini Heiau
5-5-05:20
Puuepa
x
x
Kohala Pilgrim Church
5-5-15:25
Pahoa
x
James M. Hind Residence
5-5-15:35
Hawi
x
x
Hashimoto House
5-5-15:38
Hawi
x
Hawi Plantation Manager's
Residence
5-5-15:41
Hawi
x
Heiau in Kukuipahu
5-6-01:75
Kukuipahu
x
x
Habitation Complex
5-7-01:21
Paoo
x
91
Historic Sites
Site Tax Map Key Ahupuaa or ! Hawaii National
j Region Register Register
Vault Complex
5-7-01:21 Paoo x
Ahupuaa or
Region
Makeanehu Complex
5-8-01:12 Makeanehu x
Pu'ukohola Heiau National
Habitation and Burial
5-8-01:12 Makeanehu x
Possible Heiau
5-8-01:13 Kehena x
6-2-02:9,10,16
Lapakahi Complex (District w/
Various Lapakahi
x
multiple sites)
Courses of Action
• Coordinate with the communities and residents of North Kohala to identify
historic sites and buildings for protection and preservation.
• Encourage the preservation of historic buildings and promote new development,
that matches the style of historic commercial buildings in the area.
• Recognize the natural beauty and history of the area as a major economic and
social asset to be protected and perpetuated as part of the uniqueness of the island.
SOUTH KOHALA
Site
Tax Map Key
Ahupuaa or
Region
Hawaii
Register
National
Register
Pu'ukohola Heiau National
Historic Park (District w/
6-2-02:9,10,16
Kawaihae
x
multiple sites)
'Imiola
6-5-04:4
Waikoloa
x
x
Old Lindsey House
6-5-06:42
Lalamilo
x
Portions of 6 -8 -
01:32, 35
Ala Loa Foot Trail
6-8-22'32
(Southernmost Kohala and
6-9-01:15
Various
x
Northernmost Kona Districts)
6-9-07
7-1-03:22
Kiholo-Puako Trail
Various
Various
x
x
Puako Petroglyph
6-9-01:15
Lalamilo
x
x
Archeological District
92
Historic Sites
Course of Action
• Support the establishment of Hawaiian Heritage Corridors.
NORTH AND SOUTH KOl®iA
Pro%Ie
The Kona districts have been very significant in the history of Hawaii. Before the arrival
of Captain Cool:, a large population was settled in villages along the coast. Various rulers lived
in the area and have left evidence of the complex religious, social, and political systems that
evolved in Hawaii. In North Kona, the major complexes are located at Kailua, Holualoa, and
Kahaluu. In South Kona, they are located at Kealakekua and Honaunau.
When Captain Cook arrived at Kealakekua Bay in January 1779, he reported that the area
was flourishing, It is well known that he was accepted as the god Lono and visited heiau and
village sites at Napoopoo. Following Captain Cook's death, no foreign ships stopped in Dona for
several years. In 1792, Captain George Vancouver arrived in Kona and left orange trees,
grapevines, other plants, and cattle for King Kamehameha I and his chiefs.
In 1812, Kamehameha I established his permanent residence and capital in Kailua-Kona.
The royal family remained in Kona until the capital was moved to Honolulu. The districts
prospered during the sandalwood and whaling eras, with Kealakekua serving as the main port. In
1820, the first missionary station on the island was established in Kailua.
Although Kona has experienced rapid change since Captain Cook's arrival, it still
contains many undisturbed historical sites. Most of these sites are of traditionally Hawaiian
origin and can reveal information important in reconstructing Hawaii's early history.
NORTH KOLA
Site
j Tax Map Key
Ahupuaa or
Region
Hawaii
Register
National
Register
Francis Ii Brown Beach
Residence
7-1-03:3, 12,13
Puuanahulu
x
x
Bobcat Trail Habitation Cave
7-1-04:6
Puuanahulu
x
Shelter and Kers
7-343:3
Ooma
x
Wawaloi Habitation
7-343:3
Ooma
x
Habitation Cluster
7-343:3
Ooma
x
Kalaoa Permanent House Site
Portion of 7-3-
10,205
43:42
Ooma
x
x
93
Historic Sites
c;*P !finv Unv% uPu ' Ahupuaa or Hawaii ! National -
Course of Action
Establish suitable visual buffers for the Keakealaniwahine and Keolanahihi
complexes as a condition of rezoning or Special Management Area permits, for
nearby properties.
94
Historic Sites
Region
i Register Register
Honokohau
7-3-09:2
Kaloko,
Settlement/Kaloko-Honokohau
7-4-08:3, 10, 25
Honokohau
x
National Historic Park
Haleokane Heiau
7-4-08:3
Kealakehe
x
Habitation Site
7-4-08:3
Kealakehe
x
Lanihau Papamu
7-5-05:7
Lanihau
x
House and Burials
7-5-05:7
Lanihau
x
Kamakahonu (Residence of
7-5-06:24, 32
Lanihau
x
x
King Kamehameha 1)
Moku'aikaua Church
7-5-07:18
Keopu
x
x
Hulihe' a Palace
7-5-07:20
Keopu
x
x
Pua'a 2 Agricultural Fields
Portion of 7-5-
Puaa
Archeological District
14:23
x
x
Hale Halawai o Holualoa
7-6-16:13
Holualoa
x
x
Keolonahihi Complex/Kamoa
7-7-04:12,28,31,
Point Complex (District w/Holualoa
51, 52, various
x
x
multiple sites)
Ahu-a-'Umi Heiau
7-8-01:3
Keauhou
x
Kahaluu Historic District
7-8-10:2,4, 35
Kahalu'u
x
(District w/ multiple sites)
Keauhou Holua Slide
7-8-10:30
Keauhou
x
Kuamo'o Burials
7-8-10:66
Keauhou
x
Kamehameha III Birthplace
7-8-12:17
Keauhou
x
x
(Kauikeaouli Stone)
Course of Action
Establish suitable visual buffers for the Keakealaniwahine and Keolanahihi
complexes as a condition of rezoning or Special Management Area permits, for
nearby properties.
94
Historic Sites
SOUTH KONA
Site Tax Map Key Ahupuaa or Hawaii National
Region Register Register
Greenwell Store
Christ Church Episcopal
Kahikolu Church
8-1-04:50
8-1-05: 8
8-2-07:6
Onouli
Kealakekua
Kahauloa
x
x
x
x
x
Daifukuji Soto Zen Mission
8-2-10:20
Kalamaumi
x
x
Uchida Coffee Fargo
Portion of 8-2-
Kaawalo
x
x
15:13
Kealakekua Bay Historical
District (District w/ multiple
8-2 Various
Various
x
sites)
8-3 Various
Saint Benedict's Catholic
Church
8-4-06:6
Honaunau
x
x
Pu' uhonua o Honaunau
National Historical Park
84-11:7
Honaunau,
x
(District w/ multiple sites)
Keokea
Burial Cave
8-9-03:1
Honomalino
x
North Honomalino Complex
8-9-03:1
Honomalino
x
Okoe Bay Complex
8-9-03:1
Kaulana,
x
Mauna
Kaulanamaluna Upland
Kaulanamalu
Complex
8-9-06:2
na
x
Ahole Holua Complex
8-9-06:3
Kapua
x
Course of Action
• Support the establishment of Hawaiian Heritage Corridors.
• Adopt the Heritage Corridor Plan, which includes lands from Holualoa to
Honanau.
• Establish buffers on undeveloped lands around Kealakekua Bay to assure
preservation of the region's unique environment and cultural resources.
95
Historic Sites
KA'U
Profile
The district of Ka'u has historically been a relatively independent district, isolated from
the rest of the island. Historical data indicates that Ka'u was probably settled very early by the
Polynesian voyagers. As population increased, the rest of the island was inhabited. Most of the
early settlement in Ka'u consisted of small fishing villages.
In 1791, Kamehameha I became ruler of the entire island after the death of Keoua, the
chief of Ka'u at the dedication of Pu'ukohola Heiau at Kawaihae.
Ka'u later became the stopping point for seagoing travelers on their way to Hilo. In the
1860's, Mark Twain lived in Waiohinu and wrote extensively about his stay in Ka'u. While
living in Waiohinu he declared Hawaii to be "the loveliest fleet of islands."
Site
Tax Map Key
Ahupuaa or
Region
I Hawaii
Register
National
Register
Manuka Bay Petroglyphs
Platform and Mounds
Kuleana Complex
9-1-01:3
9-1-01:3
9-1-01:3
Manuka
Manuka
Manuka
x
x
x
x
Koa
9-1-01:3
Manuka
x
South Manuka Bay Complex
Platform and Shelters
9-1-01:3
9-1-01:3
Manuka
Manuka
x
x
Lava Tube Complex
9-1-01:3
Manuka
x
Kaiakekua Complex
9-1-01:3
Manuka
x
Keawaiki Complex
9-1-01:3
Kaupua' a
x
Manuka Bay Holua Slide
Heiau and Trail
Kipuka Malua Complex
9-1-01:3
9-1-01:3
9-1-01:3, 6
Manuka
Manuka
Manuka
x
x
x
Shrine and Heiau
9-1-01:3, 7
Manuka
x
Habitation Complex
9-1-01:7
Manuka
x
South Point Complex
9-3-01:1, 3, 7,11
Kamaoa
x
Mahana Archeological District
Portion 9-3-
01:22
Kamaoa
x
Kapalaoa Archeological
Portion of 9-3-
Kamaoa
x
96
Historic Sites
Site Tax Map Key Ahupuaa or Hawaii National
Region Register 1 Register
District
Ki' i Petroglyphs
Kilauea Crater
1790 Footprints
01:2
9-5-06:1
9-9-01:1
9-9;01:1, 2
Waiohinu
Hawaii
Volcanoes
National Park
Kapapala Forest
Reserve
x
x
x
x
Hawaii
'Ainapo Trail (Menzies Trail)
9-9-01:3
Volcanoes
x
National Park
Hawaii
Wilkes Campsite
9-9-01:3
Volcanoes
x
National Park
Hawaii
Ainahou Ranch Douse
9-9-01:6
Volcanoes
x
x
National Park
Whitney Seismograph Vault
Hawaii
No. 29
9-9-01:23
Volcanoes
x
National Park
Hawaii
Old Volcano House No. 42
9-9-01:23
Volcanoes
x
National Park
Mauna Loa Trail
Various
Various
x
Puna -Kau Historic District,
Hawaii Volcanoes National
Park (District w/ multiple
Various
Various
x
sites)
Course of Action
• Support the establishment of Hawaiian Heritage Corridors.
97
Historic Sites
NATURALBEAUTY
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The natural beauty of Hawaii is a universally recognized characteristic and one of the
most significant and valuable assets of this island. In a relatively small area exists a great range
of environments, from lush green tropical valleys to snow-capped mountains.
Hawaii's natural and scenic beauty is the result of the interaction of various physical
elements and forces. Three primary factors contribute to the variety of environments: elevation,
relative location, and geologic origin and age. A further factor is modification by man. The
types of landform and vegetation depend on these basic factors. Due to different elevations and
locations of the island, the landscape features have particular characteristics. These include
barren fields of lava, heavily vegetated valleys, kiawe deserts, native forests, rolling ;grasslands,
and rocky coastlines. `I he differences in the environment and the landscape features are
important in giving identity to areas of the :island and enhances the livability of the island by
providing a preference of physical settings.:
Natural beauty is a multifaceted resource. It is an aesthetic resource experienced by
human perceptions. It is an economic resource, as evidenced by the scale of resort development
,and by visitor -related activities. Ileal property values further substantiate the economic value of
Hawaii's dramatic beauty. The physical elements that make up the landscape and the
interrelationships of these elements are also of scientific interest. Investigating and
understanding the physical environment are necessary for man to live in harmony with the
environment.
As the population increases, the desire to experience natural beauty will continue and may
increase. If uncontrolled, the development::necessary to accommodate an increasing population
as well as resort development could have detrimental effects on the natural beauty of the: island.
Areas with special amenities of natural beauty have been and will continue to be the focus of
pressure for resort development. Present regulatory process provide an assessment of impacts of
development projects in order to protect, preserve and restore natural and scenic resources.
Hawaii's natural beauty is both an replaceable asset and a part of the public trust. It is
fragile and although often enhanced by man can easily be adversely affected. Measures must be
taken to insure its protection, both now and: in the future, for the enjoyment of Hawaii's residents
and visitors.
Through the Zoning and Subdivision codes, and the Special Management Area and
shoreline setback regulations, the County of Hawaii has the means to protect the island's natural
and scenic beauty as an integral pari of the living environment of the island. Safeguards of this
valuable asset are a major consideration for any construction or development that may alter,
eliminate, or intrude upon it. They are also:: important so that man-made elements are kept in an
aesthetic perspective with the physical surroundings.
98
Natural Beauty
The County Arborist Advisory Committee was established to determine guidelines to
identify the physical and botanical importance of trees and tree masses on the island. Criteria
such as the aesthetic quality, rarity, cultural significance and endemic status are evaluated in
designating exceptional trees or tree masses. Preservation for those selected are enacted by
County ordinance or regulation.
The Hawaii County Planning Department adopted Rule 17 that implements landscaping
requirements. The purpose of the rule is to use landscaping requirements to create screens and
buffers from noise, lights, and litter; moderate the visual impact and microclimates of paved
parking lots and parked vehicles; enhance the street scape of commercial and industrial areas;
and promote ecological and cultural values through landscaping with native and other
appropriate plants.
The importance of natural and scenic beauty and its true evaluation as an asset of public
trust to be protected for fixture generations remain with the people of this island. VIhile public
planning and regulation are instrumental in achieving the goals set forth for this element, it is
public awareness and interest that will maintain the natural beauty of the island of Hawaii.
14074m,
• Protect, preserve and enhance the quality of areas endowed with natural beauty,
including the quality of coastal scenic resources.
Protect scenic vistas and view planes from becoming obstructed.
• Maximize opportunities for::present and future generations to appreciate and enjoy
natural and scenic beauty.
POLICIES
• Increase public pedestrian access opportunities to scenic places and vistas.
• Develop and establish view plane regulations to preserve and enhance views of
scenic or prominent landscapes from specific locations, and coastal aesthetic
values.
• Maintain a continuing program to identify, acquire and develop viewing sites on
the island.
• Access easement to public or private lands that have natural or scenic value shall
be provided or acquired for the public.
• Develop standard criteria for natural and scenic beauty as part of design plans.
• Consider structural setback from major thoroughfares and highways and establish
99
Natural Beauty
development and design guidelines to protect important viewplanes.
Maintain a continuing program to identify exceptional trees or tree masses.
• Protect the views of areas endowed with natural beauty by carefully considering
the eff,.cts of proposed construction during all land use reviews.
• Do not allow incompatible construction in areas of natural beauty.
STANDARDS
The following standards provide guidelines for designating sites and vistas of
extraordinary natural beauty that shall be protected.
• Distinctive and identifiable landforms distinguished as landmarks, e.g. Mauna
Kea, Waipio Valley.
• Coastline areas of striking contrast , e.g. Laupahoehoe Point.
• Vistas of distinctive features.
• Natural or native vegetation. -:attractive to a particular area.
• �Axeas that are harmoniously > developed and enhanced by man to appear natural.
DISTRICTS
The following describes the characteristic natural and scenic beauty of the districts of the
County of Hawaii. Examples of sites and l Stas are listed. The goals, policies, and standards of
the element shall set forth the courses of action for sites and vistas of natural beauty.
PUNA
Along the coast of Puna district the black sand beaches and tidal ponds are noted features
of natural beauty.
The inland areas of Puna are lava land. Major areas of natural beauty are the 1960
l apoho and the Pu'u O'o volcanic regions. *The region is significant in that it represents the force
of nature in altering the landscape feature into a cone and desolate field of lava.
A portion of the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park is also located within this district.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the Puna district.
100
Natural Beauty
Site
Tax Map Key j Ahupuaa or Region
Viewplane from Pahoa-Kalapana Highway looking makai
1-2-04, 06, 07, 09
Kehena Black Sand Beach _
1-2-09:21
Kehena
Viewpoint -Shoreline
1-2-09:22
Kekeekee
1955 Lava Flow (Iilewa Cone)
1-2-10:1
Kamaili
Ironwood Groves along Kapoho-Kalapana Road
1-3-03:5 &
Kauaea
1-3-07:6 & 26
Malama-Ki
Viewpoint -Shoreline
1-3-04:71
Opihikao
MacKenzie Park
1-3-07:26
Malama-Ki
Mango Grove along Pohoiki Road
1-3-08:4 & 5
Pohoiki
Keahialaka Spring & Pond
1-3-08:15
Keahialaka
Shoreline
1-3-08:15
Kcahialaka
Warm Springs
1-3-08:34
Pohaiki
Albizzia Grove along Pahoa-Kapoho Road
14-01:4
Kaniahiku
1960 Lava Flow
14-02:1
Kapoho
Kapoho Tidal Ponds
14-02
Kapoho
Viewpoint (Puu Kukae)
14-02:2
Kapoho
Kapela Bay (Black Sand Beach)
14-03:13
Kahuwai
Viewpoint -Shoreline (Hilo & Puna)
14-03:13
Kahuwai
Viewpoint & Tidal pool (Makaukiu Pt.)
14-03:13
Kahuwai
Ironwood Grove at Nanawale Park
14-03:18
Nanawale
Viewpoint -Shoreline (Honolulu Landing)
14-03:19
Honolulu
Mango Grove along Kapoho-Honolulu Landing Road
14-03 & 04
Kahuwai & Halepuaa
View from Green Lake Hill
14-91:18
Kapoho
Viewpoint -Shoreline
1-5-63:1-4
W aiakahuila
Cove with Stone Beach
1-6-01:25 Keaau
Royal Palms fronting Keaau Intermediate School
1-6-02 Keaau
View of Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa from Pahoa-Keaau,
Volcano-Keaau Roads, and various Puna subdivisions
Various
Pu'u O'o Lava Flow Region
Various
101
Natural Beauty
The following designated exceptional trees are adopted by ordinance.
Tree Tax Map Key
Grove of Mangoes (Pohoiki Road)
SOUTH L
1-3-08
The natural beauty of the South filo district is dominated by Mauna Ilea and Mauna Loa.
From various locations in the area, there are magnificent views of the mountains. Hilo Bay
provides a picturesque front yard for Hilo. From the bay the land gently slopes upward towards
Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa.
Throughout the district there are waterfalls, including the famous Akaka Falls and nearby
Kahuna Falls, Rainbow Falls, and others.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the South Hilo district.
Site
Tax Map Key
Ahupuaa or Region
Banyan Drive Scenic Area
2-1-01, 03, 05
Waiakea
Liliuokalani Gardens
2-1-03:2
Waiakea
Viewpoint of Hilo Bay area with Mauna Kea in
Background
2-1-03:2
Waiakea
Viewpoint of Hila Bay with Mauna Kea in Background
2-1-03:17
Waiakea
Coconut Isle (Mokuola)
2-1-03:19
Waiakea
Reeds Bay (Shomline)
2-1-05:1
Waiakea
Ice Pond
2-1-06:10
Waiakea
Viewpoint -Shoreline (Leleiwi Point)
2-1-11:5
Waiakea
Lehia Park (undeveloped)
2-1-13:5
Waiakea
Viewpoint -Shoreline (Keokea Point)
2-1-14:13
Waiakea
Lihikai (Qnekahakaha) Beach Park shoreline
2-1-14:13
Waiakea
Waiahole Fish Pond
2-1-15:1
Waiakea
Haleolono Fish Pond
2-1-15:42
Waiakea
Leleiwi Park shoreline
2-1-16 to 19
Waiakea
Lokoaka Pond, Akahi Pond, and Kionakapahu Pond
2-1-16:1
Waiakea
Viewpoint -Shoreline (Waiuli Point)
2-1-19:9
Waiakea
102
Natural Beauty
Site
Tax Map Key Ahupuaa or Region —
Wailoa River Area
Tax Map Key
Monkeypod (Suisan Fish Market)
Hoakimau Fish Pond
2-2-13:3
2-2-04:2
Mohouli Fish Pond
2-2-
Waiakea
Waiakea Fish Pond
2-2-331:1
1:1
2-2-04:56
Puu Halai
2-3-22
Ponahaw:.i
Rainbow Falls and Area (Wailuku River Park)
2-3-27:1, 2
Piihonua
Kaimukanaka Falls and Area
2-3-27:3, 5
Piihonua
Boiling Pots and. Area
2-3-29:12
Piihonua
Viewpoint on hilltop looking over Hilo Bay
2-3-37
Ponahawai
Waiole Falls and Area
2-5-9:4
Piihonua
Peepee Falls and Area
2-5-10:1
Piihonua
Viewpoint from lower Wailuku Bridge looking makai
2-6-02
Piihonua
Viewpoint from lower Wailuku Bridge looking mauka
2-6-03
Piihonua
Alealea Point looking towards Hilo Bay
2-6-15:1
Wailua
Keakanini Falls
2-6-18:4
Piihonua
Hawaii Falls
2-6-18:4
Piihonua
Honolii Beach Area and Stream
2-6-24:1-4
Alae
Onomea lay Area
2-7-09:1, 2, 26;
Kahalii-Onomea
2-7-10:1
Onomea Arch (fallen)
2-7-10:1
Onomea
Akaka and Kahuna Falls
2-8-10:34
Honomu
Kolekole Gulch
2-8-15,2-9-03
Kuhua-Kaiwiki
Hakalau Bay/Gulch Area
2-9-02,3-1-01
Hakalaunui-Kamae
`I he following designated exceptional trees are adopted by ordinance.
Tree
Tax Map Key
Monkeypod (Suisan Fish Market)
2-1-03:27
Coconut trees (Waiolama Canal)
2-2-04:2
Grove of Monkey Pod Trees (Kamehameha and Pauahi
2-2-04:35
Streets)
Grove of Monkey Pod Trees (Kamehameha and Pauahi
2-2-04:56
Streets)
103
Natural Beauty
Tree
Tax Map Key
Gold tree (Forestry Arboreteum)
2-2-07:1
Chinese Weeping Banyan (Kilauea Ave.)
2-2-28:8
Indian Banyan (Kalakaua Park)
2-3-05:1
Quinine (Kalakaua Park)
2-3-05:1
Divi -Divi (Kalakaua Park)
2-3-05:1
Loulu Palm (Kalakaua Park)
2-3-05:1
False Kamani (Hai Street Church)
2-3-12:9
Surinam Cherry (Hilo United Methodist Church)
2-3-14:7
Bo or Peepul Tree (Old Riverside School)
2-3-15:1
Ghia Lehua (Rainbow Falls)
2-3-27:1
NORTH HILO
One of the most outstanding areas of natural beauty in North Hilo is Laupahoehoe Point,
The point juts out calmly, ending in a rugged coastline with pounding surf. In either direction
-along the coast are views of the high cliffs.
The deep gulches with silvery green Kukui trees contrasting with the darker green
vegetation along the highway are also points of natural beauty, particularly Honohina Falls in
Nanue Gulch.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the North Hilo district.
Site
Tax Map Key
Ahupuaa or Region
View point of Umauma Gulch (makai from bridge)
Viewpoint of Falls in Umatuna Gulch (mauka from bridge)
3-1-01:1, 24
3-1-01:23,30
Wailue
Wailue
Nanue Gulch-Makai
3-2-01:1, 8
Nanus
Honohina Falls (Nanue Gulch and stream)
3-2-01:11, 17
Nanue
Maulua Gulch
Kaiwilahilahi Gulch
Manawaiopae Gulch
3-4-04:9,11, 12
3-5-03
3-5-04
Maulua Ild
Kaiwilahiiahi
Manawaiope
Kihalani Gulch
3-5-04
Kihalani
104
Natural Beauty
Site
Tax Map Key
j Ahupuaa or Region –
Kuwaikahi Gulch
3-5-04
Kihalani
Kilau Gulch
3-6-01
Laupah-oehoe
Scenic Lookout-Laupahoehoe Pt.
3-6-01:9
Alaea
Laupahoehoe Gulch
3-6-04
Laupahoehoe
Kaawalii Gulch
3-6-05, 3-9-01
Waipunalei-Humuula
The following designated exceptional trees are adopted by ordinance.
Tree - Tax Map Key
Pua Kenikeni (Laupahoehoe Police Station) 3-6-09:31
IUN AI UA
The Hamakua district is tropically lush along the lower elevations. The coast is marked
by densely vegetated gulches and valleys highlighted by silvery green Kukui trees. The most
famous of these is Waipio Valley. This valley is the most accessible in the series of windward
valleys. The natural and scenic beauty of Waipio with its waterfalls and tropical rainforests has
attracted people for many years.
Mauna Kea is also included in the Hamakua district and with Mauna Loa dominates the
landscape along the Hamakua part of the Saddle Road.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the Hamakua district.
Site
Tax Map Key
Ahupuaa or Region
Kalopa State Park
4-4-14:1
Kalopa
Mauna Kea State Park area
4-4-16:3
Kaohe
Ahualoa Road
4-5-10
Kaao-Nienie
Nienie (Native forest)
4-6-12:25
Nienie
Viewpoint—Lookout Waipio Valley, Kukuihaele
4-8-04:17
Lalakea
Windward Valley System
Muliwai to Awini
Waipio,
Waimanu Valley Area
4-9-01 to 15
Muliwai-Awini,
Waipio Valley Area
Waimanu
Hiilawe Palls
4-9-09
Waipio
105
Natural Beauty
The following designated exceptional trees are adopted by ordinance.
Tree Tax Map Key
Ghia Lehua (Kalopa State Park) (1)
4-4-14:1
Hame (Kalopa State Park)
4-4-14:1
Kopiko (Kalopa State Park) (1)
44-14:1
Ghia Lehua (Kalopa State Park) (2)
4-4-14:1
Ghia Lehua (Kalopa State Park) (3)
4-4-14:1
Kopiko (Kalopa State Parr) (2)
4-4-14:1
Ohia Lehua (Kalopa State Park (4)
4-4-14:1
Koa (Kalopa State Park)
4-4-14:1
Ghia Lehua (Kalopa State Park) (5)
4-4-14:1
NORTH KQHALA
The natural beauty of the leeward area of North Kohala is characterized by undulating
hills and gullies. The and landform slopes gently from the eroded higher elevations of the North
Kohala Mountains to the sheltered coastal waters. The shallow soil cover and grasslands are cut
by numerous gullies which empty storm waters into embayments along the coast. Akoni Pule
highway bisects the area along the lower elevation and provides distant views to both the coast
and uplands.
On the windward side of North Kohala, the landscape takes on the appearance of a
tropical rain forest with lush greens vegetation in the valleys and gulches. At the eastern end of
the highway is Pololu Valley and a view down the coast towards Hamakua.
The Kohala mountains provide a backdrop to both these landscapes, and along the higher
elevations of windward Kohala are green grazing lands with a panoramic vista of the coast.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the North Kohala district.
Site
Tax Map Key j Ahupuaa or Region
Windward Valley System
Honokane Valley
Islands off Awini Valley
5-1-01 & 02
Awini, Pololu
Pololu Valley
Viewpoint-Pololu Valley
5-2-01:1
Pololu
106
Natural Beauty
j Site
i Tax Map Key
Ahupuaa or Region
Akoakoa Point
5-2-01:7
Waiapuka
Nanue Bay Area
5-2-01:7, 8
Waiapuka
Kapanaia Bay Area
5-2-01:14; 5-2-07
Makapala, Aamakao
Keokea Beach & Kalalae Pt.
5-2-01:14-16
Makapala
Kauhola Point
5-3-07:1
Kukuiwaluhia
Indian Banyan trees at Chalon International of Hawaii's
5-5-2:23
Hawi
office in Hawi
Upolu Point
5-5-06:7
Kokoiki--Upolu
Old Honoipu Landing
5-6-02
Puakea
Kapaa Park
5-6-01:60
Kapaa
Mahukona Harbor and Park
5-7-03:3,4, 14
Mahukona-Hihiu
Keawanui Bay Area
5-8-01
Kehena, Puanui
Kaiopae Point
5-9-01:6
Waiaka
Waiakailio Bay Area
5-9-01:8
Kahualiilii
Coastline viewplane from Akoni-Pule Highway
Various
Coastline viewplane from Kohala Mountain Road
Various
Ironwood trees along Kohala Mountain Road
Various
SOUTH KOHALA
The district of South Kohala has two distinct physical environments, each with its own
kind of natural beauty.
The Waimea region lies in a plateau between the Kohala mountains and Mauna Kea. The
Kohala mountains provide a backdrop of rolling hills and volcanic cones covered with pastures
kept green by fog, fine mist, and rain. Mauna Kea provides a distant but dramatic mass as it rises
steeply above the plateau. Viewed at a distance, Waimea town lies nestled at the base of the
Kohala mountains.
West of Waimea, the land forms a long slope down to the and coastline; changing in
color with drops in elevation from green to pule yellow and beige to the red and browns of the
coast. The edge of the coast is contrasted with green kiawe stands, pockets of white sand
beaches, and coastal waters. Barren lava flows stretch down from Mauna Loa and meet the sea
near the southern boundary of South Kohala.
Between these two extremes, the range of landscape quickly changes. Along the mauka
107
Natural Beauty
road to North Kohala, there are impressive viewplanes to Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa and Hualalai.
The pastures and pu'u immediately above Waimea Town have been identified as a vista
of exceptional natural beauty. This area is best defined by running an imaginary line from the top
of the trees below Holcuula west to the trees at Hawaii preparatory Academy and east to the tree
line above Church Row.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the South Kohala district.
Site
Tax Map Key 1 Ahupuaa or Region
Viewpoint (Puu Makela)
6-2-01:25
Kawaihae 2nd
Mauumae Bay/Beach
6-2-02
Kawaihae 2nd
Kaunaoa Bay/Beach
6-2-02:4
Oul.
Kaluhiikanu Beach
6-2-02:6
Kawaihae 2nd
Ohaiula Beach (-Spencer Park)
6-2-02:8
Kawaihae 2nd
Upper Waipio Lookout
6-3-01:4
Waipio
View of Kohala mountain
6-5-01
Waiaula
Na Puu (Waimea)
Puu
l�oula
Hokuula
6-5-01
Keoniki-Puuiki
Puuiki
Waimea Church Row and Surrounding Churches
6-5-04:1-6,8
Waikoloa (Waimea)
Hapuna Bay/Beach
6-6-01:8
Lalamilo
Kaunaoa Point
6-6-02:38
Ouli
Waimea Nature Park (Ulu Laau)
6-6-03:7
Lalamilo
Scenic countryside around Waikii
6-7-01:3
Waikoloa
Makaiwa Bay and Pond. Keawanui
6-8-22
Kalahu puaa
Pauoa Bay Area
6-8-22
Kalahuipuaa
Puako Bay Area
6-9-01:2; 6-9-02:7, 8
Lalami€o
Anaehoomalu Bay Area
6-9-01:13
Anaehoo--malu
Wailea Bay Area
6-9-02:2
Lalarmlo
Viewplane along Queen Ka'ahumanu Highway looking
mauka and maka:.
Various
108
Natural Beauty
NORTH AND SOUTH KONA DISTRICTS
The Kona districts have long attracted people because of their natural beauty. Although
man-made structures are in some places dominant, the vast expanse of the Kona landscape is still
the area's most striking feature.
North Kona, in the area called Kekaha, is characterized by a sense of openness created by
expansive areas of lava flows. Vegetation on the lava is comprised of low pockets of grasses and
scrub trees. From the coastline, the land climbs slowly to the distant saddle plateau between
Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa. This long natural grade also contributes to the sense of openness
and space.
The rest of North Kona is dominated by Hualalai. Its steep slopes provide a green
backdrop when viewed from the coast, or spectacular views of the coastline, ocean and horizon
from higher elevations.
Part of Kona's natural beauty is also due to the wide range of climatic conditions in a
relatively short distance. Such variations extending from the coastal areas to the higher
elevations are evidenced by changes in vegetation, producing a wide scope of different physical
environments.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the Kona districts.
North Kona
Site
Tax Map Key
Ahupuaa or Region
Puu Waawaa
7-1-01:4
Puuwaawaa
Kiholo Bay/Beach Area
7-1-02:8
Puuwaawaa
Keawaiki
7-1-02:8; 7-1-03:2
Puuwaawaa;Puuanahulu
Hualalai
7-2-01, 7-8-01
Kaupulehu
Kaupulehu
7-2-03:1,2
Kaupulehu
Kua Bay Area
7-2-04
Maniniowali
Opae Ula Pond
7-2-04:1
Makalawena
Makalawena
7-2-04:1
Makalawena
Kahoiawa
7-2-04:3, 4
Awakee
Kakapa Bay Area
7-2-04:4
Kukio 2nd
Kukio Bay/Beach Area
7-2-04:5
Kukio 1st
Mahaiula Bay/Beach Area
7-2-05:3
Mahaiula
109
Natural Beauty
Site
Tax Map Key Ahupuaa or Region —
Kaloko Pond
7-3-09:2
Kaloko
Honokohau Fish Pond
74-08
Kealakehe
Honokohau coastline
74-08:4,3
Honokohau-Kealakehe
Aimakapa
7-4-08:10Honokohau
Kaawaloa, Kealakekua
White Sand Beach
7-4-08:10
Honokohau
White Sand Beach
7-5-05:7
Keahuolu
Viewplane from Kuakini Highway going mauka & makai
7-7 and 7-8
Holualoa-Keauhou
Viewplane from Kamehameha III Road going mauka &
8-3-04:4
Keei ( 1)
makal
7-8-10
Kahaluu-Keauhou
Keauhou
7-8-12
Keauhou 1 & 2
Kahaluu Bay Area
7-8-14
Kahaluu 2
Viewplane along Queer Ka'ahumanu Highway going
8-5-05:19
Kiilae
mauka and maks=;
8-6-13,14
Various
South Kona
Site
Tax Map Key
Ahupuaa or Region
8-1-07:1
Kealakel.-ua Bay from Kaawaloa Road and Lower
8-1-10:1,2
Keopuka, Kaawaloa,
Government Road
8-1-11
Kaawaloa, Kealakekua
8-2-02,04
Viewpoint
8-3-03
Kahauloa (2)
Cove
8-3-04:1
Keei (1)
White Sand Beach
8-3-04:4
Keei ( 1)
Viewpoint (Pal€ano Pt.)
8-3-04:5
Keei (1)
Honaunau Bay &: Scenic View from Ke Ala o Keawe Road
8-4-11, 12, 13
Honaunau, Keokea
Kealia Beach
8-5-05:1
Kealia
Kiilae
8-5-05:19
Kiilae
Hookena--Kauhako Bay Area
8-6-13,14
Hookena, Kauhako
Milolii area
8-9-04 Milolii
Lava flows of 1950, 1926 and 1919
Various
110
Natural Beauty
The following designated exceptional trees are adopted by ordinance.
Tree I Tax Map Key
Pili Nut 8-1-09:1
Loulu Palm 8-9-06:4
!'rM
Within the Ka'u district is located most of Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. The park is a
natural area with a minimum of man-made objects blended into the character of the physical
environment. The landscape is a contrast between open lava land with little or no vegetation and
dense ohia lehua forests.
In the southern part of Ka'u the natural beauty of the landscape is characterized by vistas
from the mountain slopes to the ocean. The coast is highlighted by Manuka Bay, Green Sands
Beach, and Punaluu Black Sand Beach.
The following list of sites are examples of natural beauty in the Ka'u district.
Site
Tax Map Key
Ahupuaa or Region
Manuka Bay
9-1-01:3
Manuka
Pohue Bay
9-2-01:1
Kahuku
Volcano area including National Park
South Point (Ka Lae)
9-2-01:4;9-9-01
9-3-01:1-3, 7,9
Kahuku, K eauhou
Pakini 1ki, Kamaca
Mahana Bay
Waiakukini
9-3-01:2
9-3-01:6
Kamnoa
Pakini Nui
Kaalualu Bay
9-4-01: 12,14
Kiolakaa
Honuapo
9-5-14:1, 7
Honuapo
Kawa (Kawaa) Bay and Spring
Ninole Cove & Springs
9-5-16:20; 9-5-17:7 Kaalaiki, Hilea Nui
9-5-19:12 Ninole
Punaluu Black Sand Beach
Lava Flows of 1868, 1887, & 1907
9-6-01
Punaluu
Various
View of Mauna Loa from Volcano-Ka'u Highway
Various
Scenic view of shoreline between Pahala and Punaluu
Various
111
Natural Beauty
Site Tax Map Key Ahupuaa or Region —
Waiohinu Park
Na puu: Enuhe, Makanau, Kaiholena and One
Various
Various
The following designated exceptional trees are adopted by ordinance.
Tree Tax Map Key
Kokio (Manuka State Park) 9-1-01
'Ohe (Manuka State Park) 9-1-01
112
Natural Beauty
NATURAL RE -SOURCES AND SI-I®RELINE
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The natural resources of the island of Hawaii are the physical and environmental assets
that are recognized as useful, valuable, .and desirable. These natural resources include, but are
not limited to, the land, water, air, flora, fauna, soils, geologic features, geothermal steam,
climate, wind, sunshine, ocean waters, and: shoreline. Some of these resources are finite and
irreplaceable. However, several are replaceable at extreme cost and others are renewable. The
island's growing population and expanding urbanization places a greater demand on the limited
resource base. Thus, in order to conserve these resources, best management practices and
enforcement of zoning and environmental laws are critical. Some of these resources have been
covered in other sections in the General flan.
Largest and youngest of the Hawaiian Chain, the island of Hawaii covers a land area of
4,028 square miles with 4.4 square miles of inland water bodies, and is still growing. The Big
Island, as it is known today, was formed by, five volcanoes and
three - Mauna Loa, Hualalai, and Uauea, are still active. Extensive scientific research on active
volcanic processes is being conducted. This is the only place in the United States where such
processes can be continuously studied. Land and marine volcanic regions are also possible
sources of geothermal energy. At 13,796 feet above sea level, Mauna Kea is the tallest of the
island's mountains. The topography of the: island extends from craggy ocean cliffs and beaches
of black, green and golden sand to snow-covered mountain peaks during the winter months.
Vegetative cover generally corresponds with elevation and ranges from tropical rainforest to
grazing land to, barren lava fields. Leeward and windward directions are equally important in
determining vegetation types and landscape characteristics. In some windward areas, rainfall
reaches an average of 300 inches annually, while some leeward areas have virtually no rainfall
throughout the year.
Temperature drops consistently with higher elevation. Coastal regions are warm and
semi -tropical, while frost is not unusual above the 4,000 -foot level. The purity of atmospheric
conditions at higher elevations has attracted scientific research. Fresh and marine waters- are
important to the County. Potable water is an understood necessity. The marine waters of the
island and the plant and animal life within them are of dietary, recreational, and scientific
importance.
The soils of the County consist of various forms and stages of volcanic lava and .ash. The
young age and form of some lava make certain areas temporarily non-productive.
Throughout the island, there are pockets of endemic vegetation. These are important
botanical remnants with scientific -.significance and are,part of our natural heritage. Forest areas
of both native and introduced species are additionally important as watershed areas and as natural
means of controlling erosion. The flora and fauna, both native and introduced, are used as
nutritional and recreational resources by numerous residents.
113
Natural Resources & Shoreline
The island has more than 305 miles of coastline, but approximately 75 per cent is -
comprised of cliffs of varying height. The porous nature of the lava flows have produced unique
ecological niches in the anchialine ponds along the coast. The coastline can be divided into
seven general areas.
The Hamakua coast, from near Waipio Valley to Hilo Bay, is comprised of a sea cliff 100
to 300 feet high. Along the Hamakua Coast are boulder beaches that have formed at the mouths
of valleys and the numerous gulches. From Hilo to Leleiwi Point to Keaau, the rocky shoreline
of the Hilo coast is highly irregular.
The Puna coast from Keaau along Cape Kumukahi to Kalapana is partly low sea cliff and
partly the constructional surface of recent lava flows. The irregularity of the coast a fcw miles to
either side of Pohoiki is the result of several earthquakes and subsidence. There are also black
sand beaches on the Puna coast that were created when hot molten lava reached the ocean,
solidified, and shattered in the surf.
The coast of Ka'u and South Kona varies in composition and height. Sections are formed
of soil, other areas are pahoehoe benches or a'a cliffs of varying height. The cliffs are especially
high where the major sets of faults are close to and parallel to the sea. Several cones are present
along the shoreline and some have adjacent black sand beaches.
The low coastline of North Kona extends north from the end of the fault -controlled sea
cliff of Kealakekua Bay to Kawaihae Harbor. Like the northern Puna coast, the shoreline is
highly irregular with sea cliffs a few feet high. There are also pocket beaches found along bays
between adjacent flows. The best beaches on the island are along the coast between Kailua-Kona
and Kawaihae.
The west and north slopes of the Kohala volcano from north of Kawaihae to Pololu
Valley are marked by sea cliffs of moderate to low height. The coastal cliffs are interrupted by
pockets of boulder beaches at the mouths of the intermittent gullies and small streams.
The coastline along the windward deep valleys between Pololu and Waipio alternates
between steep cliffs rising as high as 1,400 feet and boulder or sand beaches fronting the deep
valleys.
The State's Shoreline Setback statute was passed in 1970. It established a restrictive zone
40 feet from the upper reaches of the wash of waves (20 feet for certain parcels) where
construction and other coastal alterations are generally prohibited except by a variance procedure.
The Federal Coastal Zone Management (CZM) Act (Public Law 92-583) was signed into
law in 1972. This Act affirms a national interest in the effective protection and development of
the coastal zone and provides assistance and encouragement to coastal States to develop and
implement rational programs for managing their coastal zones. In 1975, the Legislature enacted
a Shoreline Protection Act which established such an interim program through a Special
Management Area (SMA) extending a minimum of 100 yards inland from the shoreline
114
Natural Resources & Shoreline
vegetation or debris line. Guidelines to manage and protect the resources in the SMA were set
forth by the Shoreline Protection Act. In 1977, the Hawaii Coastal Zone Management (CZM)
Act became law and incorporated many of the features of the Shoreline Protection law and
mandated objectives and policies for the management of Hawaii's coastal zone.
The Public Access Shoreline Hawaii (PASH) decision resulted from the implementation
of the CZM and the SMA. This decision rendered by the Hawaii Supreme Court in 1995
unanimously upheld the validity of native Hawaiian gathering rights that were asserted by PASH
and other individuals during the SMA peit proceedings before the County of Hawaii Planning
Commission. The decision spoke to the standing of Hawaiian gathering rights and the
governments' duty toward protecting those rights.
In addition to surface and coastal natural resources, the island also possesses sub -surface
resources. Areas in Pana have been designated geothermal sub -zones for the development of
geothermal energy and other areas of the island contain geological features such as lava tube
caves.
Lava tube caves are among the island's more important geological natural resource. The
island has thousands of lava tubes, but only a few are large enough to be lava tube caves. On
Kilauea volcano, Kazumura cave is the longest lava tube cave in the world, at more than 30 miles
long. Kaumana Cave is an important historic site, formed in the 1881 Mauna Loa lava flow.
Other large lava tube caves exist on Mauna Loa, Hualalai, and possibly Mauna Kea.
Among the most significant of the island's natural resources are upland forests that
provide the essential groundwater recharge. areas. All groundwater sources in North and South
Kona ultimately depend upon recharge that primarily occurs in a band between the 1,500 and
5,500 -foot elevations. In the lower part of this band, rainfall dominates from approximately the
1,500 to 3,000 -foot elevation. In the upper part of this band, above the 3,000 -foot elevation, fog
that collects on trees and drips to the ground is a major contributor to the aquifer. In recognition
of the importance of the mauka Kona area for watershed and other environmental values., the
County Council established a policy in Resolution No. 330-96 (1996) that no lands in North or
South Kona above 2,500 feet in elevation (except in the existing Kaloko Mauka Subdivision)
should be rezoned to lot sizes less than 20 acres, without a corresponding reduction in density on
contiguous lands. In Kaloko Mauka, the Council found that the concerns could be mitigated by
specific rezoning conditions which would require that at least 80 per cent of the property be kept
in forest cover, in the area above 3,000 feet in elevation (Resolution No. 58-97). A similar
concept was expressed in the conditions of rezoning for Keaiakekua Development Company,
which required an 8,000 -acre forest management area in the mauka area of the property while
rezoning the lower portion to a higher density.
GOALS
• Protect and conserve the natural resources from undue exploitation, encroachment
and damage.
115
Natural Resources & Shoreline
• Provide opportunities for recreational, economic, and educational needs without -
despoiling or endangering :iatural resources.
• Protect and promote the prudent use of Hawaii's unique, fragile, and significant
environmental and natural resources.
• Protect rare or endangered species and habitats native to Hawaii.
• Protect and effectively manage Hawaii's open space, watersheds, shoreline, and
natural areas.
• Ensure that alterations to existing land forms, vegetation, and construction of
structures cause minimum adverse effect to water resources, and scenic and
recreational amenities and minimum danger of floods, landslides, erosion,
siltation, or failure in the event of an earthquake.
POLICIES
• Require users of natural resources to conduct their activities in a manner that
avoids or minimizes adverse effects on the environment.
• Encourage a program of collection and dissemination of basic data concerning
natural resources.
• Maintain the shoreline for recreational, cultural, educational, and/or scientific uses
in a manner that is protective of resources and is of the maximum benefit to the
,general public.
• Protect the shoreline from the encroachment of man-made improvements and
structures.
• Coordinate programs to protect natural resources with other government agencies.
• Investigate methods of beach replenishment and sand erosion control.
• Promote sound management and development of Hawaii's land and marine
resources for potential economic benefit.
• Encourage public and private agencies to manage the natural resources in a
manner that avoids or minimizes adverse effects on the environment and depletion
of energy and natural resources to the fullest extent.
• Encourage an overall conservation ethic in the use of Hawaii's resources by
protecting, preserving, and conserving the critical and significant natural resources
of the County of Hawaii.
116
Natural Resources & Shoreline
• Encourage the protection of watersheds, forest, brush, and grassland from
destructive agents and uses.
• An identification and inventory of forest lands suitable for watershed purposes
should be conducted jointly by County, appropriate State and Federal agencies,
and private landowners.
• Work with the appropriate State, Federal agencies, and private landowners to
establish a program to manage and protect identified watersheds.
• Encourage appropriate State agencies to review and designate forest and
watershed areas into the conservation district during State land use boundary
comprehensive reviews.
• The installation of utility facilities, highways and related public improvements in
natural and wildland areas should avoid the contamination or despoilment of
natural resources where feasible by design review, conservation principles, and by
mutual agreement between the County and affected agencies.
• Encourage the continued identification and inclusion of unique wildlife habitat
areas of native Hawaiian bora and fauna within the Natural Area Reserve System.
• Encourage the use of native plants for screening and landscaping.
• Develop policies by which native Hawaiian gathering rights will be protected as
identified under judicial decisions.
• Ensure public access is provided to the shoreline, public trails and hunting areas,
including free public parking where appropriate.
• Establish a system of pedestrian access trails to places of scenic, historic, cultural,
natural, or recreational values.
• Preserve and protect significant lava tube caves.
• Ensure that activities authorized or funded by the County do not damage
important natural resources.
• Within the Kona high rainfall/fog-drip belt, ground disturbing activities such as
excessive soil compaction and excessive removal of vegetative cover should be
minimized and mitigated consistent with management strategies that encourage
the retention of existing forested and pasture areas, reforestation, minimal
coverage by impervious surfaces and other strategies that encourage effective
infiltration to groundwater.
117
Natural Resources & Shoreline
• Implement Council Resolution Nos. 330-96 and 58-97 in land use approvals.
Create incentives for landowners to retain and re-establish forest cover in upland
watershed areas with emphasis on native forest species.
STANDARDS
The following shall be considered for the protection and conservation of natural
resources.
• Areas necessary for the protection and propagation of specified endangered native
wildlife, and conservation for natural ecosystems of endemic plants, fish and
wildlife.
• Lands necessary for the preservation of forests, park lands, wilderness and beach
areas.
• Lands with a general slope of 20 per cent or more that provide open space
amenities or possess unusual scenic qualities.
• Lands necessary for the protection of watersheds, water sources and water
supplies.
• Lands with topographic, locational, soils, climate or other environmental factors
that may not be normally adaptable or required for urban, rural, agricultural or
public use.
• The Coastal Zone and Special Management Area as defined by statute and in
accordance with the adopted objectives and guidelines.
118
Natural Resources & Shoreline
HOUSING
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Housing provides more than just shelter from the natural elements. A person's home is
not only a place of security and comfort, but also a place for entertainment and recreation.
Housing also allows a person to express his/her individual living styles by providing a place from
which one can seek a psychological, sociological, economic and aesthetic balance. if the various
functions that take place in the home do not meet.the individual's personal and social needs, a
housing problem may exist for that person. Housing programs, therefore, influence and are
influenced by the many diverse needs of a person or persons.
In an economic setting, the construction of housing is an essential contributor to business,
industry and employment. The location of housing on the other hand is dependent upon the
location of other economic and employment opportunities, such as agriculture or resort
developments.
In the physical and environmental setting, housing and its residential land use component
utilizes a significant portion of the County's urban lands. The placement or settlement patterns of
these residential lands and the form of housing are major influences on the environment and
aesthetic setting of the island.
In the social and human realm, adequate housing is one of the primary factors that,
provides a person a sense of satisfaction and well being. For most families, it is a major
expenditure of the household income and represents, in varying degrees, long terra commitments
to a place and/or community. In turn, these commitments contribute to a community's sense of
well being and stability. When the cost of land, land improvements and home construction
increases beyond a commensurate rise in personal income, it tends to discourage and prevent
many individuals and families from purchasing a home.
From governments' perspective, adequate housing for residents is part of the
considerations of public health, welfare and safety. Housing and residential use of land is a
generator of government revenue through local real property taxes. The revenues are balanced by
significant expenditures of public finds for roads, schools, protective services and other capital
improvement projects that service residential areas. 'Thus, the provision of housing requires the
coordination of planning and implementation on all levels of government.
The availability of housing is dependent on a number of interrelated factors, including the
availability of appropriately zoned. land and infrastructure, and the cost of raw land and its
development. The Housing element must consider future costs of constructing a house and the
ability of individuals to purchase or rent these units. In the social sense, the provision of housing
needs to consider the binds of people; who reside here or are likely to reside here and their
preferences with respect to type, size, location and other factors.
In the collective sense, the Housing Element is related to all other elements of the General
119
Housing
Plan. It is most directly related to the Land Use element, Single family and Multiple family _
residential sections. Moreover, the Housing Element is directly influenced by the growth
directions that the County wishes to take.
The Role of Government
Since the 1930s, the Federal government has played a major role in the provision of
housing and home ownership through direct housing construction projects, home mortgage
insurance programs, loan programs for special groups such as veterans and farmers, and direct
subsidies to State governments.
The Territory of Hawaii and subsequently, the State of Hawaii, through the Hawaii
Housing Authority, has been responsible for administering Federal housing programs. Until the
mid -1970, the State Hawaii Housing Authority served as the major agency to develop rental
housing projects for low income families and provide housing for sale to low and moderate
income groups. In 1998, three State housing agencies, including the Hawaii Housing Authority,
were consolidated into the Housing and Community Development Corporation of Hawaii
(HCDCH). The Hawaii Community Development Corporation of Hawaii seeks to expand the
supply of safe and affordable housing; provide for well-maintained, socio -economically
integrated housing projects; assist residents in reaching higher levels of self-sufficiency; and
effectively address the housing needs of Hawaii's residents.
In addition, through a 1920 Congressional act, lands have been set aside for eligible
native Hawaiians for residential and agricultural purposes. Through the State Hawaiian Homes
Commission and Department of Hawaiian Horne Lands, houselots on a leasehold basis are made
available to eligible native Hawaiians. In the mid -80s, the Department established an accelerated
program to provide lands for residential and agricultural purposes.
Since the adoption of the County of Hawaii's General Plan in 1971, Federal housing and
community redevelopment programs have been reorganized under the 1974 Housing and
Community Development Act. This federal legislation placed much of the initiative for
addressing community housing needs to the local government level.
Additionally, county governments have been granted similar and parallel authorities to
the State's Hawaii Housing Agency. As a result, the County established the Hawaii County
Housing Agency (HCHA) and the Office of Housing and Community Development (OHCD) that
provides staff services to the HCHA. The Hawaii County Housing Agency, which is comprised
of the members of the Hawaii County Council, has the capability to develop affordable housing
either on its own, in conjunction with the State, or through joint programs with the private sector.
The Office of Housing and Community Development administers the Federal Section 8 rental
assistance program benefiting low income families, manages several housing projects and
administers grants funded under the 1974 Housing and Community Development Act.
Consequently, the County has the authority and the funds to directly address the housing
problems of the County along with the Federal and State governments.
120
Housing
Since 1975. the Office of Housing and Community Development has developed on its
own, and/or coordinated various housing projects with other government agencies, developers,
and nonprofit housing corporations. These projects have been aimed at providing housing for a
variety of need categories such as employee housing, low and moderate income groups. special
weeds groups and the elderly. Since the construction of the first affordable housing project it
Hilo in 1951, ,approximately 5,610 units, both single family and multiple family units have been
constructed or rehabilitated through various projects of the Office of Housing and Community
Development, Housing and Community Development Corporation of Hawaii (HCDCH`) and the
private sector. In 1999, there were approximately 1,299 contracts for rental assistance through
the Office of Housing and Community Development, with 474 persons on the waiting list. The
Housing and Community Development Corporation of Hawaii has also participated in the
provision of housing units for low income groups.
While the County has been granted more authority in the provision of housing, in recent
years, the programs administered by both the Federal and the State governments have changed.
The State's programs are giving greater emphasis to distributing funds for housing and/or rental
programsandserving as a coordinator of financing programs and has placed less emphasis on
both direct housing construction activities and the management of housing programs. The State
as a major landowner, however, has the ability to release lands for housing projects.
In support of the County's ongoing efforts to provide adequate affordable housing to its
residents, the Hawaii County Council established an affordable housing policy in 1998 through
the adoption of Ordinance No. 98 1. The objectives of this affordable housing policy are to: 1)
implement the goals and policies of the General flan relative to housing; 2) promote and assist
private development of affordable housing for senior citizens and qualified households; 3) use
available governmental grants and funds in the development of affordable housing and increase
the capabilities of qualified households to obtain affordable housing, 4) support innovative,
lower-cost approaches that may be used inthe development of affordable housing; and 5)
require large resort and industrial enterprises to address related affordable housing needs as a
condition of rezoning approvals, based upon current economic and housing conditions.
The change in the Federal programs are largely reflected in drastic reductions in funds for
housing projects and programs, and reduced subsidies to the State. It is also apparent that there
will continue to be a reduction in Federal finds, particularly for the construction of housing for
low and moderate income groups. As the major source of funds for housing programs, these
changes have had major implications on the County's role in the provision of housing for its
residents; particularly since significant factors that contribute to the ability of residents to
purchase homes are outside the direct influence of the County government and are external to the
economy of Hawaii. 'These factors include loan interest rates that are significantly impacted by
federal financial and monetary policies.
The development of assisted housing in Hawaii County will increasingly depend on non -
Federal funds. Additionally, a broad range of mechanisms must be utilized by the County to
facilitate, coordinate and implement the development of both assisted and market residential
housing.
121
Housing
Profile
In order to identify and anticipate the housing needs within the County of Hawaii, and to
encourage the opportunities for housing, the demographic, economic, housing construction and
land inventory data for the County are provi0ed in tables on the following pages.
Analysis - Trends
Several major issues and problems faced by Hawaii County continue to involve housing.
Rapid population growth in some areas of the County has not been accompanied by parallel
growth in affordable residential housing construction. The rate of increase in the price of land,
the cost of housing construction and the rate of growth in earning power of many residents also
contribute to the lack of affordable housing opportunities. Thus, proportionately fewer residents
are able to afford the purchase of a home. In 1997, SMS Research & Marketing Services and
Locations, Inc., in cooperation with the State Housing Finance and Development Corporation
(HFDC) and the various Counties' housing agencies, prepared the Hawaii Housing Policy Study
Update 1997 that reviewed various housing issues throughout the State of Hawaii. According to
the study, a family with a median annual income of approximately $30,300 would qualify for an
"affordable" home priced in the neighborhood of $140,000. However, this study also concluded
that approximately 36 per cent of the total households on this island fall below the median annual
income.
According to the 1999 Homeless Needs Assessment Study -Summary of Findings
prepared by the. State Housing and Community Development Corporation of Hawaii, the
Department of Hawaiian Home Lands and the various counties, the most prominent need for
unsheltered homeless people within the County of Hawaii is housing placement. The study
found that existing housing placement services were only able to service 40 per cent of the
unsheltered homeless people residing in the County, the largest percentage of who were lifetime
or long-time residents. The study also estimated that there are between 585 and 733
sheltered/unsheltered homeless people islandwide. There are an estimated 10,871 individuals in
the County defined as "hidden homeless", or those who share accommodations with others
dependent on public assistance for monthly shelter payments. According to experts in homeless
services, the most prominent need of service providers was additional funding for services such
as transitional housing, affordable housing, job and life skills training, and other assistance
services.
The ability of households to purchase or rent a home, or what is commonly understood as
"affordability", is dependent upon many factors that vary among households and individuals'
choices in lifestyles and also differ due to location and financing. While quantitative descriptions
of need groups and limitations may be made for the present, only general trends and order of
magnitude estimates may be made for the future. It is expected, however, that the proportion of
the resident population requiring some assistance in purchasing a home will continue to increase.
122
Housing
Housing sales activity, both neve and resale, has been uneven and difficult to predict. The
housing industry's traditional construction cycle has been complicated by periods of high interest
rates. Federal housing policies and funding have also changed. The net result is that housing
activity and housing programs will be difficult to predict for the foreseeable future. Dousing
priorities and programs today may be very different from those in the future.
In existing urban areas, the supply of readily available housing and residential zoned
lands is nearing a point where flexibility in choice of location and price will be limited and will
contribute to rising costs of housing unless additional and alternative areas are made available for
residential development.
In rural and agricultural areas, affordable housing for both independent farmers and
agricultural employees place competitive demands on the land. In addition to the expanding
urban needs, rural and agricultural lands are being sought for rural/residential estate use.
In addition, in rural areas, the age of the existing housing stock suggests that future new
housing will be necessary to replace these units.
The increasing role of agriculture has created implications for housing of the agricultural
worker. The residents of the rural areas of the County constitute a special population by virtue of
their relative isolation, lower average incomes, lack of employment opportunities and mobility.
The housing problems of these areas are proportionately more acute in the rural areas and
communities than in the urbanized areas in the State.
The residents of the rural areas tend to be agricultural workers or individuals directly
employed in self-contained destination resort areas; industries that play a vital role in Hawaii's
economy but tend to be associated with relatively low average annual income, particularly
compared to non service industry jobs.
123
Housing
Table I
County Profile
Estimate -County of Hawaii Planning Department
Estimate -County of Hawaii Data Hook, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Inventory - Housing Units
Population
Households
2000
148,677
not available
1997
141,848
49,617
1990
120,317
42,413
1980
92,053
29,237
Estimate -County of Hawaii Planning Department
Estimate -County of Hawaii Data Hook, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Inventory - Housing Units
llawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occupancy
Total
Single Family
Multiple Family, Condominium,
Other
1997
54,643
43,979
10,664
1992
45,408
36,170
9,238
llawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occupancy
Fee
Rental
1997
33,446 72%
12,825 28%
1992
26,977 68%
12,812 32%
1980
17,731 61%
11,506 39%
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Age of Structure
Occupied
Vacant
1997
47,793 95%
2,770 5%
1992
41,461 95%
2,231 5%
1980
29,237 86%
4,717 14%
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Age of Structure
0-7
8-20
21-30
30+
1997
9,627
11,335
10,398
12,619
% of Total Units
21.9
25.8
23.6
28.7
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
124
Housing
Dwelling Units by Tax Maty Zones
Mtwaat nOusang Yollcy ZOWGY - bM-N Kosearch, 1997
Parcel Inventory
Total
1997
1985
1980
1970
%Growth (annual)
Zone 1
Zone 2
Puna
S.Hilo
10,902
16,346
4,925
15,188
4,126
14,301
1,891
9,585
8.6
2.3
Zone 3
N.Hilo
626
621
581
511
1.0
Zone 4
Haanakua
2,019
1,768
1,741
1,441
1.2
Zone 5
N. Kohala
1,599
1,206
1,122
932
2.1
Zone 6
S. Kohala
5,798
2,681
2,218
980
8.8
Zone 7
N. Kona
12,254
9,150
7,540
2,485
9.1
Zone 8
S. Kona
2,714
1,971
1,722
1,169
3.6
Zone 9
Ka'u
2,385
1,647
1,441
963
3.9
Mtwaat nOusang Yollcy ZOWGY - bM-N Kosearch, 1997
Parcel Inventory
1999
1985
1969
°/-Growth (1985-1999)
County
Total
124,930
120,353
101,848
3.8
Zone 1
Puna
57,363
56,992
54,654
0.7
Zone 2
S. Hilo
19,440
18,126
14,323
7.3
Zone 3
N. Hilo
1,508
1,416
19217
6.5
Zone 4
Harnakua
3,801
3,601
2,857
5.6
Zone 5
N. Kohala
2,957
2,284
1,712
29.5
Zone 6
S. Kohala
6,218
4,822
2,526
30.0
Zone 7
N. Kona
11,169
10,094
5,100
10.7
Zone 8
S. Kona
5,529
5,737
4,770
-3.6
Zone 9
Ka'u
16,945
17,281
14,689
-1.9
Hawaii Housing Policy stuay - SMS Kesearch, 1997
Estimates - Planning Department
125
Housing
Puna
S. Hilo
N. Hilo
Haanakua
N. Kohala
S. Kohala
N. Kona
S. Kona
Ka'u
TOTAL
Table 2
Income Distribution
LESS THAN $10,000
$10,000 TO $15,000
$15,000 TO $25,000
1970
1980
1990
1970
1980
1990
1970
1980
1990
783
1,340
1,709
254
701
863
146
965
1,414
3,623
282
662
412
317
3,856
161
388
381
284
2,322
425
131
157
248
2,131
62
254
214
123
1,884
90
237
184
323
1,209
316
88
116
182
1,612
80
132
105
97
3,079
172
524
330
510
2,341
678
259
240
378
622
1,110
707
313
649
590
202
1,275
1,376
377
526
361
185
313
199
199
420
499
510
343
212
153
222
270
88
417
350
7,588
8,389
6,272
3,689
4,603
3,833
2,661
7,692
7,535
U.S. Census
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998; 1989 General Plan
Puna
S. Hilo
N. Hilo
Hamakua
N. Kohala
S. Kohala
N. Kona
S. Kona
Ka'u
TOTAL
$25,000 TO $50,000
OVER $50,000
Total Households
1970
1980
1990
1970
1980
1990
1970
1980
1990
33
672
2,098
6
148
1,045
1,222
3,826
7,129
403
3,694
4,404
92
728
3,559
7,861
13,241
13,835
5
102
1,025
0
0
418
429
525
2,862
25
383
509
13
38
222
1,086
1,570
1,209
16
123
495
11
18
291
758
1,036
1,299
18
287
1,143
7
145
1,134
562
1,549
3,085
72
1,175
2,953
13
349
2,290
1,222
4,558
7,916
29
423
848
6
116
781
796
1,798
2,688
5
163
504
0
9
220
756
1,1541,556
606
7,022
13,979
148
1,551
9,960
14,692
29,257
41,579
U.S. Census
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998; 1989 General Pian
126
Housing
The United States Department of Agriculture -Rural Development Agency, formerly
known as the farmers Home Administration, has programs that have historically been targeted
to rural households. However, these programs have been experiencing increased interest rates,
cut backs in program funds, and a general curtailment in the effectiveness of the program.
At the same time, the smaller agricultural operators will not be able to easily carry the
costs of providing homes for their employees, nor will it be as easy to identify the magnitude of
the need and distribute opportunities for employee housing as it has been in the past with major
sugar companies.
Housing for the elderly also presents changes for the future. Nationwide changes in the
growing segment of the older population, due to technological advances in medicine have also
impacted the County. The 60 and over age group will be the fastest growing sector of the
population over the next twenty years. This group represented 13.7 per cent of the total
population in 1985 and 17.3 per cent in 1990. According to the State Executive Office on Aging,
the number of individuals statewide age 60 and over grew by 52.5 per cent between the years of
1980 and 1990 while the total State population grew by only 14.9 per cent. Those 85 years and
older grew by 87 per cent during the same period. It is anticipated that by the Year 2020, one in
every four residents in the State will be 60 years and older. Changes in social attitudes and
expectations on both the part of the elderly and young may dictate changes in the types of
structures necessary or desired by the elderly population.
In addition to the increasing size of this population, the encouragement of retirement
communities or the attractiveness of Hawaii as a place of retirement will require a reassessment
of housing and public service needs.
GOALS
• Attain safe, sanitary, and livable housing for the residents of the County of
Hawaii.
• Attain a diversity of socio-economic housing mix throughout the different parts of
the County.
• Maintain a housing supply that allows a variety of choices.
• Create viable communities with affordable housing and suitable living
environments.
• improve and maintain the quality and affordability of the existing housing
inventory.
127
Housing
• Seek sufficient production of new affordable rental and fee -simple housing in the -
County in a variety of sizes to satisfactorily accommodate the needs and desires of
families and individuals.
• Ensure that housing is available to all persons regardless of age, sex, marital
status, ethnic background, and income.
• Make affordable housing available in reasonable proximity to employment
centers.
• Encourage and expand home ownership opportunities for residents.
DPOLICIES
• Encourage a volume of construction and rehabilitation of housing sufficient to
meet growth needs and correct existing deficiencies.
• Encourage the construction of specially designed facilities or communities for
elderly persons needing institutional care and small home care units for active
elderly persons.
• Encourage corporations and nonprofit organizations to participate in Federal,
State and private programs to provide new and rehabilitated housing for low and
moderate income families.
• Support the construction of housing for minimum wage and agricultural workers.
• Continue to review codes and ordinances for overly stringent restrictions that may
impose unnecessary hardship and adopt amendments if warranted.
• Continue to study and implement appropriate measures to curb property
speculative practices that result in increased housing costs.
•
Large industries or developments that create a demand for housing shall provide
employee housing based upon a ratio to be determined by an analysis of the
locality's needs.
• Formulate a program for housing that identifies specific mechanisms to
implement the housing goals.
• Utilize housing powers and programs to accomplish housing goals and seek out
new programs and resources to address the housing needs of the residents.
• Initiate and participate in activities with the private sector including the provision
of leadership and expertise to neighborhoods and nonprofit organizations in the
128
Housing
development of housing and community development projects.
• Increase rental opportunities and choices in terms of quality, cost, amenity, style
and size of housing, especially for low and moderate income households.
• Support programs that improve, maintain, and rehabilitate the existing housing
inventory to maintain the viability of existing communities.
• Accommodate the housing requirements of special need groups including the
elderly, handicapped, homeless and those residents in rural areas.
• Investigate, develop, and promote the creation of new innovative and timely
financing techniques and programs to reduce the cost of housing.
• Encourage the use of suitable public lands for housing purposes in fee or lease.
• Encourage the construction of homes for lease or lease with option to purchase.
• Promote research and development of methods, programs, and activities including
the review of regulatory requirements and procedures as they affect housing, to
reduce the costs consistent with the public health, safety and welfare.
• Adopt appropriate ordinances and rules as necessary to implement its housing
programs and activities.
• Utilize financing techniques that reduce the cost of housing, including the
issuance of tax-exempt bonds and the implementation of interim financing
programs.
• Ensure that adequate infrastructure is available in appropriate locations to support
the timely development of affordable housing.
• investigate the use of the County's taxing powers as a possible means to increase
the supply of affordable housing.
• Work with, encourage and support private sector efforts in the provision of
affordable housing.
• Encourage the development of affordable retirement communities.
• Vacant lands in urban areas and urban expansion areas should be made available
for residential uses before additional agricultural lands are converted into
residential uses.
• Aid and encourage the development of a wide variety of housing to achieve a
129
Housing
diversity of socio-economic housing mix.
STANDARDS
Housing standards shall consist of and comply with:
• Building Code
• Electrical Code
• Plumbing Code
• Zoning Code
• Subdivision Code
• Standards of the single-family and multiple residential land use elements.
DISTRICTS
The following are summary profiles and analyses of each district.
PUNA
Profile
The Puna district continues to experience tremendous growth in population and housing
construction. The availability of residential sized lots at relatively inexpensive prices, and its
proximity to the Hilo urban and employment center has contributed to this growth.
Most of the growth in housing construction has been single-family residential units. This
growth occurred in the non -conforming subdivisions created prior to the adoption of the zoning
and subdivision codes and are without basic infrastructure. As a result, many of the homes are
served by individual water catchments, electric generators, propane tanks and substandard
roadways.
According to the Hawaii Housing Policy Update Study 1997, an additional 3,780 single
family dwellings were constructed in the Puna District between the years 1990 and 1996; more
than double the number constructed in the anther districts. However, the Puna District also has
the largest number of vacant parcels, which indicates further potential for in -filling of existing
subdivisions.
The Hawaii Island Community Development Corporation (HICDC) has provided
130
Housing
assistance with the construction of self-help housing within the Puna district. Since 1985, the
Hawaii Island Community Development Corporation assisted with the development of the 15
single-family residential units within the Pacific Paradise Gardens development and additional 20
units within Keaau.
DISTRICT: PUNA
PROFILE
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Hook, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
Population
Households
2000
31,335
Not available
1990
20,781
7,136
1980
11,751
3,831
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Hook, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
Hawaii Housing Policy Study — SMS Research, 1997
Occu anc -
Single Family
% Fee Simple
Total
Single Family
Multiple Family, Condominium
1997
10,872
10,818
54
1992
7,456
7,418
38
Hawaii Housing Policy Study — SMS Research, 1997
Occu anc -
Single Family
% Fee Simple
% of All Units
Owner Occupied
1997 97
59
1992 96
56
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Age of Structure
No data
<1950
1950-
1960-
1970-
1980-
1990-
Total
1959
1969
1979
1989
1997
Single Family 0
696
263
364
2,077
3,638
3,780
10,818
Multiple Family, 0
2
0
23
28
1
0
54
Condominium
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
131
Housing
According to the Hawaii Housing Policy Study Update 1997, there are approximately
8,155 households in the Puna District. Approximately 33 per cent of the households in Puna
have annual household incomes of less than $25,000. Approximately 18 per cent have annual
household incomes of less than $15,000. Nevertheless, approximately 82 per cent of the housing
units are owned in fee. Another interesting figure is that 98 per cent of all housing units in the
Puna District are single family dwellings, the highest percentage of all the districts on this island.
Courses of Action
Consider and encourage the use of a variety of mechanisms to provide the
necessary infrastructure in nonconforming subdivisions.
• Encourage the maintenance and rehabilitation of the existing housing inventory to
maintain the viability of existing communities.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The South Hilo district remains the center for commercial, industrial, governmental and
service activities for Hawaii County. The growth in population and housing construction in the
district has slowed from its peak in the 1970's, which saw the construction of approximately
3,600 homes. Approximately 2,350 homes were constructed in the 1980s and in the last six years
ending in 1996, an additional 1,710 homes were built.
Within Hilo, residential subdivisions have occurred mostly within the Kaumana, Waiakea
Homesteads and Waiakea Uka areas (southwest portion of the city).
Nevertheless, available and accessible lands for residential use within the city limits and
southeast of Wailuku River are very nearly reaching the limits presently allowed by the General
Plan. Existing areas allowed for alternate urban expansion in the area between Kaumana and
Waiakea will require infrastructure (including major access roads) improvements and are also
severely limited by drainage and floodway zones. Without improvements in the channelization
or diversion at upper elevations, there is limited potential for use.
Other housing problems continue to revolve around the provision of housing for low-
income and elderly housing needs. According to 1990 census data, approximately 11 per cent of
.all families in the district of Hilo were below the poverty level.
132
Housing
DISTRICT: SOUTH HILO
PROFILE
Economic Assessment, FKF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
Population
Households
2000
47,386
Not available
1990
44,639
15,533
1980
42,278
13.251
Economic Assessment, FKF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occupancy
Total
Single Family
Multiple Family, Condominium
1997
16,035
13,829
2,206
1992
14,600
12,398
2,202
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occupancy
Hawaii Housing Policy Study — SMS Research, 1997
Age of Structure
Single Family
% Fee Simple
% of All Units
Owner Occu ied
1997
94
61
1992
93
62
Hawaii Housing Policy Study — SMS Research, 1997
Age of Structure
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
133
Housing
No data
<1950
1950-
1960-
1970-
1980-
1990-
Total
1959
1969
1979
1989
1997
Single Family
0
2,743
1,622
1,766
3,610
2,369
1,719
13,829
Multiple Family,
340
53
6
433
983
101
290
2,206
Condominium
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
133
Housing
There has been a recurring shortage of housing for students at the University of Hawaii at
Hilo. A study prepared for the State in 1985 concludes that the shortage of student housing has
been a deterrent to the realization of an increase in enrollment at the Hilo Campus. A 1990
Housing Program Review found that in addition to the recurring housing shortage, all of the
housing facilities are faced with serious maintenance and renovation needs.
The State's housing agency and the Office of Housing and Community Development has
also participated in constructing 182 units for elderly housing within the district. Since 1985. the
Hawaii Island Community Development Corporation has assisted with the construction of eight
self-help single family dwellings in Pepeckeo. The Hawaii County Economic Opportunity
Council is responsible for the development of 30 single family self-help dwellings on Hawaiian
Home Lands in Keaukaha during the past decade.
The State and County have been active in the Hilo area through subdivisions of State-
owned lands for low and moderate income families.
Courses of Action
• Encourage the State to provide student, faculty, and staff housing for the
University of Hawaii at Hilo and the Hawaii Community College.
• Aid and encourage in a variety of programs for the replacement or rehabilitation
of housing units.
• Aid and encourage housing projects for low and moderate income families, "gap -
groups" and the elderly.
• Aid and encourage the development of State lands for housing for all socio-
economic levels through leasehold or purchase.
NORTH HILO
Profile
The communities of this district are the direct result of the former sugar industry.
Housing in the past was provided by the sugar companies. The closing of Hilo Coast Processing
sugar company in 1994 also terminated the sugar company's employee rental housing program.
The district has had little activity with respect to housing construction. Over half of the
residential structures in the district are over 30 years old. Further, this district has seen a
dramatic increase in fee home ownership during the 1990s. In the mid 1980s, only 40 per cent of
homes in the district were owned in fee simple. With the closing of the sugar companies came
the opportunity for many former plantation workers to purchase their homes. This dramatic
134
House
change in homeownership is evidenced by 98 per cent of all homes in this district now owned in -
fee simple.
The district also has a limited supply of vacant parcels available for housing and the least
amount of subdivision activity over the past few decades. However, since the district's economic
and employment opportunities are anticipated to remain stable with Iittle or no population
growth, this limitation on the availability of lots is not likely to present or cause major housing
problems for the district.
DISTRICT: NORTH HILO
PROFILE
Economic Assessment, RKF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Hook, 1998
U.S. Census, 20(ro
Existing. Inventory — Dousing Units
Population
Households
2000
1,720
Not available
1990
1,541
506
1980
1,679
510
Economic Assessment, RKF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Hook, 1998
U.S. Census, 20(ro
Existing. Inventory — Dousing Units
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occupancy
Total
Single Family
Multiple Family, Condominium
1997
626
612
14
1992
599
585
14
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occupancy
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
.Age of Structure
No data
Single Fancily
% Fee Sian le
% of All Units
Owner Occupied
1997
98
66
1992
98
46
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
.Age of Structure
No data
<1950
1950-
1960-
1970-
1980-
1990-
Total
1959
1969
1979
1989
1997
Single Family 0
235
49
38
109
98
83
612
Multiple Family, 0
10
0
0
0
0
4
14
Condominium
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
135
Housing
Course of Action
• Coordinate and participate with the State and Federal governments in providing
rural housing programs for low and moderate income families, "gap groups" and
the elderly.
RANLAK A
Profile
Most of the historical population growth in the communities of this district was directly
related to the growth of the now defunct sugar industry. However, a number of the dispersed
communities inthe area were created through the Homesteading Acis of the Territory of Hawaii.
The district has increased slightly in population from 5,128 in 1980 to approximately
6,108 in 2000. This was an increase of 10 per cent over a 20 -year period. The relative proximity
of this district to the South Kohala resort areas and urbanizing Waimea has contributed to
defining the Hamakua District as a residential "bedroom" community to these employment
centers. Upon the closing of the Hamakua Sugar Company in 1994 and the cessation of its
housing programs for its employees, the Office of Housing and Community Development
(OHCD) coordinated the use of Federal funds totaling $1,600,000 to preserve the economic
vitality and secure the social structure of communities from Hilo to Hamakua. This was
accomplished by assisting the non-profit Hamakua Housing Corporation to subdivide the defunct
Hamakua Sugar plantation camps into individual houselots. Assistance in obtaining title to the
newly subdivided houselots was then provided to those former Hamakua Sugar Company's
employees who participated in the final harvest. Upon completion of the conveyance process,
OHCD established a program by which qualified owners of the plantation homes were given a
$2,250 grant specifically for emergency improvements to the plantation homes. Over 300
plantation homeowners benefited from this program. Other programs included the design of
water distribution systems in Paauilo and Ookala, training for six newly formed community
associations, and the closing of existing gang cesspools and sewage lagoons.
Other subdivision and home construction activity has occurred in the homestead areas
between Kalopa and Ahualoa.
In spite of the continued construction of new dwelling units within the district,
approximately 60 per cent of all of the district's residential structures are 30 years or more in age.
In 1990, approximately 5.7 per cent of all households within the district fell below the
poverty level. Housing concerns for the district are likely to focus on replacement housing for
plantation employees, suitable dwellings for the elderly and the availability of a wide variety of
housing opportunities. With respect to the latter, Honokaa residents and business community
representatives have expressed a desire for the community to continue and expand its role as a
residential "bedroom" community for South Kohala resort workers.
136
Housing
DISTRICT: HAMAKUA
PROFILE
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998
U. S. Census, 2000
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
Population
households
2000
6,108
Not available
1990
5,545
1,209
1980
5,128
1,577
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998
U. S. Census, 2000
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
Hawaii }lousing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occupancy
Single Family
% Fee Sir le
Total
Single Family
Multiple Family, Condominium
1997
2,019
1,906
113
1992
1,783
1,729
54
Hawaii }lousing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occupancy
Single Family
% Fee Sir le
% of All Units
Owner Occupied
1997 98
67
1992 82
48
Hawaii Housing Policy Study — SMS Research, 1997
Age of Structure
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Course of Action
Aid and encourage programs to rehabilitate and replace the existing housing
inventory, including consideration for self-help programs.
137
}lousing
No data
<1950
1950-
1960-
1970-
1980-
1990-
Total
1959
1969
1979
1989
1997
Single Fanuly
0
788
192
136
293
283
214
1,906
Multiple Family,
40
16
2
1
5
13
36
113
Condominium
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Course of Action
Aid and encourage programs to rehabilitate and replace the existing housing
inventory, including consideration for self-help programs.
137
}lousing
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
Since 1971, Kohala Sugar Company has terminated its sugar operations and many of the
plantation's former employees moved out of the district to seek employment elsewhere.
However, the district witnessed only a 2 per cent decrease in its population during the 1970s.
Population in the 1980s grew at an annual rate of 3.2 per cent with the 1990s averaging about 2
per cent. The population increases by about 40 per cent between 1990 and 2000. Most of the
residents of North Kohala are employed in agriculture, including ranching, as well as the visitor
industry. Approximately 6.4 per cent of the households in the district reported incomes below
the poverty level in 1990.
DISTRICT: NORTH KOHALA
Economic Assessment, PiCF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Existing Invento - Housing Units
Population
Households
2000
6,038
Not available
1990
4,291
1,351
1980
3,249
1,022
Economic Assessment, PiCF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Existing Invento - Housing Units
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occu anc
Total
Single Family
Multiple Family, Condominium
1997
1,599
1,496
103
1992
1,228
1,210
18
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occu anc
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
138
Housing
Single Family
% Fee Simple
% of All Units
Owner Occupied
1997
96
66
1992
97
62
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
138
Housing
Age of Structure
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Although the population. in North Kohala declined slightly in the years between 1970 and
1980, the North Kohala district continues to experience moderate increases in housing
construction and subdivision activity. Approximately 41 per cent of the district's housing
inventory was built over 30 years ago. While subdivision activity continues to occur throughout
the district, most are limited to smaller subdivisions by individual landowners who seek to
subdivide their large agricultural parcels into smaller parcels. Exceptions include the 113 -lot
Maliu Ridge subdivision and the 477 -lot Kohala Ranch subdivision.
Since 1985, the Hawaii Island Community Development Corporation has assisted with
the construction of ten self-help single family dwellings in Ainakea Village.
Courses of Action
Require developments that create a demand for employee housing provide for that
reed.
Aid and encourage programs to rehabilitate and replace the existing housing
inventory, including consideration for self-help programs.
���TiYII;�IJ_
Profile
Since the 1970s, the population of South Kohala nearly doubled with every passing
decade with a 1990 population of 9,140. According to the 2000 census, the population of South
Kohala was 13,131 for a 44 per cent increase since 1990. Between the years 1992 and 1997, the
number of housing units within the South Kohala District grew by 23 per cent.
Housing construction and subdivisions of land have been most active on the eastern side
of Waimea and in Waikoloa Village. Slightly more than half of the newly created parcels in the
district occurred at Waikoloa. Housing construction in Waikoloa Village increased by 589 units
(including multiple -family apartments and condominiums) between the years 1970 and 1985 with
a total of 2,170 units by the end of 1997.
139
Housing
No data
<1950
1950-
1960-
1970-
1980-
1990-
Total
1959
1969
1979
1989
1997
Single Family
0
211
283
141
215
276
370
1,496
Multiple Family,
0
3
3
3
10
28
56
103
Condominium
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Although the population. in North Kohala declined slightly in the years between 1970 and
1980, the North Kohala district continues to experience moderate increases in housing
construction and subdivision activity. Approximately 41 per cent of the district's housing
inventory was built over 30 years ago. While subdivision activity continues to occur throughout
the district, most are limited to smaller subdivisions by individual landowners who seek to
subdivide their large agricultural parcels into smaller parcels. Exceptions include the 113 -lot
Maliu Ridge subdivision and the 477 -lot Kohala Ranch subdivision.
Since 1985, the Hawaii Island Community Development Corporation has assisted with
the construction of ten self-help single family dwellings in Ainakea Village.
Courses of Action
Require developments that create a demand for employee housing provide for that
reed.
Aid and encourage programs to rehabilitate and replace the existing housing
inventory, including consideration for self-help programs.
���TiYII;�IJ_
Profile
Since the 1970s, the population of South Kohala nearly doubled with every passing
decade with a 1990 population of 9,140. According to the 2000 census, the population of South
Kohala was 13,131 for a 44 per cent increase since 1990. Between the years 1992 and 1997, the
number of housing units within the South Kohala District grew by 23 per cent.
Housing construction and subdivisions of land have been most active on the eastern side
of Waimea and in Waikoloa Village. Slightly more than half of the newly created parcels in the
district occurred at Waikoloa. Housing construction in Waikoloa Village increased by 589 units
(including multiple -family apartments and condominiums) between the years 1970 and 1985 with
a total of 2,170 units by the end of 1997.
139
Housing
Government agencies have participated jointly with private developers and nonprofit
housing corporations to provide employee housing for the coastal resort developments in South
Kohala at Waimea and Waikoloa. In addition, Boise Cascade, the original developer of
Waikoloa Village, provided lots in the Waikoloa Village subdivision to its initial employees.
Waikoloa Village contains a sizable amount of undeveloped, residential -zoned lands that will
eventually contribute significantly to the district's housing inventory. While these residential --
zoned lands will most likely be developed as market -priced homesites, approximately 300 acres
of land situated makai of Waikoloa Village was dedicated by the Waikoloa Development
Company to the County of Hawaii for affordable housing projects.
By the end of 1997, 177 single family dwellings and 94 apartment units were constructed.
Since 1985, a total of 12 self-help single family dwellings were constructed in Ouli. An
additional ten self-help units are currently under construction.
The continuing resort development along the coast is anticipated to increase the need for
employee housing and other residential needs as more in -migration occurs.
It is apparent that in addition to residential lands, other commercial and urban lands will
be required to service incoming populations.
DISTRICT: SOUTH KOHALA
PROFILE
Economic Assessment, FK_F Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
Population
Households
2000
13,131
Not available
1990
9,140
3,095
1980
4,607
1,483
Economic Assessment, FK_F Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
140
Housing
Total
Single Family
Multiple Family, Condominium
1997
5,798
3,625
2,173
1992
4,722
2,841
1.881
l awaii Ho'usina P®licv Studv — SMS Receatrch
1997
140
Housing
Occupancy
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS ,Research, 1997
Age of Structure
Single Family
% Fee Simple
% of All Units
Owner Occupied
1997
90
38
1992
89
30
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS ,Research, 1997
Age of Structure
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Courses of Action
• Require developments that create a demand for employee housing provide for
that need.
• Aid and encourage the development of State lands for housing for all
socioeconomic levels through leasehold or purchase.
• Aid and encourage housing programs for low and moderate income, "gap groups"
and the elderly.
• County -owned land at Waikoloa Village shall be made available for the
development of affordable housing.
NORTH KONA
Profile
The North Kona district had the second greatest percentage increase in population over
the last 30 years, from 4,832 persons in 1970 to 28,543 in 2000. The Puna District saw a slightly
greater percentage increase in population during the same period.
Housing units have increased from 9,150 in 1985 to 12,254 in 1997, representing an
annual growth rate of approximately 2.8 per cent.
In spite of continuing moderate growth of subdivision activity and housing construction
in the North Kona district, housing problems for the low and moderate income groups have been
particularly acute. In 1990, approximately 7 per cent of all households within the district
141
Housing
No data
<1950
1950- 1960-
1970-
1980-
1990-
Total
1959 1969
1979
1989
1997
Single Family
0
189
194 214
804
1,168
1,056
3,625
Multiple Family,
43
7
9 6
147
1,122
839
2,173
Condominium
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Courses of Action
• Require developments that create a demand for employee housing provide for
that need.
• Aid and encourage the development of State lands for housing for all
socioeconomic levels through leasehold or purchase.
• Aid and encourage housing programs for low and moderate income, "gap groups"
and the elderly.
• County -owned land at Waikoloa Village shall be made available for the
development of affordable housing.
NORTH KONA
Profile
The North Kona district had the second greatest percentage increase in population over
the last 30 years, from 4,832 persons in 1970 to 28,543 in 2000. The Puna District saw a slightly
greater percentage increase in population during the same period.
Housing units have increased from 9,150 in 1985 to 12,254 in 1997, representing an
annual growth rate of approximately 2.8 per cent.
In spite of continuing moderate growth of subdivision activity and housing construction
in the North Kona district, housing problems for the low and moderate income groups have been
particularly acute. In 1990, approximately 7 per cent of all households within the district
141
Housing
reported incomes below the poverty level. In addition, these families compete with the visitor -
market for rental of apartment and condominium units.
State and County housing agencies have participated directly in the provisions of house
and lot packages at Kealakehe Houselots, that account for 92 single family units for low and
moderate income groups. Additionally, both have participated jointly either with private
developers and/or nonprofit housing corporations to provide both low income and elderly units
for a total of 1,025 units constructed in the district since the early 1970s. The Department of
Hawaiian Home Lands developed the Kaniohale (La'i'opua) Residential Subdivision in
Kealakehe, just north of Kailua-Kona. The project consists of 184 developer -built single family
dwellings, 41 self-help homes and a community center. This project is part of a 1,015 -acre
master -planned community called the Villages of La'i'opua, which will consist of 4,082 single-
family and multiple -family residential units, recreational facilities, and community and
neighborhood commercial complexes. This project is being managed by the State Housing
Finance and Development Corporation (HI=DC).
Since 1985, the Hawaii Island Community Development Corporation has assisted with
the construction of 19 self-help single family dwellings in Kalaoa View subdivision, an
affordable housing development located north of Kailua. Hualalai Elderly complex, a 30 -unit
affordable housing complex, was also constructed in Kailua.
It is anticipated that the rate of in -migration into the district will continue, as will the need
for housing for residents. Rezoning actions for large scale residential subdivisions have occurred
in the area between Kailua and Keauhou. When subdivided, additional lands will be provided
for residential use. Nevertheless, land costs and market prices that have been influenced by
investor and resort/residential markets may preclude purchase of house and lot packages by many
households in the district.
DISTRICT: NORTH KONA
PROFILE
Economic Assessment, PPCF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
142
Housing
Population
Households
2000
28,543
Not available
1990
22,284
7,898
1980
13,748
4,602
Economic Assessment, PPCF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
142
Housing
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occupancy
Total
Single Family
Multiple Family, Condominium
1997
12,258
6.880
5,378
1992
10,890
6,067
4.823
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occupancy
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Age of Structure
Single Family % of All Units
% Fee Simple Owner Occupied
1997
93 39
1992
92 33
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Age of Structure
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Courses of Action
Encourage the use of innovative types of housing developments, such as cluster
and planned unit developments, that take advantage of the steep topographic
conditions.
Require developments that create a demand for employee housing provide for that
need.
Increase affordable housing opportunities in the Kailua-Kona area.
SOUTH KONA
profile
Moderate growth in both population and housing construction has occurred in the district
of South Kona. Although the district is still dependent upon agriculture, some of the growth has
been the result of the urban and resort growth in North Kona. This is reflected in an even
distribution of new housing construction in sections from Kealakekua town through Captain
143
Housing
imlo data <1950
1950-
1960-
1970- 1980-
1990-
Total
1959
1969
1979 1989
1997
Single Family
O 227
277
605
2,330 2,254
1,187
6,880
Multiple Family,
226 5
0
410
2,127 1,792
818
5,378
Condominium
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Courses of Action
Encourage the use of innovative types of housing developments, such as cluster
and planned unit developments, that take advantage of the steep topographic
conditions.
Require developments that create a demand for employee housing provide for that
need.
Increase affordable housing opportunities in the Kailua-Kona area.
SOUTH KONA
profile
Moderate growth in both population and housing construction has occurred in the district
of South Kona. Although the district is still dependent upon agriculture, some of the growth has
been the result of the urban and resort growth in North Kona. This is reflected in an even
distribution of new housing construction in sections from Kealakekua town through Captain
143
Housing
Cook. Subdivision activity has not occurred at equal rates to housing construction and suggests -
an in -filling of existing agricultural and rural parcels.
Sales of these agricultural parcels have sometimes been accompanied by the demolition
of older structures that served as employee housing, farm tenant household, or low and moderate
income families.
Construction of government -assisted affordable housing projects within the district were
limited to two projects, Hale Hookipa (32 units) in 1976 and the Captain Cook Elderly project
(21 units) in 1992. The Hawaii County Economic Opportunity Council was responsible for the
development of 46 single family self-help homes on State lease land in Milolii during the past
decade.
While there are some non -conforming residential lot sized subdivisions in South Kona,
they are not serviced by adequate infrastructure or public services. Vere is the potential of in-
filling that has occurred in the nonconforming subdivisions of Puna though it is anticipated to
occur at a slower pace because of the distances to employment centers.
111 RI:!ITUI0AWTil0 1 04 IRV
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Hook, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
Population
Households
2000
8,589
Not available
1990
7,658
2,591
1980
5,914
1,853
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Hook, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Existing Inventory - Housing Units
Hawaii Housing Policy Study — SMS Research, 1997
144
Housing
Total
Single Family
Multiple Family, Condominium
1997
2,714
2,539
175
1992
2,254
2,146
108
Hawaii Housing Policy Study — SMS Research, 1997
144
Housing
Occupancy
Single Family
% Fee Simple
% of All Units
Owner Occupied
1997 81
57
1992 81
50
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Age of Structure
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Courses of Action
Encourage the use of innovative types of housing developments, such as cluster
and planned unit developments, that take advantage of the steep topographic
conditions.
• Increase affordable housing opportunities in South Kona.
K-A'U
Profile
Several communities in this district were established as a direct result of the former sugar
industry. Prior to the closing of its sugar operations in Ka'u in 1996, Ka'u Agribusiness was the
primary employer within the district. The company, in cooperation with the Housing and
Community Development Corporation of Hawaii, also facilitated the construction of housing for
its employees. The closing of Ka'u Agribusiness sugar operations saw the end of these company -
supported housing programs. Nevertheless, these efforts resulted in fee home ownership
increasing over the years from 42 per cent of all single family residential units in 1970 to 94 per
cent in 1997.
The district has a resort area at Punalu'u that encompasses a total of 432 acres. Situated
between the towns of Naalehu and Pahala, the Punaluu Resort and Seamountain Golf Course
complex is the only resort destination area within the Ka'u District. Currently, the only
accommodation available at this complex is the 56 -unit Colony One at Sea Mountain. The golf
course remains in operation, but no other facilities or amenities are available. C. Brewer
Properties, Inc., the original landowner, initially proposed a 300 -room hotel, 410 residential units
145
Housing
No data
<1950
1950-
1960-
1970-
1980-
1990-
T®tat
1959
1969
1979
1989
1997
Single Family
0
257
203
197
586
706
590
2,539
Multiple Family,
74
1
2
1
16
32
49
175
Condominium
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Courses of Action
Encourage the use of innovative types of housing developments, such as cluster
and planned unit developments, that take advantage of the steep topographic
conditions.
• Increase affordable housing opportunities in South Kona.
K-A'U
Profile
Several communities in this district were established as a direct result of the former sugar
industry. Prior to the closing of its sugar operations in Ka'u in 1996, Ka'u Agribusiness was the
primary employer within the district. The company, in cooperation with the Housing and
Community Development Corporation of Hawaii, also facilitated the construction of housing for
its employees. The closing of Ka'u Agribusiness sugar operations saw the end of these company -
supported housing programs. Nevertheless, these efforts resulted in fee home ownership
increasing over the years from 42 per cent of all single family residential units in 1970 to 94 per
cent in 1997.
The district has a resort area at Punalu'u that encompasses a total of 432 acres. Situated
between the towns of Naalehu and Pahala, the Punaluu Resort and Seamountain Golf Course
complex is the only resort destination area within the Ka'u District. Currently, the only
accommodation available at this complex is the 56 -unit Colony One at Sea Mountain. The golf
course remains in operation, but no other facilities or amenities are available. C. Brewer
Properties, Inc., the original landowner, initially proposed a 300 -room hotel, 410 residential units
145
Housing
and related facilities within this resort area. Plans for the area by the current landowner are not
known at this time. Future expansion of facilities at Punalu'u Resort will need to include
employee housing.
This district has large non -conforming subdivisions created prior to the adoption of the
present Subdivision and Zoning Codes. wilding activity continues in these subdivisions.
However, the subdivisions lack basic infrrasiructure systems such as water and, in some cases,
electricity. Most of the interior roads of the subdivisions are substandard. VVhile continued in-
filling of the subdivisions may occur, the lack of adequate infrastructure will continue to present
problems, and may restrain the ability to secure conventional mortgage loans for housing
construction. These subdivisions are also not located near areas of employment.
DISTRICT°: KA'U
PROFILE
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Existing Invento - Housing Units
Population
Households
2000
5,827
Not available
1990
4,438
1,530
1980
3,699
1,108
Economic Assessment, PKF Hawaii, January 2000
County of Hawaii Data Book, 1998
U.S. Census, 2000
Existing Invento - Housing Units
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occu anc
Total Units
Single Family
Multiple Family,
Condominium
1997
2,385
2,278
107
1992
1,876
1,776
100
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Occu anc
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
146
Housing
Single Family
% Fee Simple
% of All Units
Owner Occupied
1997
94
55
1992
92
53
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
146
Housing
Age of Structure
No data
<1950
1950-
1960- 1970-
1980-
1990-
Total
1959
1969 1979
1989
1997
Single Family 0
480
120
133 374
543
628
2,278
Multiple Family, 0
0
1
4 86
12
4
107
Condominium
Hawaii Housing Policy Study - SMS Research, 1997
Course of Action
Require developments that create a demand for employee housing provide for that
need.
147
Housing
PUBLIC FACILITIES
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Public facilities are those service systems that are provided, staffed, and maintained by
government to directly serve the residents of the County. Public facilities include the systems of
schools, libraries, fire stations, police stations, detention and correctional facilities, refuse
disposal areas, harbors, and airfields. (Harbors and airfields are further described under the
Transportation Element)
These facilities are often located in larger towns or centrally situated areas that are in
close proximity to the commercial, industrial and cultural activities of established communities.
The majority of public facilities that service the residents of this County are managed by
the State and County. For example, the State operates the public school system, libraries, and the
public hospitals. The County provides police and fire protection and solid waste disposal.
Additionally, both the State and County maintain administrative offices on the island to serve the
residents' needs.
It is necessary to carefully coordinate the provision of public facilities in order to use
them most effectively and to maximize the effect of the public dollar. It is equally necessary to
realize that the type, quality, capacity and location of facilities and services have a significant
impact on the community, the people and the total environment.
GOAL
• Encourage the provision of public facilities that effectively service community
and visitor needs and seek ways of improving public service through better and
more functional facilities in keeping with the environmental and aesthetic
concerns of the community.
POLICIES
• Continue to seek ways of improving public service through the coordination of
service and maximizing the use of personnel and facilities.
• Coordinate with appropriate State agencies for the provision of public facilities to
serve the needs of the community.
• Develop short and long-range capital improvement programs and operating
budgets for public facilities and services.
• Develop and adopt an Impact Fees Ordinance.
• Capital Improvement and Operating budgets shall reflect the goals and policies of
the County General Plan.
148
Public Facilities
Require a six-year, long-term, capital improvements budget by County
Departments and agencies that shall be reviewed for consistency with the General
Plan.
Standards have been established in each of the four major groupings of public facilities.
The various public facilities have been categorized into education, protective services,
health and sanitation, and government operations.
The following are set forth for the overall provision and maintenance of public facilities
in the County.
149
Public Facilities
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
There are 39 public schools in the County with a total enrollment of 27,557 students from
kindergarten through the 12th grade. The schools range in size from 169 students at Haaheo to
2,180 students at Waiakea High School. There are 17 licensed private regular education schools
serving a total of 2,216 students from kindergarten through the 12th grade. The number of
students from kindergarten through the 12th grade on the island, public and private school
complexes combined, total 30,209 or approximately 20 per cent of the total island. population.
In 1999, the Legislature of the State of Hawaii created a new educational initiative with
the passage of Act 62, SLH 1999 or "The New Century Charter Schools" law. Charter schools
are more autonomous with greater flexibility in decision-making. Charter schools are excluded
from many State laws and departnwnt rales and regulations. However, charter schools are public
schools in that:they receive public :Prods. These schools must still meet all applicable federal,
State and County, requirements and are not exempt from collective bargaining, discriminator;,
practice laws, health and safety laws and standards, and the implementation of the Hawaii
content and performance standards.
Each charter school is responsible for selecting their own sites. If a public school has
space available, a charter school may seek to enter into an arrangement with the Department of
Education for the use of a portion of the school's facilities. This law allows up to 25 cuter
schools to be established statewide. Thus far, charter certificates have been issued for five
schools.
School complexes with limited enrollment have not always been able to maximize
educational opportunities in comparison with the ability of larger facilities to provide a wider
scope of educational opportunities. Some older schools lack adequate parking facilities and
sufficient area for expansion and some have infrastructure and traffic problems.
The Hawaii Library District is comprised of a regional library in Hilo; six community
libraries in Honokaa, Kapaau, Holualoa, ailua-Kona, Kealakekua, and Naalehu (part-time); and
six joint community -school libraries in Keaau, Mountain View, Pahoa, Pahala, Laupahoehoe and
Waimea. Size is described by the number of volumes (books, periodicals, etc.) and range from
6,445 volumes at Holualoa to 208,065 volumes in Hilo.
Some library facilities will require improvements as the demand for learning and
information increases. More up-to-date facilities are also required in some areas.
The University of Hawaii at Hilo (UHH), located in Hilo provides alternative higher
educational opportunities within the University of Hawaii system through its variety of high
quality certificate, baccalaureate, and masters degree programs.
150
Public Facilities
The 1973 "University of Hawaii at Hilo Long Range Development Plan" was updated _
and revised in 1981 and again in 1996. The University of Hawaii at Hilo Long Range
Development plan serves as a physical planning guide for the UHH campus. The Plan
emphasizes the "spine" concept that organizes all campus structures along a main pedestrian
accessway and assures that fixture development_would continue in relation to the various existing
structures. As such, new facilities would be developed towards Komohana Street. The
University continues to lack adequate student and faculty housing.
Hawaii Community College provides access to higher education, and workforce training
for the entire County. The College offers an extensive program of certificate and associate
degree programs in technical fields as well as the first two years of a baccalaureate degree. The
College also offers an extensive program of short-term training programs throughout the County.
The community college serves the entire County with programs on site in the communities and
utilizes distance education technologies.
The Long Range Development Plan for Hawaii Community College was approved by the
Board of Regents in 1996 and calls for the construction of a new campus in Hilo mauka of
Komohana Street. In West Hawaii, in .addition to Hawaii Community College programs, the
college is responsible for the University of Hawaii Center, through which it delivers
baccalaureate and masters degree programs from other institutions in the University Center.
The Long Range Development flan for the West Hawaii campus of the University of
Hawaii was completed in 1998. The State is currently in the process of preparing an
environmental impact statement for the initial phase of development of the new campus
(University of Hawaii Center at West Hawaii) to be located on a 33 -acre portion of a 500 -acre
State-owned parcel in Kalaoa, North Kona. The proposed campus, which will accommodate
approximately 1,500 students upon completion, will be located mauka of the Queen Kaahumanu
Highway and the Kona International Airport at Keahole.
POLICIES
Educational policies relate to the provision of facilities rather than programs, which are
the province of the State. It is nevertheless recognized that the facilities and programs are
the tools necessary to improve total educational service.
• Encourage continuous joint pre -planning of schools with the Department of
Education and the University of Hawaii to ensure coordination with roads, water,
and other support facilities and considerations such as traffic and safety, and
access for vehicle, bicycle, and pedestrian. Encourage master planning of present
and proposed public and private institutions.
Encourage combining schoolyards with county parks and allow school facilities
for afterschool use by the community for recreational, cultural, and other
compatible uses.
151
Public Facilities
Encourage joint community -school library facilities, where a separate community -
library may not be feasible, .in proximity to other community facilities, affording
both pedestrian and vehicular access.
Encourage implementation of the Department of Education's 'Educational
Specifications and Standards for Facilities.'
• Encourage the Hawaii State Library System to seek alternate sites for public
libraries located on the campuses of public schools.
STANDARDS
• In proposed communities, sufficient acreage shall be reserved for school facilities.
Sites shall be free from flooding and drainage problems, excessive slope and shall
incorporate appropriate street and driveway design and location to minimize
traffic interference, pedestrian hazard, and enable safe and easy access for
vehicles, bicycles and pedestrians.
• State Department of Education's education specifications and standards for
facilities.
DISTRICTS
The following is an examination and analysis of educational facilities by districts. For
the purposes of this section, a complex refers to a high school and its associated feeder schools.
Feeder schools are the elementary and intermediate (middle) schools that send students to an
associated high school. For instance, the Waiakea High School complex has Waiakea High
School as its designated high school and Waiakea Intermediate, Waiakeawaena Elementary, and
Waiakea Elementary as its feeder schools.
PUNA
Profile
Public school complexes in the Puna District are located in the communities of Keaau,
Mt. View and Pahoa.
The Keaau Nigh School complex is comprised of Keaau High School, Keaau Middle
School, Keaau Elementary School, and Mt. View Elementary School, and serves a total
enrollment of 2,441 students. Existing complex facilities are adequate to serve the current
enrollment. The new Keaau High School €s being built in phases. As each phase is completed,
the incoming class (i.e. freshman, sophomores, etc.) can be accommodated. The Keaau
Elementary School is being built in a similar fashion. Thus, in a few years, the need to transport
students from the Keaau and Mt. View area will not be necessary. Currently, 11 th and 12th
152
Public Facilities
graders from Keaau commute to Waiakea High School in South Hilo. At this time, the first
phase of Keaau High School has been completed and is in operation.
The Pahoa High School complex is comprised of Pahoa High and Intermediate School,
Pahoa Elementary School, Keonepoko Elementary School and serves 2,323 students from
kindergarten through the 12th grade level. The natural population growth and in -migration into
the subdivisions in the area are contributing to the increased pressure on education facilities at
the Pahoa complex. In response to these growth pressures, facilities have been expanded to
accommodate the increased enrollment. However, there is still overcrowding at the elementary
school.
The Keaau, Mt. View and Pahoa branch libraries are joint community -school facilities.
The Keaau facility has 21,332 volumes. The Pahoa and Mt. View facilities house 34,365
volumes and 18,345 volumes, respectively. Both library facilities are inadequate in size to meet
the needs of the students and community. Furthermore, the lack of adequate pedestrian access
and parking at these facilities is an ongoing problem.
Courses of Action
• Improve existing school complexes to meet the standards established by the State
Department of Education.
• School facilities should be made available to the community for recreation and
other compatible uses during after school hours.
• Encourage the Department of Education to plan and develop school facilities as
the need arises.
• Encourage improvements to pedestrian access between the village of Pahoa and
the school and library facilities.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The public school complexes in the South Hilo district includes two high schools, three
intermediate and eight elementary schools. One of the intermediate schools is a combined
elementary -intermediate facility serving the kindergarten through the eighth grade level. The
school enrollment of South Hilo is about 10,339 students.
The Hilo High School complex is comprised of Hilo High School, Kalanianaole
Elementary and Intermediate School, Hilo Intermediate School, DeSilva Elementary School,
Haaheo Elementary School, Hilo Union Elementary School, Queen Kapiolani Elementary
School, Kaumana Elementary School, and Keaukaha Elementary School and serves about 5,576
students.
153
Public Facilities
The Waiakea High School complex is comprised of Waiakea high School, Waiakea
Intermediate School, Waiakeawaena Elementary School, and Waiakea Elementary School and
has an enrollment of 4,763 students- The facility serves students from the Waiakea, Keaau and
Mt. View intermediate schools. A new high school in Keaau opened in 1999. Upon completion
of all phases, the new high school will serve the students from the Keaau complex.
The Waiakea Intermediate School presently accommodates 6th grade students from the
Waiakea Elementary and Waiakeawaena Elementary facilities to relieve the overcrowded student
population. All three schools have an enrollment of 2,583 students.
Traffic congestion occur in the area of the Waiakea High -Intermediate -Elementary
School and the Hilo High -Intermediate -I inion School-Hailii Christian (privates complexes where
students commute to and from school twice daily at nearly the same time. The areas surrounding
some school complexes have practically no sidewalks or curb separations for the students' ease
of access and safety.
The regional library, with a collection of 208,065 volumes, is located in Hilo and is the
administrative center for all the branch libraries in Hawaii County. Although conveniently
located, it lacks a meeting room or auditoi"'�um to conduct cultural or similar programs.
The University of Hawaii at Hilo complex has an enrollment count of 2,800 students.
The main or rnauka campus encompasses m area of approximately 115 acres. Hawaii
Community College has an cnroil ent e, 2M 00 degree students and shares the campus, as well
as the 21 -acre makai campus, located approximately 1/4 mile away. The mauka campus has
undergone expansion over the past ten years. The makai campus is being renovated to
accommodate some Hawaii Community College programs until a new campus can be
constructed.
A recent addition to the mauka campus is the 163 -acre University Park, located between
Komohana Street and the northern portion of the mauka campus. In addition to University Park,
an additional 323 acres directly mauka of the Park on the mauka side of Komohana Street is
expected to be transferred to the University and will be developed to include a new campus for
Hawaii Community College. The University also owns an additional 33 acres across Kawili
Street adjacent and above Waiakea High School. These three properties are designated for
University expansion. In addition, the University also uses 110 acres in Panaewa for its-
agriculture
t,agriculture program.
The Edwin H. Mookini Library, located on the main university campus, has a collection
of 180,000 bound volumes and other library materials, including periodicals, newspapers,
audio/video cassettes and microfilms. It has a capacity of 450,000 volumes and study space for
800 students and faculty members. The library also houses a media production center, providing
graphics and duplicating facilities as well as audio and television studios.
154
Public Facilities
Course of Action
• Encourage the establishment of additional schools as the need arises.
• Participate in the development of student and faculty housing for the university
and other joint -use facilities.
• Provide pedestrian walkways to and around all school complexes.
• Support the continued expansion of the University system and the University of
Hawaii at Hilo and Hawaii. Community College campus and encouragethe
continuing education programs throughout the community. The transfer of State
lands to the University should be actively pursued.
• Encourage continual improvements to existing educational facilities.
• Support and encourage the strengthening of the University of Hawaii at Hilo
through the transfer of appropriate colleges and departments from the University
of Hawaii at Ivlanoa to the University of Hawaii at Hilo.
• Encourage the implementation of existing State and University of Hawaii plans
for the continued development of the "Research and Technology Park" on the
campus of the University of Hawaii at Hilo.
NORTH I BLO/HAMAKUA
Profile
The Laupahoehoe High and Elementary School complex serves 250 students from
kindergarten through the 12th grade level. The existing facility is adequate, as enrollment has
been relatively stable due to the aging of the district's population.
The physical disadvantages of the Laupahoehoe School facility include the steep grade
and narrow access from the highway, the lack of adequate pedestrian walkways leading to the
school, and the abruptness of the road junctions.
The Honokaa High School Complex is comprised of Honokaa High School, Waimea
Elementary and Intermediate School, Paauilo Elementary and Intermediate School, Honokaa
Elementary School, and Waikoloa Elementary School and serves 3,258 students from
kindergarten through the 12th grade level. Honokaa High School accommodates students from
South Kohala as well as from the Hamakua district.
A traffic problem exists within the Honokaa School complex due to a through -street
bisecting the campus. Vehicular and pedestrian problems also exist in Paauilo.
155
Public Facilities
The Laupahoehoe library is a joint community -school facility housing 20,277 volumes.
The community facility in Honokaa has 16,705 volumes.
Courses of Action (North Hilo)
Improve pedestrian and vehicular access to the Laupahoehoe and Hamakua
School complexes.
• Encourage continual improvements to existing educational facilities.
Courses of Action (Hamakua)
• Encourage continual improvements to existing educational facilities.
• Encourage traffic re-routing to resolve school traffic problems.
• Implement the Honokaa school campus master plan.
9 Encourage expansion of the present library facility and services.
:NORTH AND SOUTH 1KQHALA
Pro e
The Kohala High and Elementary School complex is comprised of Kohala High and
Intermediate School and Kohala Elementary School. The complex services all of North Kohala's
994 student enrollment. The existing facilities are sufficient for the district's needs.
The South Kohala district public school is located in Waimea and accommodates an
enrollment of 19195 students from kindergarten through the 8th grade level. High school
stridents commute a distance of 16 miles to Honokaa. An additional elementary school has been
constructed and is in operation at Waikoloa_
Department of Education is developing a master plan for Waimea School that provides
for a new elementary school, an expanded intermediate school, improved access and parking
areas.
The Bond Memorial Library has a collection of 16,435 volumes. The Parker Memorial
community -school library, located adjacent to Waimea school is the second largest public library
on the island. The facility has a collection of 43,309 volumes.
Courses of Action (North Kohala)
• Encourage the expansion of the public school and library facilities as needs arise.
156
Public Facilities
Encourage the Hawaii State Library System to establish a public library separate
from the school facility.
• Encourage continual improvements to existing educational facilities.
Courses of Action (South Kohala)
• Encourage the expansion of the public school and library facilities as needs arise.
• Encourage continual improvements to existing educational facilities.
• Encourage the installation of walkways to and around schools and street crossing
facilities for pedestrian safety.
• Encourage the development of State and private higher educational facilities in
West Hawaii.
• Support the development of an intermediate or middle school in Waikoloa.
• Encourage the Hawaii State Library System to establish a public library in
Waikoloa.
• Encourage the State Department of Education to explore the feasibility of
establishing a high school in the South Kohala district.
NORTH AND SOUTH KONA
Profile
The Kona public school system is comprised of the Konawaena and Kealakehe High
School complexes.
The Konawaena High School complex includes Konawaena High School, Konawaena
Middle School, Konawaena Elementary School, Hookena Elementary School, and Honaunau
Elementary School and serves 2,882 students.
Ho'okena Elementary/Intermediate and Honaunau Elementary/Intermediate kindergarten
to 8th grade may be transferred to the Konawaena complex due to extremely limited program
offerings as only about 364 students are presently enrolled. The construction of a new
Konawaena Elementary School was recently completed.
The Kealakehe High School complex is comprised of Kealakehe High School, Kealakehe
Intermediate School, Holualoa Elementary School, Kealakehe Elementary School, and Kahakai
Elementary School. The Kealakehe High School complex serves 4,063 students.
157
Public Facilities
Kahakai Elementary School opened in 1982 to relieve the overcrowded enrollment at
Kealakehe Elementary School. However, the Kealakehe High School complex continues to
experience student population growth problems. It has developed separate facilities for the
kindergarten through 6th grade level and 7th through 8th grades. The new Kealakehe High
School will serve grades nine through twelve.
The Holualoa Library, located near the school, has a collection of 6,445 volumes;
Kealakekua library has 28,467 volumes and the Kailua-Kona branch library has 47,955
volumes. The Kailua-Kona library is inadequate in size to serve the needs of the area.
The State is currently in the planning stages for the University of Hawaii Center at West
Hawaii (UHCWH). The new University campus will initially be located on a 33 -acre portion of
a larger 500 -acre site on the mauka side of the Queen Kaahumanu Highway, directly mauka of
the Kona International Airport at Keahole. Upon completion, the new campus is anticipated to
accommodate 1,500 students. For administrative purposes, the UHCWH will be assigned to the
Hawaii Community College at Hilo.
Courses of Action (North Kona)
• Encourage expansion of the Holualoa school complex to meet school district
needs.
• Encourage the State Department of Education to add facilities as the need arises.
• Improve basic school facilities to meet current standards.
• Encourage construction of a new library facility to serve the Kailua-Keauhou
area.
Course of Action (South Kona)
• Improve basic school facilities to meet current standards.
KAT
Profile
The Ka'u High School complex is comprised of Ka'u High School, Pahala Elementary
School, and Naalehu Elementary and Intermediate School, and serves a total enrollment of 810
students from kindergarten through the 12th grade level. The overall physical facilities at
Naalehu and Pahala are adequate to serve the district needs.
Pahala and Naalehu both have adequate library facilities. Pahala is a joint cominunity-
school library facility located within the school complex and houses a collection of 19,564
158
Public Facilities
volumes. Naalehu's facility is located behind the local post office and houses a collection of _
7,631 volumes.
Courses of Action
• Encourage continual improvements to existing educational facilities.
• Encourage the State Department of Education to plan a K-8 School at Ocean
View.
159
Public Facilities
PUBLIC FACILITIES: PROTECTIVE SERVICES
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Protective services consist of fire, police, detention and correctional facilities. civil
defense, the Coast Guard, and National Guard armories.
Fire and Emergence Medical Services
There are presently 14 regular fire Mations, 18 volunteer fire stations and 2 federal fire
stations located throughout the island. The Kilauea Military Camp (KMC) and Pohakuloa fire
stations are federally operated facilities. KMC provides emergency medical services under an
agreement with the County. The regular fire stations and three of the volunteer stations
(Laupahoehoe, Pahala., Naalehu) provide 24-hour fire fighting and emergency medical services.
The Waiakea and Kailua-Kona stations provide rescue services, the Kaumana and Soutli Kohala
stations provide hazardous waste response and the South Kohala station provides air medical
services.
The County has contracted with the State Department of Health for emergency medical
ambulance services. All fire department personnel who provide basic and advanced life support
are licensed or certified as required. by State law. In general, emergency medical services
account for 75 per cent of all incidences. Fire fighting comprises another 5 per cent, and the
balance is divided between rescue, ldous substances, special services, and natural disasters.
Police
Each of the eight districts is served by a main police station. There are four substations
(Pahoa, Mauna Lani Eire Station, Captain Cook and Pahala).
Based on population, the islandwide average is about 2.5 officers per 1,000 residents. By
district, Puna is significantly below this average (1.56 per 1,000), while North Hilo has a
significantly higher ratio of 7.05 per 1,000. The other seven districts are close to the island
average.
Detention and Corrections
The State Department of Public Safety operates correctional facilities for the confinement
of pretrial inmates and convicted offenders, and intake service centers for the supervision of
offenders. An array of rehabilitative programs is available through the correctional facilities and
intake service centers. The Hawaii Intake Service Center and the Hawaii Community
Correctional Center) and its annex are located in Hilo. A minimum -security facility (Kulani
Correctional Facility) is located at the end of Kulani Stainback Highway on the lower shapes of
Mauna Loa. Police facilities in Hilo and Kealakehe also have holding cells for overnight
detention. The construction of a new 18 -cell detention center at the Hilo Police Station is
expected to be completed in 2002.
160
Public Facilities
Civil Defense
The Hawaii County Civil Defense Agency directs and coordinates the development and
administration of the County's total disaster preparedness and response program to ensure
prompt and effective action when natural or man -caused disaster threatens or occurs anywhere in
the County.
Currently, the County does not have a database of natural disasters or events and cannot
determine the time and date of an event, the extent of the damage, or recommend mitigation
measures. A database could assist the State and County in identifying where funding for
improvements should be directed.
Coast Guard
The United States Coast Guard provides ocean rescue and navigation services. The Coast
Guard Patrol cutter Kiska is stationed at Hilo Harbor, and a Loran navigational transmitting
station is located at Upolu Point.
National Gua -rd Armories
National Guard armories are State and Federally funded facilities housing the State
militia. There are four armories in Hilo (Headquarters), Honokaa, Kealakekua, and Keaau. The
Pahala armory is under the jurisdiction of the State. In addition to housing the militia, the
facilities are also used by the community for public service functions. In time of emergency, the
National Guard, at the call of the Governor, can assist with transportation, evacuation,
communication, crowd control, security, and emergency electrical power.
The scattered and small population centers on the island generally make protective
services difficult in terms of effectively providing fire and police coverage. Some of the small
centers are growing in population and some are already stabilized or decreasing, but both
categories need strengthening to better serve the public. Mural areas are handicapped by the lack
of an adequate hydrant system that lessens the effectiveness of fire protection service.
Furthermore, some facilities are in sub -standard physical condition. Expenditures for these
services will increase as the population grows and the population becomes increasingly
dispersed.
Enhanced 911 is a three -digit telephone number that provides residents with direct access
to an emergency answering center located at the Hawaii County Police Department Dispatch
Center. Every resident or visitor to the island with access to a telephone could request assistance
by dialing 911, regardless of location, time of day, or emergency type.
Computer-aided Dispatch (CAD) is the system being utilized by both the fare and police
departments in its quest to better serve the Dig Island. This CAD technology will greatly
enhance the abilities of both departments in obtaining the goal of fully automating the process of
161
Public Facilities
call taking, dispatching, and records management in providing a highly efficient system for
response to emergency incidents.
POLICIES
• Development of police and fire facilities should entail joint use structures
whenever feasible.
• The establishment of a fire/police facility shall consider site size and locations
that permit quick and efficient vehicular access.
• Development of volunteer fire facilities with proper planning to be replaced or to
co -exist with full time Fire/EMS personnel.
• Police headquarters shall be near the geographic center of the service area and
near concentrations of commercial and industrial use.
• Stations in outlying districts shall be based on the population to be served and
response time rather than on geographic district.
• Correctional facilities should emphasize rehabilitation. Establish additional
rehabilitation and counseling centers, including drug and behavioral treatment
facilities in secure settings, when necessary.
• Encourage the further development and expansion of community policing
programs and neighborhood and farm watch programs in urban, rural and
agricultural communities.
• The County of Hawaii Emergency Operations Center shall be improved to meet
the requirements set forth by federal and State regulations.
• Maintain funding of two emergency medical helicopters.
•
Mitigate hazards through the preparation of disaster assessment reports and
appropriate follow-up on the assessment recommendations.
• Educate the public regarding disaster preparedness and response, especially
proper responses for sudden impact hazards.
• Encourage the State to evaluate the disaster shelters' ability to withstand various
natural disasters.
• Consider the proximity to fire stations in approving any rezoning to permit urban
development.
162
Public Facilities
• The Fire Department, in cooperation with other related governmental agencies and the involved land owners, shall prepare a fire protection and prevention plan
for forest reserves and other natural areas.
STANDARDS -
• 2.5 police officers per 1,000 resident population.
• Fire stations within five miles of concentrated settlement areas.
First response emergency medical service within eight minutes of concentrated
settlement areas (alternative means, such as training police officers or volunteer
fire personnel, could be available to provide first response).
PUNA
Profile
Pahoa has a fire/EMS operation that serves the Pahoa-Paradise Park and Kalapana-
Kapoho areas. Thirteen miles away in Keaau is a 24-hour fire/EMS facility. Hawaiian Beaches,
Hawaiian Paradise Parks, Hawaiian Acres, Fern Acres, Fern Forest and Waa Waa subdivisions
and Volcano Village have 24-hour volunteer facilities.
The police station headquarters for Puna is housed in the Keaau public office complex
covering the entire district. A district substation is located in Pahoa.
Courses of Action
• A review of the possibility of 24-hour fire and emergency medical service for the
entire district should be conducted and expansion of the public office facilities
should be considered in accord with district needs.
Police services and facilities should be expanded to adequately meet the needs of
the district.
163
Public Facilities
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The County's Fire Administration is located in the County Building. There are four 24-
hour full time substations within the city at Central, Waiakea, Kaumana, and Kawailani. Central
Fire Station is a full-time fire/EMS operation; Waiakea Fire Station is a fire/EMS/Rescue
operation; Kawailani Fire Station is a fire,"EMS operation; and Kaumana Fire Station is a
fire/EMS/Hazardous Materials operation. A 24-hour, on-call volunteer facility is located in
Pepeekeo. Communities outside Hilo are about two minutes per mile away from service.
Parking is inadequate at the Waiakea and Kawailani fire stations and access problems exist at the
Central, Kaumana and Kawailani stations. Plans are being formulated for a centralized
fire/rescue/hazardous materials training facility.
The combined police headquarters for Hilo and the County is located in the Hilo Public
Safety Building on Kapiolani Street. The Hawaii Community Correctional Center is operated by
the State Department of Social Services and Housing, has a capacity of 24. The State's Kulani
Correctional Facility has a capacity of 90. As a minimum -security facility, it has no perimeter
walls or fences and is primarily a rehabilitation center.
The County of Hawaii Emergency Operations Center, the Civil Defense office, is located
in the Hawaii Public Safety Complex on Kapiolani Street in Hilo.
Course of Action
Expansion of Police, Fire, and emergency medical facilities should be considered
in accordance with district needs.
NORTH HILO
Profile
Protective service facilities are located at Laupahoehoe. Fire protection consists of a 24-
hour fire/EMS service supplemented by on-call volunteers. Police services are also available.
Course of Action
• Service facilities shall be improved to meet needs.
164
Public Facilities
F: %\►7 M—:411:\
Profile
The district's fire facility is located in Honokaa and provides 24-hour fire/EMS service.
A volunteer station is located in Paauilo.
center.
The district police headquarters is also located in Honokaa within the government office
Course of Action
• Service facilities shall be improved to meet needs.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
Kapaau is the site of a full-time fire/EMS operation supplemented by 15 volunteers.
The police station adjoins the court building at Kapaau.
Course of Action
• Service facilities shall be improved to meet needs.
SOUTH KOILkLA
Profile
A 24-hour fire/EMS facility is located in Waimea, with an eight hour one-man facility
located at Kawaihae. South Kohala is a full-time fire/EMS/Hazardous Materials and Aero
Medical operation. Waikoloa is a full-time fire/EMS operation. 24-hour, on-call volunteer
facilities are located in Waikoloa Village, Kona Village Resort and Kohala Ranch Subdivision.
The South Kohala District Substation is located in Kalahuipuaa off the Queen
Kaahumanu Highway. Police service is available from a public office complex shared with the
Court and State government agencies located in Waimea.
Course of Action
Service facilities shall be improved to meet needs.
165
Public Facilities
NORTH AND SOUTH KONA
Proffle
A 24-hour fire ficility is located in Kaflua-Kona with fire/EMS/Rescue capabilities. A
fWl-time fire/EMS operation is located at Keauhou and a full-time fire/EMS operation is located
in the Captain Cook public office center. Twenty four-hour, on-call volunteer services are
located in Kalaoa Mauka, Milolii Village and Kona Paradise Subdivision. There is also a
proposed fire station in a subdivision at Kaupulehu. The main police facility is located in
Kealakehe, and substations tire located in Captain Cook, Kaflua-Kona and Keauhou.
Course of Action
0- Service facilities shall be improved to meet needs.
KA'U
Profile
There is a 24-hour fire/EMS operation in Naalehu and a 24-hour facility located in
Pahala. Twenty-four hour, on-call volunteer services are provided within Ocean View,
Discovery Harbour, Naalehu and Pahala.
A newly built police station in Naalehu serves the entire Ka'u district The Ka'u District
substation is located in Ocean View.
Courses of Action
Fire protection and emergency medical services for Ocean View, Naalehu and
Pahala shall be encouraged.
Consideration shall be given to a joint police -fire facility.
166
Public Facilities
PUBLIC FACILITIES: GOVERNMENT OPERATIONS
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
This section discusses facilities housing various governmental agencies and baseyard
operations. However, many public facilities are either covered or referred to in other elements of
the General Plan.
Public office centers consist of a building or complex of buildings that house
governmental agencies. Such centers exist in Hilo, Honokaa, Captain Cook, Kailua, Naalehu,
Keaau, Waimea and Kapaau.
Baseyards are the operational, storage and maintenance centers for public works services
such as those provided by the road and water departments. These baseyards also serve as agency
field offices.
The "one roof' or "one stop" concept of housing governmental agencies centralizes
services and maximizes the utilization of land and capital expenditures.
• Public office center sites shall satisfy modern and reasonable requirements of
accessibility and compatibility with the surrounding neighborhood.
• The multipurpose concept of flexibility to satisfy changing requirements should
be part of the design for public buildings.
• Architectural and landscaping shall reflect as much as possible the community's
attributes.
PUNA
Profile
The Keaau public office complex serves the entire district and houses police, fire and
courtroom services. No other State agencies are located here due to the district's relatively close
proximity to the Hilo complex. Post office facilities are located at Keaau, Kurtistown, Mt. View,
Pahoa and the Volcano area.
The County maintains a public works baseyard in Kurtistown and a State Highways
baseyard is located in Mt. View. The State facilities appear adequate. The County baseyard may
be relocated if land becomes available.
167
Public Facilities
Course of Action
• Expand/improve facilities as necessary.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The center of Federal, State and County government operations is located in Hilo. State
and County buildings are situated on part of a 40 -acre commercial area called Project Kaiko'o.
The Hawaii County building in Hilo houses many Counties agencies including the
Department of Public Works, Finance Department, Planning Department, Fire Administration,
Elections, Parks and Recreation, Research and Development, County Clerks, Legislative
Auditor, Data Systems, and other departments and divisions. However, the County is currently
in the process of developing plans to move several departments currently located in the Hawaii
County building to a large commercial area in the old Kaiko'o Shopping Center. The State
building headquarters State agencies with the exception of the Department of Transportation,
although some of the State agencies, such as the Health Department, Department of Social
Services and Housing, and the Department of Education, have other bases of operation.
The State Highways Division office and baseyard are located in the Kanoelehua
industrial area and the Airports and Harbors Divisions are located at their respective terminals.
The County Department of Public Works baseyard is located in the Schultz Siding area and
requires area improvements.
Postal facilities are located in Hilo, both downtown and at the airport, Honomu,
Pepeekeo, Papaikou, and Hakalau.
Courses of Action
• Consolidate government offices in a public office center.
• Improvements to County baseyard facilities shall be undertaken.
168
Public Facilities
NORTH FILO
Profile
Police and fire facilities are located in Laupahoehoe.
Postal facilities are located in Laupahoehoe, Ninole, Ookala, and Papaaloa.
Course of Action
Expand/improve facilities as necessary.
HAAIAKUA
Profile
The State Highways Division and County Department of Public Works both have
baseyards in Honokaa. The County facility is of sufficient size to accommodate present and
fixture needs while the State baseyard is inadequate.
The public office complex houses the fire station, police station, court building, library,
and State agencies. The various agencies within the complex are each housed in separate
buildings that result in an uneconomical use of the site.
Postal facilities are located in Honokaa, Kukuihaele, Paauhau, Pohakuloa, and Paauilo.
Course of Action
• Multi -use buildings housing public office center facilities shall be encouraged in
overall improvements and expansion plans.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
The courthouse, police, and fire stations, library and hospital are located in Kapaau. A
State Highway baseyard site is located in the Puuepa-Kokoiki Homestead area and the County
Public Works baseyard is located in Kapaau. Postal facilities are located in Hawi and Kapaau.
Course of Action
Expand/improve facilities as necessary.
169
Public Facilities
SOUTH KO ALA
Profile
Governmental operations, including the district court, are conducted in the public office
center in Waimea Village. Postal facilities are located in Kamuela, Waikoloa, and Kawaihae.
Storage and maintenance functions are situated at the 2.4 -acre State Highway baseyard in
Waimea Homesteads. A three -acre County baseyard is also located in Lalamilo.
Courses of Action
• Expand/improve facilities as necessary.
• A civic center site shall be reserved at Waikoloa.
NORTH AND SOUTH KONA
Profile
Kona's public office centers are located in the Captain Cook village area, and Kailua.
Fire and State agencies are individually housed on the four -acre Captain Cook site. The Court is
housed in the old Kona Hospital. The nearest police station is situated in Kealakehe.
One State baseyard is located in Kaloko, with another at Honaunau. The County
baseyard in Captain Cook adequately serves the needs of the district.
Post offices are at Captain Cook, Holualoa, Honaunau, Kailua, Keauhou, and
Kealakekua.
Courses of Action (North Kona)
• Expansion plans for the Kona public office center shall be undertaken.
• Consolidate County offices in one public office center.
• Designate a second urban center in West Hawaii to facilitate government services
and centralize facilities.
• Provide services in West Hawaii as is feasible.
Courses of Action (South Kona)
• Expansion plans for the Kona public office center shall be undertaken.
170
Public Facilities
Consolidate county offices in one public office center.
• Provide services in Nest Hawaii as is feasible.
KAT
Profile
The courthouse and State agencies are located in Naalehu and adequately serve the needs
of the district. The new police station in Kaunamano Homesteads adequately serves the needs of
the district.
The State baseyards in the Kaunamano Homesteads area and Manuka adequately serve
the needs of the district. The County Public Works baseyard in Waiohinu is adequate.
Postal facilities are located in Naalehu, Pahala, Ocean View, and the Hawaii Volcanoes
National Park area.
Course of Action
Expand/improve facilities as necessary.
171
Public Facilities
PUBLIC FACILITIES: HEALTH ANIS SANITATION
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The County is responsible for the general welfare of its residents and trust continue to
snake every effort to ensure that adequate health services are provided. Actual planning of health
programs and facilities is the directadminif;trative responsibility of the State. Ander this section,
hospitals and related facilities, solid waste disposal facilities, and cemeteries will be discussed.
The latter two are County administered.
Hospitals and Related Facilities
Currently there are six licensed hospitals operating on the Big Island: Hilo, Kona.,
Honokaa, North and South Kohala, and Ka'u. Together these six hospitals make up the Hawaii
County Network. The island's geography and population distribution determine the roles played
by each community hospital. The current roles are:
Hilo
Major referral, center d key support for shared services, emergency
services, specialty care. and long -terns care
Kona
Medical and surgical care, some specialty care, emergency care, out patient,
and long-term care
Honokaa
Long-term care
North and South
Emergency services, uncomplicated deliveries, short medical stays, and
Kohala and Ka'u I
primarily long-term care
State Department of Health
North Hawaii Community Hospital
Primary healthcare is defmcd as "non -bed related diagnosis, treatment and prevention
services; includes general medical care in a doctor's office or outpatient clinic, emergency
medical care, diagnostic radiology and clinical laboratory services, and continuing care of the
chronically ill and those requiring rehabilitation." Secondary healthcare is defined as "inpatient
diagnostic and therapeutic services provided in an acute care hospital to patients who stay
overnight and at least 50 per cent of whom leave less than 30 days following admission."
In addition, two private intermediate care facilities, Life Care Center and Hale Anuenue
Restorative Care Center, are located in Hilo. Private practitioners are located throughout the
island. As the number of elderly increases, >there will be a greater need for assisted living, skilled
nursing, and intermediate care facilities in the various districts.
The County's Fire Department provides emergency medical services. Five of the six
hospitals provide emergency room services.
172
Public Facilities
The County's Fire Department also provides ambulance service from the Captain Cook.
Central, Honokaa, Kailua-Kona, Keaau, and Waimea Fire Stations. The County's ambulances
are first response units for these service areas while the ambulances at the Kohala and Ka. 'u
hospitals are the first response units for their respective area.
The majority of non -institutional health services are located in Hilo. However, adult
boarding homes are also located in Hilo, Hamakua, Waimea, and Puna. Honolulu's St. Francis
Hospital operates a renal dialysis facility at Hilo Hospital and plans another for Kona.
Solid Waste Management Facilities
Solid waste management has significant effects on the health, aesthetic, and land use
characteristics of a community. The County maintains two landfill sites, one active landfill in
east Hawaii in Hilo, and another active landfill in West Hawaii at Puuanahulu. In addition, there
are twenty-one solid waste transfer sites throughout the island.
The management of solid waste on the island has undergone significant changes in the
past few decades. Prior to the early 1970'x, solid waste disposal was handled through an
informal network of open dumpsites near major residential towns around the island. From the
mid -1970's, a system of residential transfer stations was developed and updated landfill
operations were implemented at the Hilo and Kailua landfill. In 1994, a new landfill was
constructed at Puuanahulu in compliance Nvith Federal environmental and health standards. That
same year, the landfill in Kailua was closed and continues to be monitored.
Currently, residents take their solid waste to any one of 21 transfer stations around the
island. The solid waste is then hauled to either the Hilo or Puuanahulu landfills. In some areas,
residents pay private haulers to pick-up their refuse from their residences for disposal at a
I
andfill.
The County's solid waste system continues to evolve to meet the requirements of State
and Federal regulations and the public. For example, the State of Hawaii's Integrated Solid
Waste Management Act includes waste reduction goals of 25 per cent by 1995 and 50 per cent
by 2000. Both the County and the State as: a whole has failed to meet the desired goal of 50 per
cent by 2000. To reach this goal of 50 per cent, the County needs to implement an integrated
solid waste management system. However, there are barriers to implementing this solid waste
management system.
• A recycling ethic is not yet firmly rooted among Hawaii's people and businesses.
• Waste disposal appears to be cheap and easy. The actual cost of dumping is not
readily evident to people.
• The high cost of operating a recycling business in Hawaii.
• Local recycled materials markets are underdeveloped, and access to out of state
markets are expensive due to Hawaii's isolated geography.
Overcoming these barriers is possible but it will require a commitment of energy and
resources from the public and private sectors. In August of 1993, the Department of Public
173
Public Facilities
Works published an Integrated Solid Waste Management Plan for the County of Hawaii. The
major objective of the plan was to "...provide a foundation for decision making that would guide
solid waste management on the island." It was not intended to provide specific details on the day
to day operation of solid waste management programs, but rather to provide assistance to the
County administration and Council as to the type of programs to fund, implement. and
administer.
Each County must update its Integrated Solid Waste Management Plan in the near future.
Hawaii County's update is still under review. This update will address several major issues
facing the County at this time.
Some issues examined by this plan are the closure of the South Hilo Landfill, user fee
approach, and siting of rural transfer stations. The Hilo landfill is an unlined landfill that was
permitted to continue operations until October, 1995. The State Department of Health is
reviewing the application for a five-year extension of the Hilo landfill for additional time to
develop an alternative means of handling the solid waste from East Hawaii. Options such as a
material recovery facility/long haul transfer station that would minimize solid waste to be hauled
and disposed of at the Puuanahulu landfill, or the development of new technologies to manage
east Hawaii refuse would be considered.
Tipping fees account for 35 per cent of revenue to operate the Solid Waste Division. The
remainder of the funds needed to operate the division comes from the general fund. Various
options have been studied. The most recent is a Pay -As -You -Throw concept where each resident
and business is assessed a fee based on the amount of solid waste disposed. This program would
help to promote greater recycling and diversion to minimize the amount of refuse being disposed
of at landfills. However, the most effective means of making a Pay -As -You -Throw program
work is to implement curb -side pickup. The question becomes how best to transition from a
public accustomed to self -hauling to a transfer station, to paying a private hauler or increase
taxes for the County to commence this service.
Solid waste transfer stations normally were sited at a pre-existing old community open
dump. These sites were located based on population centers 30-40 years ago. However, with the
development of"new subdivisions and the expansion of existing communities, some of the
existing transfer stations may no longer be located at the most convenient site to serve the
majority of residents.
The illegal disposal of solid waste continues to be a problem throughout the County.
Illegal dumping is a visual nuisance to residents adjacent to these dumps as well as a health
hazard to the rest of the community. Illegal dumping lacks the necessary safety precautions that
prevent hazardous materials and pollutants from contaminating soil and ground water sources.
Cemeteries
As of July 1, 2000, management of County cemeteries was transferred from the County's
Department of Public Works to the Department of Parks and Recreation. The County has 21
public cemeteries. The size of cemeteries ranges from one-half acre to 14 acres with the average
174
Public Facilities
size in rural areas being two acres. 'There are several private cemeteries, notably the Homelani
and the Chinese cemetery in Hilo, and the Mauna Kea Memorial Park in Kaieie, Papaikou.
POLICIES
• Encourage the development of new health care facilities or the improvement of
existing health care facilities to serve the needs of Hamakua, North and South
Kohala, and North and South Kona.
• Develop and implement a cemeteries master plan for the siting of future
cemeteries.
• Appropriately designed and cost-effective solid waste transfer station sites shall
be located in areas of convenience and easy access to the public.
• Encourage the State to continue operation of the rural hospitals.
• Encourage the establishment or expansion of community health centers and rural
health clinics.
• Continue to encourage programs such as recycling to reduce the flow of refuse
deposited in landfills.
• Investigate the possibility of developing new landfill sites on the island.
• Encourage the full development and implementation of a green waste recycling
program.
f 3 0►1)JgAr717.y
• Sanitary landfill sites for refuse disposal shall be established in accordance with
the needs of communities and the State Department of Health and U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency's rules and regulations.
• Hospitals should be on sites capable of handling moderate expansion of facilities.
Quiet surroundings, convenient and adequate access, and compatibility with
adjoining uses shall be required.
• Hospitals shall be served by a public sewerage system or have self-contained
sewerage systems.
• Hospital solid waste shall be disposed of in accordance with all Federal, State,
and County laws and regulations.
175
Public Facilities
• Private and public cemeteries shall be compatible with surrounding land uses and -
provided with adequate access and drainage systems.
PUNA
Profile
Health
Health services in the district of Puna are provided by privately operated clinics in Pahoa
and Keaau.
Keaau.
Solid Waste
Solid waste transfer stations are located in Pahoa, Kalapana, Volcano, Glenwood and
Cemeteries
There are three public cemeteries serving the district at Kaimu, Malama-Ki and Kehena.
The latter has been covered by a lava flow. Use and maintenance of these sites is on a limited
basis.
Courses of Action
Maintenance of cemetery sites shall be improved.
Provide additional solid waste transfer stations as the need arises.
SOUTHHILO
Profile
Health
Hilo Medical Center (HMC) is a secondary healthcare facility that was completed in
1985. HMC is intended to provide major secondary care for the Puna, South Hilo, and North
Hilo Districts. Also located within the Hilo District is the Department of Health's and
Department of Social Services and Housing. district offices that provide public health and health
care services. A variety of voluntary agencies and organizations providing health education,
healthcare support, nutrition, and other specialized services are located in Hilo.
176
Public Facilities
Solid Waste
The County has its East Hawaii landfill waste disposal system in operation at the former
dump site in Hilo. Unfortunately, the impending closure of the Hilo landfill site will cause
substantial problems unless an alternative East Hawaii site is found. The impending closure of
the landfill site is due to the high costs necessary to retrofit the existing landfill to conform to
current EPA and State pollution regulations. If an East Hawaii alternative cannot be found, the
island's only landfill will be at Puuanahulu. Transfer station sites supplementing the landfill
system have been built in Hilo, Papaikou and Honomu.
Cemeteries
There are three public cemeteries in South Hilo: a Veteran's Cemetery (two sites
consolidated into a single location at Ponahawai), a cemetery in Waiakea-Uka and Alae
Cemetery, located between Wainaku and Paukaa.
Courses of Action
Improvement and expansion of hospital facilities shall be undertaken as the need
arises.
Expansion of existing cemeteries or creation of new sites shall be undertaken.
NORTH HILO
P'roffle
Health
Healthcare services in the North Hilo district are extended through services located in
South Hilo and South Kohala.
Solid Waste
The solid waste disposal in Laupahoehoe is handled by a solid waste transfer station.
Cemeteries
There are two public cemeteries at Piha and Kihalani, both of which are not adequately
maintained.
Course of Action
Maintenance of cemeteries shall be improved.
177
Public Facilities
HAMAKUA
Profile
Health
The old Honokaa Hospital built in 1951 was replaced in 1995 with a long term care
facility, renamed Hale Ho'ola Hamakua and administered by the Hawaii Health Systems
Corporation. Hamakua Health Center, a non profit community health center, provides outpatient
medical care services and North Hawaii Community Hospital located in Waimea provides acute
and emergency care services. A State public health center also serves the area.
Solid Waste
Solid waste transfer stations are located at Honokaa and Paauilo.
Cemeteries
There are four cemeteries at Kaapahu, Kainehe, Kukuihaele and Paalaea. Limited use
and maintenance of the cemeteries are evident.
Course of Action
Maintenance of the cemeteries shall be improved.
NORTH KOHALA
prof le
Health
Kohala Hospital in Kapaau was completed in 1963. This facility provides acute, skilled
nursing and intermediate care, as well as emergency room, laboratory, and x-ray services.
Solid Waste
A solid waste transfer statism has replaced the refuse disposal site at the old quarry in
Kaauhuhu.
Cemeteries
There are two public cemeteries, at Kahei and Aamakao.
178
Public Facilities
Course of Action
Maintenance of the cemeteries shall be improved.
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
Health
The North Hawaii Community Hospital, which includes the Lucy Henriques Medical
Center, provides health services for the districts of South Kohala and Hamakua. This hospital is
a private, full service, acute care facility.
Solid Waste
The open dump sites in Waimea and in Puako have been replaced by solid waste transfer
stations. Furthermore, the West Hawaii landfill is located in and operating in Puuanahulu.
Cemeteries
Public cemeteries are located in Paulama and Waimea.
Course of Action
• A solid waste transfer site or alternative means of refuse collection should be
established for Waikoloa.
NORTH AND SOUTH KONA
Profile
Health
Kona Community Hospital is a full service hospital located in Kealakekua. Hospital
services include acute inpatient medical/surgical, obstetrics, skilled nursing, intensive care, and
outpatient surgery. Outpatient and ancillary services include a 24-hour emergency room,
laboratory, radiology, pharmacy, occupational, physical, respiratory and speech therapy, and
dietary services.
The hospital was constructed in 1975, and has undergone numerous renovations. A new
IOU and expanded operating room area was added in 1990. In 1998-99, the obstetric unit was
remodeled, emergency department renovated, and supply and admissions areas expanded. A
special service building with conferencing and administrative departments was also constructed.
179
Public Facilities
The hospital has completed a building with a 12 -bed mental health unit and expanded outpatient
services.
Solid Waste
Solid waste disposal sites, all of which utilized open pit dumping, were located in
Keauhou, Kailua, Waiea and Keei. Transfer stations have replaced the dumps at Kailua,
Keauhou, Napoopoo, Waiea and N ilolii. The landfill at Kealakehe has been closed. A new
landfill is now in operation at Puuanahulu . In accordance with State Department of Health and
Environmental Protection Agency Regulations, the Kailua Landfill continues to be monitored.
Cemeteries
Two public cemeteries are located in Kona, the West Hawaii Veterans Cemetery and the
Cemetery at Hienaloli.
KA'U
Profile
Course of Action
Health
New privately owned cemetery sites to serve future needs shall be sought.
Ka'u Hospital, located in Pahala, was completed in 1979. Ka'u Hospital provides long-
term care and minor acute care, obstetrics, emergency room, ambulance, and outpatient services.
A public health center is also located in Naalehu.
Solid Waste
Solid waste transfer sites are located at Waiohinu and Pahala.
Cemeteries
Public cemeteries are located in Naalehu and Waiohinu.
Course of Action
• A solid waste transfer station should be established for Ocean View.
180
Public Facilities
PUBLIC UTILITIES
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Public utilities are services regulated by government and provided in response to existing
and prospective patterns of development. Changes in land use, population density, and
development usually generate changes in the demand and supply of utilities.
This section is concerned with the planning aspects of the water, electricity,
telecommunication, gas and sewerage systems. Planning for the location of utility facilities such
as reservoirs and pumping stations, sewage treatment plants, and telecommunications, is an
important aspect of the land planning process.
Changes in the intensity of land use greatly influence the quantitative design of utilities
and services, particularly their design capacity. Furthermore, there may be distinctions in the
quality and type of services offered for each utility as land use intensities vary. These
distinctions also depend on local codes and ordinances, health and sanitary considerations, and
practices followed by the utility companies.
GOALS
• Ensure that properly regulated, adequate, efficient and dependable public and
private utility services are available to users.
• Maximize efficiency and economy in the provision of public utility services.
• Design public utility facilities to fit into their surroundings or concealed from
public view.
• Public utility facilities shall be designed to complement adjacent land uses and
shall be operated to minimize pollution or disturbance.
• Provide utilities and service facilities that minimize total cost to the public and
effectively service the needs of the community.
• Utility facilities shall be designed to minimize conflict with the natural
environment and natural resources.
• Improvement of existing utility services shall be encouraged to meet the needs of
users.
• Encourage the clustering of developments in order to reduce the cost of providing
utilities.
181
Public Utilities
• Develop short and long range capital improvement programs and plans for public -
utilities within its jurisdiction that are consistent with the General Plan.
Water, sewerage, electricity, gas, and telecommunication services are treated individually
in this section to clarify the factors that comprise the public utilities element.
182
Public Utilities
UTILITIES: WATER
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The availability of water is crucial to any type of development, whether urban. rural. or
agricultural. Land use allocation therefore must be closely related to water availability,
including the quantity and quality of the water, and the adequacy of the transmission and
distribution system.
Sources of water supply include ground water and surface water. The most common
sources of water supply are springs, tunnels, streams, and deep wells.
The demand for water is directly related to population and industry usage is expressed as
gallons per day (gpd) or million gallons per day (mgd). Demand does not represent domestic
consumption alone, but also includes all ag icultural, industrial and commercial uses, fire
protection, and other uses. In some areas, however, non-domestic users are likely to create the
major demand, and careful attention must therefore be given in any study of probable future
water needs.
Sources of water for the Department of Water Supply's water system include surface
water and groundwater, both of which must comply with the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act
(SDWA). The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency through the State Department of Health
administers regulation for this act.
The most common sources of surface water are streams, springs, and tunnels.
Groundwater sources include either basal or high level aquifers.
Surface water or a groundwater source under the influence of surface water is required to
be treated and quality monitored to ensure compliance with the SDWA, whereas groundwater
need only be chlorinated. As such, the maintenance of surface water systems are much more
expensive and labor intensive.
The Federal SDWA regulates all public water systems. Regulation compliance is a major
impact for the Department of Water Supply. Within the next seven years, the department will
spend approximately $20 million for compliance projects.
The Department of Water Supply operates and maintains twenty-three separate water
systems in the County. In addition, the State operates an agricultural water system in Lalamilo
and the Hamakua/Paauilo Irrigation. District, and there are several agricultural and domestic
water systems within the county that are privately owned, maintained and operated.
The State Department of Land and Natural Resources, Division of Land and Water
Development also has the capacity to explore and develop new ground water sources. The
County has in the past depended upon this agency for source development. The development of
183
Public Utilities
new sources requires the cooperation between State and County agencies in the delivery of
municipal water systems.
The high rainfall areas between the 2,000 and 4,000 -foot elevations on the windward side
of the island and also on the western slope of Hualalai contribute the bulk of the water to the
island's streams, springs and basal aquifer. Each type of source has its advantages and
disadvantages. Surface water flows depend on weather conditions. During extremely dry
weather conditions, the flow may drop below the required rate. During high rainfall periods the
water may be turbid. Spring and tunnel sources are also susceptible to these problems but
usually to a lesser degree. These high level intakes are generally located above the communities
they serve and have the advantage of gravity flow. Deep well sources on the other hand are
more dependable but higher operational expenses are incurred since electrical energy is required
to lift the water. Since some wells are located in the lower sections, contamination from urban
expansion is a possibility. Controlled land use would minimize this problem. Wells can also be
contaminated by seawater intrusion if pumped at a high rate. One solution to improve systems
presently served by only surface sources is to install a well in these systems, use the surface
sources when available, and use the pump when the surface sources are deficient. This would
minimize operational costs and upgrade systems so they are more dependable. Another solution
is to construct large storage reservoirs. These, however, require high initial capital expenditures.
Many systems, though adequate to fulfill domestic needs, are inadequate for fire
protection and do not meet the needs of current agricultural production. Such systems serving
urban areas are proposed to be upgraded.
The present average water consumption for the County water system is approximately
22.35 mgd.
In several subdivisions throughout the island, roof catchment is also the primary means of
water supply and is supplemented by trucking during drought periods. These subdivisions were
approved prior to the adoption of the Subdivision Control Code.
The exploration for new water sources will continue. It is anticipated that these new
water sources and systems will further influence land development.
POLICIES
• Water system improvements shall correlate with the County's desired land use
development pattern.
• All water systems shall be designed and built to Department of Water Supply
standards.
• Improve and replace inadequate systems.
• Water sources shall be adequately protected to prevent depletion and
contamination from natural and man-made occurrences or events.
184
Public Utilities
• Water system improvements should be first installed in areas that have established
needs and characteristics, such as occupied dwellings, agricultural operations and
other uses, or in areas adjacent to them if there is need for urban expansion.
• A coordinated effort by County, State and private interests shall be developed to
identify sources of additional water supply and be implemented to ensure the
development of sufficient quantities of water for existing and future needs of high
growth areas and agricultural production.
• The fire prevention systems shall be coordinated with water distribution systems
in order to ensure water supplies for fire protection purposes.
• Develop and adopt standards for individual water catchment units.
• Cooperate with the State Department of Health to develop standards and/or
guidelines for the construction and use of rainwater catchment systems to
minimize the intrusion of any chemical and microbiological contaminants.
• Cooperate with appropriate State and Federal agencies and the private sector to
develop, improve and expand agricultural water systems in appropriate areas on
the island.
• Promote the use of ground water sources to meet State Department of Health
water quality standards.
• Continue to participate in the United States Geological Survey's exploratory well
drilling program.
• Seek State and Federal funds to assist in financing projects to bring the County
into compliance with the Safe Drinking Water Act.
• Develop and adopt a water master plan that will consider water yield, present and
future demand, alternative sources of water, guidelines and policies for the issuing
of water commitments.
• Expand programs to provide for agricultural irrigation water.
►1a:Ing 1
Public and private water systems shall meet the requirements of the Department
of Water Supply and the Subdivision Control Code.
185
Public Utilities
DISTRICTS
The following is an analysis by district for water systems. The brief analysis of each
district is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the County as a whole.
PUNA
Profile
Currently, there are four major water systems in the district: Olaa-Mt. View, Pahoa.
Kapoho, and Kalapana. The total average consumption of these systems is 1.2 mgd.
The Olaa-Mt. View water system consists of eleven service areas and extends along the
Volcano Road from the former Puna Sugar Company mill to the Olaa Reservation Lots and
along the Keaau-Pahoa Road to the vicinity of Kaloli Drive. Nater for this system is supplied by
three deep wells. Two of the wells are located at the former Puna Sugar Co. mill site and the
third is near Olaa, between Keaau and Kurtistown. The average consumption of this system is
about 0.82 mgd. Olaa Well C, the primary source for this system, has a maximum pump
capacity of 2.0 mgd. Olaa Wells A and B have capacities of 1.6 mgd and 0.72 mgd, respectively.
The Pahoa water system, located in the geographic center of the lower Puna region,
extends from Keonepoko Homesteads down along portions of the Kapoho and Pohoiki Roads to
Kapoho. The present average consumption is 0.40 mgd.
The Kalapana Water System extends from the Keauohana Forest Reserve along Highway
13 down to the Kaimu Beach intersection and continues in a southwesterly direction along
Highway 13, ending in the vicinity of Kaimu. The water for the Kalapana system is supplied by
two deep wells at Keauhana with maximum pump capacities of 0.38 mgd and 0.50 mgd.
The Hawaiian Beaches subdivision located in Waiakahiula is served by a privately owned
water system. The developer had constructed this non-dedicable system.
The Glenwood and Volcano areas are presently not serviced by any public water system.
Many of these areas still depend on roof catchment systems.
Courses of Action
• Continue to improve inadequate water system facilities.
Water source investigation and exploration should be continued in order to
provide service for anticipated needs.
Investigate additional groundwater sources in the Olaa area.
186
Public Utilities
Investigate alternative means to finance the extension of water systems to
subdivisions that rely on catchment.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The Hilo Water System extends as far as Alae Point to the north, Panaewa Agricultural
Park to the south, Keaukaha to the east, and Kaumana and Waiakea Uka to the west. The Hilo
Water System is supplied with water from both surface and groundwater sources. The sources
are:
Olaa Flume Source: This spring source flow capacity ranges from a low of less than 1.0
mgd to a high of about 11.0 mgd depending on climatic conditions.
2. Panaewa Well: Water from this source is pumped from the basal aquifer with three
pumps; one, with a 2.2 mgd capacity and two each with a capacity of 3.1 mgd.
3. Piihonua Well: This source has a capacity of 3.0 mgd. From this location, water may be
pumped up to higher elevations dining dry weather conditions. Water from this. source is
pumped from the basal aquifer with two pumps; both with a maximum pumpingg capacity
of 2,100 gallons per minute or 3.0 mgd.
These three sources supply Hilo, which presently consumes an average of approximately
6.0 mgd. When the surface sources are low, more water is used from the Panaewa and Piihonua
Wells. These three sources have a total normal capacity of over 20 mgd.
The Papaikou water system serves Papaikou Village, Puueopaku, Paukaa and Kalaoa.
This system is served by two perched water sources, Kaieie and Papaikou intakes and a well
source located just above Papaikou Village. Kaieie is the most dependable surface source while
the Papaikou intake source is inconsistent. The present average consumption is about 0.23 mgd.
Pepeekeo is served by a deep well. Present consumption is about 0.16 mgd.
The Honomu system, dedicated to the County by the former Pepeekeo Sugar Co., has an
average daily consumption of 0.06 mgd. This system obtains its water supply from Kolekole
Stream above Akaka Falls.
The Wailea-Hakalau system is a low capacity system comprised of one well and one
storage tank together with connecting lines and limited distribution facilities. Currently, 95
customers consume about 0.028 mgd.
187
Public Utilities
Courses of Action
• Continue to implement water system maintenance and improvement programs in
order to provide the city with a dependable and consistently safe drinking water
supply.
• Investigate groundwater sources in the upper Waiakea Uka, Kaieie Mauka,
Kulaimano, Saddle Road, and Honomu areas.
• Further investigate future ground water resources.
• Replace existing surface sources with groundwater sources to meet State
Department of Health standards.
NORTH HILO
Profile
Domestic water is available in the built-up areas of the North Hilo district. The private
and public systems provide a wide range of levels of service.
The Laupahoehoe system obtains its water from high level springs in Manowaiopae and
Kuwaikahi Gulches and two deep wells with Well No. 1 outfitted with a 0.14 mgd pumping unit
and Well No. 2 with a 0.43 mgd pumping unit. None of the spring sources are dependable
during dry weather. The present average daily consumption is 0.11 mgd.
The Ookala system is currently serviced by the Ookala Well.
Courses of Action
Replace old, substandard, or deteriorating lines and storage facilities.
Develop a standby well for the Ookala system.
HAIMIAKUA
Profile
Domestic water is available in all of the urban areas of the district. Some of the existing
lines, however, are small and would be inadequate for a denser population.
The service area of the Hamakua dater System extends from Ahualoa to Pohakea.
Except for the town of Honokaa, the major portion of the system serves a scattered and dispersed
188
Public Utilities
population in the Ahualoa, Kalopa, Kaapahu, Pohakea, Paauhau and Paauilo Homesteads. The
Hamakua system obtains its water from the high level streams in the Kohala Mountains and the
Haina deep well. Over fifty-five per cent of the 0.63 mgd used by the Hamakua system is used
in Honokaa.
The Paauilo system, although presently connected to the Hamakua system, has an
additional source. The capacity of the Paauilo deep well is 0.43mgd and the service area extends
from Paauilo Tillage to Kaao. The present average daily consumption is 0.10 mgd.
Prorde
Courses of Action
Continue to coordinate programs with State and Federal agencies to develop a
well at Kukuihaele and Honokaa Hospital to the standards of the Department of
Mater Supply.
• Replace old, sub -standard, or deteriorating Panes and storage facilities.
• Investigate groundwater sources in the Honokaa and Kukuihaele areas.
y, i::1:.,__ .
The North Kohala District obtains water primarily from two wells and a spring.
The Hawi Wells No. 1 and 2 serve the following areas: Kaauhuhu, Hawi-Kokoiki,
Kynnersley-Kapaau, and Halaula. The average consumption for this system is 0.30 mgd.
The Makapala-Keokea water system source is from the Murphy Tunnel owned by
Chalon International of Hawaii. Present consumption is 0.0281 mgd.
Courses of Action
• Pursue a ground water source for the Makapala-Keokea water system.
• Explore further sources for future needs.
• Improve and replace inadequate distribution mains and storage facilities.
• Encourage efforts to improve the Kohala ditch system and its use for agricultural
purposes.
189
Public Utilities
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
The South Kohala District acquires its water from the Waimea and Lalamilo systems.
The present average daily consumption of both systems is 3.9 mgd.
The Waimea system primarily services the Waimea and Puukapu area. The source
feeding the Waimea System is the Waikoloa and the Kohakohau Streams. Flow from the
streams varies greatly with the weather. During extended drought periods, the supply is not
sufficient to meet demands. Presently, the system has five reservoirs with a total capacity of
162.5 million gallons. The Waimea-Puukapu system uses an average of 0.91 mgd.
Two exploratory wells tapping high level ground water were drilled in South Kohala.
An exploratory well was drilled at the Department of Water Supply treatment plant site to
support the Parker Ranch 20/20 development plan. The second exploratory well was drilled at
the Department of Water Supply's Waiaka tank site.
In addition, the high level aquifer has been tapped for agricultural emergencies at the
State Department of Agriculture's' Puukapu well, and there is a private well at the Waimea
Country Club.
The Lalamilo system obtains its water from six deep wells at the 1,200 -foot elevation.
The area of service for the Lalamilo system extends from Kawaihae to Mauna Lani. The present
average daily consumption is 3.0 mgd.
The Waikoloa Development Company developed its own water system to serve the needs
of Waikoloa Village and the Waikoloa Beach Resort. The water system is in private ownership.
Courses of Action
• Seek alternative sources of water for the Lalamilo system.
Improve and replace inadequate distribution mains and steel tanks.
Continue to seek additional groundwater sources for the Waimea System.
NORTH AND SOUTH KONA
Profile
The Kona system can be divided into the North Kona and South Kona systems. Although
the two systems are connected, the line dividing the two systems runs along the Honalo ahupua'a.
These systems are interconnected to transport water from one system to the other. This is done
only during emergencies and on a very limited basis.
190
Public Utilities
Four wells and one shaft at Kahaluu and one well each at Holualoa, Keahuolu, Kalaoa,
Honokohau and Hualalai supply the North Kona system. The Kahaluu wells provide the bulk sof
the water for the North Kona system with a total capacity of 14.9 mgd. The estimated safety
capacity based on the largest pump on standby, however, 12.9 mgd. The present average water
usage is about 8.5 mgd.
The four deep wells at Kahaluu and the Holualoa Wells service the upper service area
along Mamalahoa Highway from Honalo W. Waiaha. Demand in the area averages 0.6 mgd. The
Keahuolu and Honokohau wells supply water along Mamalahoa Highway from Waiaha; to
Kalaoa and along Palani Road from Mamalahoa Highway to Kealakehe. Demand in these areas
average 0.8 mgd. The Hualalai and Kalaoa wells supplement the subdivisions in Kaloko, Kalaoa
and Kona Palisades with an additional 0.4 mgd.
The Kahaluu Shaft services the lower service area along the Queen Kaahumanu Highway
from Keauhou to the Kona International Airport at Keahole. Demand in this area averages 5.7
million gallons per day, the highest consumption rate in Kona.
The South Kona system is supplied by three wells at Keei and a well at Halekii,.with a
total capacity of 5.0 mgd and.a safe capacity of 3.0 mgd. The average usage 0.97 mgd This
system serves the area from Honalo to the Hookena Beach Road junction.
Courses of Action (North Kona)
• Continue to pursue groundwater source investigation, exploration and
development in areas that would provide for anticipated growth and an efficient
and economic system operation.
• Continue to evaluate growth conditions to coordinate improvements as required to
the existing water system in accordance with the North Kona Water System
Master Plan.
Explore and develop a well in Waiaha.
Courses of Action (South Kona)
Continue to pursue groundwater source investigation, exploration and
development in areas that would provide for anticipated growth and an efficient
and economic system operation.
Continue to evaluate growth conditions to coordinate improvements as required to
the existing water system in accordance with the South Kona Water System
Master Plan.
191
Public Utilities
KA'U
Prof le
The water source for the Pahala area is ARE Tunnel and a deep well source. The present
average consumption of the Pahala system is 0.23 mgd.
The sources supplying Waiohinu, Naalehu and South Point are Haao Springs, Mountain
House Tunnel Spring and a deep well in Naalehu. The water from the Mountain House Tunnel
is piped to Haao Spring and distributed to South Point, Waiohinu, and Naalehu on separate lines.
The Department of Water Supply has a license with the State that allows the department
to obtain water from the Mountain House Tunnel.
The Waiohinu system receives its water supply from an 8 -inch line from Haao Springs.
Presently, the average consumption is 0.12 mgd.
The Naalehu system receives its water supply from the Waiohinu system. The former
sugar plantation has dedicated the system within Naalehu Village to the County. The Naalehu
deep well with a capacity of 0.54 mgd supplements the system. The average water consumption
is 0.08 mgd.
The present average consumption on the South Point system is 75,730 gallons per day.
The Ka'u area has several large subdivisions still dependent on individual roof catchment.
Courses of Action
• Provide additional water system improvements for the currently serviced areas of
Naalehu, Waiohinu, and Pahala.
• Pursue groundwater source investigation, exploration and well development at
Ocean View, Pahala, and Waiohinu.
• Continue to evaluate growth conditions to coordinate improvements as required to
the existing water system.
• Investigate alternative means to finance the extension of water systems to
subdivisions that rely on catchment.
192
Public Utilities
UTILITIES: TELECOMMUNICATIONS
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The telephone is an essential means of voice communication for the majority of residents
in Hawaii County. However, over the last decade, the County has seen an acceleration in the
development of telecommunication technology and a transformation of the telecommunications
industry. In addition to traditional phone communication, the telecommunications industry now
includes technologies such as wireless cellular and digital mobile phones, the internet and world
wide web.
During the last decade, wireless telecommunications has experienced a dramatic decrease
in cost and a phenomenal increase in availability. Changes in technology and competition in the
industry have made wireless communication more affordable to the general public.
The wired infrastructure that was once used to connect a telephone to the phone system
has evolved to include the world wide web and internet. The world wide web and internet uses
the telephone infrastructure to transfer digital data from one computer to another. Thus,.
everything frown simple text messages to high level banking and commerce transactions can be
conducted almost instantaneously. In the near fixture, the changes in technology and the wireless
industry may make wireless access to the internet more widely affordable and/or available.
As of August 7, 1998, the entire island of Hawaii had 100 per cent digital switching.
Digital switching is significant because it enables the existing telephone infrastructure to
accommodate high-speed data transfers and access to many of the latest telecommunications
services and features.
Currently, every region on the island has access to phone service. In 1998, the last rural
areas restricted to party line service were upgraded with additional telephone cables allowing
single line services islandwide.
Advances in fiber optic technology provide the backbone for the island's high-capacity
broadband requirements and the necessary services for specialized users such as the telescopes
atop Mauna Kea. Furthermore, frame relay, Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) and internet
services are transmitted via Verizon Hawaii's fiber optic network. Currently, high speed internet
connections such as Digital Subscriber Lines (DSL) are only available in certain areas on the
island. However, these services are bound to expand.
Advances in telecommunications are not without cost or concerns. One such concern is
the construction and location of telecommunication towers. Telecommunication towers are the
physical structures to which antennas are attached to facilitate wireless communication. Because
of the need for a clear line -of -site, telecommunication towers are usually located in areas with
minimum obstructions between the tower and its area of service. Line -of -site refers to the
imaginary line between a mobile phone antenna and a telecommunication tower. If there are
impediments between the mobile phone antenna and the telecommunication tower, there may be
193
Public Utilities
signal degradation or signal loss. For example, the loss of line -of -sight occurs when a person
uses a mobile phone while driving through a tunnel. Most often, communication is lost or
unclear. The line -of -sight requirement often necessitates the conspicuous location of many
telecommunication towers. Consequently, the telecommunications tower is usually much taller
than the surrounding structures or vegetation and may negatively impact the scenic nature of a
given area.
Currently there are over 95,000 switched telephone connections in service on the island.
The State Public Utilities Commission regulates telephone service statewide.
POLICIES
• Encourage underground telephone lines where they are economically and
technically feasible.
• Work with the telecommunications industry to increase the availability of
emergency telephones throughout the island.
• Develop standards for the construction of wireless telecommunication facilities.
• Work closely with the telephone company to provide all users with efficient
service.
1M11- R 17
In the development and placement of telephone facilities, such as lines,
telecommunications and cellular towers, poles, and substations, the design of the
facilities shall consider the existing environment, and scenic view and vistas shall
be considered and preserved where possible.
194
Public Utilities
UTILITIES: ELECTRICITY
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The Hawaii Electric Light Company, Inc. (HELCO), supplies electricity for the County.
Peak electrical demand in 1999 was 170.2 megawatts (lurid). HELCO's power generation
system presently has a total firm capacity of 260.4 megawatts. HELCO purchases a total of 112
megawatts of firm power from three privately -owned companies --Hilo Coast power Company
(coal at 22 megawatts), Harnakua Energy, partners (60 megawatts) and Duna Geothermal' Venture
(geothermal at 30 megawatts). The balance of 148.4 megawatts is produced by HELCO-owned
steam units, diesel units, and gas turbines. These power plants are located at Keahole, worth
Kona; Waimea, South Kohala; Waiakea Peninsula and Kanoelehua, South Hilo; and Keaau,
Puna.
HELLO owns four hydroelectric units and a windfarm that provide energy to the system.
HELCO also purchasses energy from an independent power producer with a capacity of about 11
megawatts of hydropower. All hydro units are run -of -the -river and are on the Wailuku Diver.
The Lalamilo Windfann is located west of Waimea.
There are two levels of transmission voltages to transfer power between areas on the Big Island,
The main transmission voltage is 69kV. HLCO has four 69kV cross -island transmission lines.
One line is the northern line connecting the Kanoelehua substation to Widest Hawaii via the
Waimea substation along highway 19 following the Hamakua coastline. Two lines connect the
Kaumana substation to the Keamuku substation along the Saddle Road. The fourth is the
southern line connecting the Kanoelehua substation to gest Hawaii via the Kealia substation
along Highway 11 through the Puna and Ka'u Districts. The other transmission voltage is
13.8kV that includes three tie -lines in Hilo connecting the Shipman and Kanoelehua power
plants. HELCO uses 34.5kV as a subtransmission voltage and three lines are used to service the
Puna, Ka'u and North Kohala areas.
The existing distribution system consists of several different voltage levels: 2.4kV,
4.16kV, 7.2kV, 12.47kV and 13.8kV. The distribution system basically consists of overhead
polelines and underground systems. Because of the vastness of the Big Island, the majority of
the distribution system consists of overhead pole lines. Underground systems have been used
more extensively in Fest Hawaii in the newer subdivisions and developments. HELCO
currently operates major switching stations (used to transfer the flow of power between different
transmission circuits) at critical locations around the island. These transmission switching
stations provide greater system flexibility and increase system reliability in supplying power to
the various distribution substations and eventually, to customers. Distribution substations, which
transform voltages to distribution voltages, are also located island -wide in proximity to
communities and other developments.
The Big Island has a potential to use more alternative energy in the form of geothermal,
hydro, wind, solar thermal and photovoltaic systems. These sources have been included in
HELCO's Intergrated Resource planning (IRP) process. The goal of integrated resource
195
Public Utilities
planning is the identification of the resources or the mix of resources for meeting near and long _
term consumer energy needs in an efficient and reliable manner at the lowest reasonable cost
including the need and timing of any new generation and new cross -island transmission lines.
As identified in the IRP process, HELCO is planning to expand its generation facilities at
Keahole, North Kona. The added generation at Keahole will improve the system voltage level in
West Hawaii, improve system reliability and allow for the retirement of older generators in East
and West Hawaii. Because of the planned addition at Keahole, additional cross -island
transmission lines can be deferred.
HELCO's long term plans include the eventual conversion of distribution circuits to
12.47kV where necessary. Therefore, any new distribution improvement or line extension will
be designed for 12.47kV.
POLICIES
• Power distribution shall be placed underground when and where practical.
Encourage developers of new urban areas to place utilities underground.
• Route selection for high voltage transmission lines should include consideration
for setbacks from major thoroughfares and residential areas. Where feasible,
delineate energy corridors for such high voltage transmission lines.
• Continue to advise the electrical utility companies on the future revisions of their
comprehensive Integrated Resource Plans.
• Conform to safety standards as established by appropriate regulatory authorities.
• There shall be minimal obstruction of scenic views and vistas by electrical
facilities.
• Facilities such as substations shall mitigate and minimize any aesthetic impacts to
surrounding properties and scenic vistas.
196
Public Utilities
UTILITIES: GAS
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Propane gas is widely used on the island of Hawaii. In some rural areas of the County.
gas is the only source of power. Gas consumption on the Big Island rose from 3 million therms
in 1969 to 8 million therms by 1998.
The Public Utilities Commission regulates 67 -miles of gas mains and service lines on the
Big Island. These lines serve approximately 1,600 customers and are located mainly in Hilo.
In addition, approximately 9,300 customers throughout the County are provided gas
service by tank or cylinder. The Public Utilities Commission does not regulate this type of
service. Major liquid propane gas substations on the island of Hawaii are located in Hilo,
Kailua-Kona, Waimea, and Ka'u.
Propane gas is used in both residential and commercial facilities. The primary uses for
propane are water heating, cooking, and the drying of clothes. Other uses of propane include
fuel for vehicles, emergency back-up electric generation, and decorative lighting. Residential
customers are normally provided a 124 -gallon tank.
all 61I 1
• Gas storage facilities shall be located to minimize danger to commercial and
residential areas.
�149%0031W
a County ordinances shall reflect appropriate safety standards for gas facilities.
197
Public Utilities
UTILITIES: SEWER
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Adequate sewer disposal systems are vital to safeguard public health and preserve the
environment. An adequate system is one that minimizes contamination of both the ground water
supply and the coastal waters, beaches and waterborne recreational areas and is not a visual and
odor nuisance.
About 77 per cent of the County's population is served by cesspools. There is an
increasing need to create a better system than individual cesspools, particularly in highly
urbanized and shoreline areas. This is due to the possible pollution of ground water as well as
cesspool seepage into coastal waters. More stringent pollution controls, especially in water
quality standards, are being imposed by regulatory agencies. The State Department of Health
(DOH) intends to promulgate rules that will prohibit cesspools in the County of Hawaii.
The problem of sewage disposal is discussed in more detail in a completed study of
sewerage for all urbanized and urbanizing areas in the County of Hawaii. Portions of that study
are incorporated in this report.
Hawaii County presently operates municipal sewerage in Hilo, Papaikou, Kapehu,
Pepeekeo and Kealakehe. The remaining communities are served by private wastewater
treatment facilities or individual facilities such as cesspools or septic tanks.
It is difficult to measure the adequacy or inadequacy of cesspools in a given area. Many
factors, such as density of population, porous condition of the soil, underground geologic
structure, and rainfall levels, have to be taken into account to determine the effects of cesspools.
In some areas, they may be effective and in other areas, they may not. In August 1991, the State
Department of Health adopted rules that require the use of septic systems in the most critical
wastewater disposal areas. Critical wastewater disposal areas are areas around the island where
cesspools are permitted. Sewerage disposal system designs must be examined with the particular
area in mind. However, it is important to note that the critical wastewater disposal areas may be
eliminated in the near future when the State Department of Health implements the prohibition of
cesspools.
Of critical importance in an examination of sewerage disposal for a community is the cost
of the system, including construction and operation costs. These costs vary with the
characteristics of each area.
Land development plans for resort -residential complexes located in shoreline areas pose a
potential water quality problem for adjacent near shore waters. Adequate treatment facilities are
essential prerequisites for development.
The Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974 (PL 93-523) legislated the protection of all aquifers
or portions of aquifers currently serving as drinking water sources and any other aquifer capable
198
Public Utilities
of yielding consumable water. This mandate was based on a national concern for the quality of
the ground water and the increasing evidence of contamination of this valuable resource.
In 1976, the State Legislature enacted Act 84, Relating to Safe Drinking Water, which
requires the State Department of Health to establish an underground injection control program in
order to protect the quality of the State's underground sources of drinking water. Because of the
importance of ground water as a source of municipal water supplies, the underground injection
control program is considered a beneficial approach in the identification of aquifer that should be
protected from subsurface disposal of wastewater through injection wells.
The protection of these aquifers is established by designating areas now being used or
will be used in the future for drinking water supply. The Underground Sources of Drinking
Water (USDW) will be protected from pollution by prohibiting the construction of new injection
wells that may pollute the USDW. Injection wells are allowed in exempted areas. The boundary
lines between the USDW and the exempted areas have been developed. Under Chapter 62,
"Wastewater Systems", the DOH adopted a 1,000 -foot setback of wastewater systems from all
public drinking water wells and springs.
In compliance with the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972
(Public Law 92-500), the State Department of Health and the County of Hawaii jointly prepared
the "Water Quality Management Plan for the County of Hawaii" in 1978 and subsequently
updated the plan in 1980. In 1979, the County Council adopted the plan through resolution to
serve as the planning guide for development of regional waste treatment systems and the control
of non -point source of pollution. To implement the management plan, the County has prepared
facility plans for various areas on the island. Facility Plans are plans developed by the County to
satisfy a requirement for the application of loans from the State to develop wastewater treatment
facilities. The facility plans identify problems, potential solutions and costs.
In 1985, the State Legislature enacted Act 282, Relating to Environmental Quality, which
reassigns the County, effective July 1, 1987 or upon receipt of State funds, to assume complete
administration and implementation for the regulation of sewerage and wastewater treatment
system programs.
POLICIES
• The "Sewerage Study for All Urban and Urbanizing Areas of the County of
Hawaii, State of Hawaii," December 1970, and the "Water Quality Management
Plan for the County of Hawaii," December 1980, shall be updated and used as
guides for the general planning of sewerage disposal systems.
• Private systems shall be installed by land developers for major resort and other
developments along shorelines and sensitive higher inland areas, except where
connection to nearby treatment facilities is feasible and compatible with the
County's long-range plans, and in conformance with State and County
requirements.
199
Public Utilities
• Immediate steps should be taken to designate treatment plant sites, sewerage -
pump station sites, and sewer easements according to the facility plans to
facilitate their acquisition.
•
Continue _to seek State and Federal funds to finance the construction of proposed
sewer systems and improve existing systems.
• Plans for wastewater reclamation and reuse for irrigation and biosolids
composting (remaining solids from the treatment of wastewater is processed into
a reusable organic material) shall be utilized where feasible and needed.
• Require major developments to connect to existing sewer treatment facilities or
build their own.
STANDARDS
• Incorporate sewage works standards proposed in the "Sewerage Study for All
Urban and Urbanizing Areas of the County of Hawaii" and the "Water Quality
Management Plan for the County of Hawaii."
• Sewerage systems shall be designed for a particular area, depending on
topography, geology, density of population, costs, and other considerations of the
specific area.
• 'There shall be a minimum of visual and odor pollution emanating from sewerage
treatment facilities.
• Applicable standards and regulations of the State Department of Health, Chapter
23 "Underground Injection Control."
• Applicable standards and regulations of the State Department of Health, Chapter
54 "Water Quality Standards."
• Applicable standards and regulations of the State Department of Health, Chapter
55 "Water Pollution Control."
• Applicable standards and regulations of the State Department of Health, Chapter
62, HRS, "Wastewater Systems."
• Applicable standards and regulations of Chapter 342, HRS; Act 282, Session
Laws of Hawaii 1985; and Act 302, Session Laws of Hawaii 1986, Relating to
Environmental Quality.
• All wastewater disposal systems shall conform to the applicable provisions of
Chapter 11-62, Hawaii Administrative Rules for the Department of Health to
200
Public Utilities
ensure proper treatment and disposal of wastewater and to prevent further
contamination of waterways, underground water sources, and the coastal waters.
DISTRICTS
The district analysis was conducted on a planning area basis rather than by judicial
districts.
PUNA
Pproille
The Puna district is characterized by many small towns, largest of which are Kcaau and
Pahoa, and large nonconforming subdivisions.
At present, most residents in the Pena district are served by individual sewerage systems.
The use of.cesspools and individual household aerobic treatment units will probably be
continued until such time as increased population distribution and densities make it economically
feasible to install municipal sewerage systems.
Residences near the coastal areas are much more vulnerable to unsatisfactory results with
individual disposal systems because of the relative proximity of the groundwater table to the
ground surface, The close proximity of the groundwater table reduces the efficiency of
individual disposal systems because there is less filtration that can occur before the effluent
reaches theground water. This reduced efficiency may also affect the quality of nearshore waters
due to the reduced filtration.
Courses of Action
• The use of cesspools shall be discontinued in the coastal areas where cesspools do
not function satisfactorily to meet water quality standards. Individual household
aerobic treatment units approved by the State Health Department and the County
of Hawaii could be utilized in these areas. Future sewerage systems for the Puna
area would then naturally commence with service to the lower coastal areas.
• Coordinate with W.H. Shipman Ltd. in the planning and development of a
sewerage system for the Keaau area.
201
Public Utilities
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The basic concepts of the Hilo regional wastewater management system are described in
detail in the "Facilities Plan for the Hilo District, South Hilo, Hawaii (February 1980)."
Hilo is designated as an urban sewerage planning area. The County of Hawaii owns,
operates, and maintains a sewerage system located on the Puna side of the Hilo International
Airport. At present, the system consists of a 5.0 million gallons per day (mgd) secondary sewage
treatment plant with an ocean outfall effluent disposal and a collection system of sewage pump
stations, force mains, and gravity lines.
The existing municipal wastewater treatment facility in Pepeekeo has a design capacity of
500,000 gallons per day.
The Papaikou-Paukaa sewerage system consists of a 0.35 mgd secondary wastewater
treatment plant, collection and transmission lines, and an outfall to convey effluent to the
shoreline for discharge.
Courses of Action
• Encourage the State Department of Health to monitor the wastewater received to
provide sufficient base line data regarding the need for any future extension or
expansion of waste water collection systems.
Expand the existing sewer collection system to all densely populated areas in and
around Hilo.
• Upgrade and/or rehabilitate aging sewer pump stations and collector sewers.
NORTH HILO
Profile
The towns along the coast of the North Hilo district are small plantation towns
characterized by populations of less than one thousand. For some of these towns, the population
is expected to decline.
At present, most residents are served by individual cesspools. Kapehu Camp has been
provided with a soil purification wastewater treatment system. Municipal sewerage systems for
the small towns would not be economically feasible for some time and there appear to be no
problems at the present time.
202
Public Utilities
Course of Action
• Continue operation of the existing sewerage system at Kapehu.
HAAIAKUA
Profile
Many small communities, largest of which are Honokaa and Paauilo, characterize the
Hamakua district. There are no public sanitary sewer systems in the Hamakua area. Oxidation
ponds (pond that acts as a settling pond where bacteria can break down the sewage as the liquid
seeps and filters down through the earth) serve the towns of Honokaa, Paauilo, Paauhau and
Haina and are presently adequate. Municipal sewage systems for the smaller towns would not be
economically feasible for some time.
Course of Action
• Investigate possible alternatives to eliminate the need for and continued use of the
oxidation ponds.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
The North Kohala district is characterized by many small communities with populations
under one thousand. There are neither County -operated collection or treatment facilities in this
district nor any plans for constructing a collection and treatment system. Domestic sewage
disposal is via cesspools or other individual wastewater systems. Individual sewage treatment
units in the North Kohala area are f mctioning adequately. Considering the density and
distribution of the housing units and the relatively small population growth anticipated,
individual household waste disposal unit, will continue to be utilized unless restricted by the
DOH.
203
Public Utilities
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
Most residences in the Waimea area are now being served by cesspools. As the
population is expected to increase, a municipal sewerage system should be made available.
Parker Ranch has constructed a limited collection system and treatment plant to service its
development needs.
Existing sewerage systems within the Kawaihae-Puako area consists mainly of domestic
sewage disposal via cesspools and individual wastewater systems. However, resort
developments operate their own private treatment facilities. Cesspool problems are generally
located along the Puako residential lots where the groundwater table is near the surface.
Courses of Action
Construct a Waimea sewerage system to provide sewer service and wastewater
treatment facilities with an ultimate treatment capacity adequate for foreseeable
growth. Consider water reclamation or subsurface type disposal.
• Construct a sewerage system in the Puako beach lot area to service flows by
utilizing existing resort wastewater treatment facilities as a means of wastewater
disposal.
NORTH KONA
Profile
The basic concepts of the North Kona regional wastewater management system are
described in detail in "The Facility Plan for the Kailua-Kona Sewage System, Phase IV
(Northern Zone), April 1981" and "Area wide Wastewater Management Plan for North Kona,
December 1976 (w/1981 Supplement)."
Most residences in the North Kona area are serviced by individual sewerage systems.
Kailua and Kealakehe are being serviced by a municipal sewerage system. The existing
Kealakehe Sewage Treatment Plant has a design capacity of 5.31 mgd.
The Keauhou area sewerage system is a 1.8 mgd secondary sewage treatment plant at
Heeia to serve the Keauhou-Kona resort community. This sewage treatment facility is projected
to eventually handle 3.6 mgd when the final increment is completed. This facility is owned by
Keauhuou Community Services Inc., a subsidiary of Kamehameha Investment Corp. Because of
the limited extent of the existing collection system, developments in unsewered areas are relying
on cesspools and individual wastewater systems for sewage disposal. Due to the permeable
nature of the lava strata that allows the raw sewage disposed in cesspools and effluent disposed
204
Public Utilities
in seepage pits to seep rapidly through the strata and contaminate groundwater and adjacent
coastal waters, great precaution must be exercised in averting the contamination of the waters.
Courses of Action
• Expand the existing sewer collection system.
• Upgrade the Kealakehe Wastewater Treatment Plant to produce tertiary (R-1)
quality effluent.
SOUTH KONA
Profile
Cesspools and individual wastewater systems are the primary on-site treatment system in
the South Kona area. Several small on-site package plants are also used to service shopping
centers, a hospital, and a park. They discharge treated effluent into seepage pits or injection
wells.
Courses of Action
Continue to work with the Departments of Health and Land and Natural
Resources to preserve the Class AA water quality of Kealakekua Bay.
• Continue the current methods of wastewater disposal in unsevered areas in
compliance with State and County requirements. This includes individual
wastewater systems in lova density developments and private wastewater
treatment plants in high density developments.
"MM
Profile
The Ka'u district is characterized by many small communities, largest of which are
Naalehu and Ocean View. The County has no sewerage system in the Ka'u district. A private
system exists for the Punalu'u Resort development at Punaluu, but most residents are served by
individual waste disposal systems. The cesspools and septic systems presently in use in the Ka'u
area apparently function adequately. Thus, considering the low density and wide distribution of
the housing units and the relatively small population growth anticipated, the individual treatment
units will continue to be utilized.
205
Public Utilities
Course of Action
Work closely with landowners to insure the development of adequate sewerage
treatment facilities.
206
Public Utilities
RECREATION
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Recreation provides an avenue for the fulfillment of social, cultural, physical and
educational needs of people through, leisure experiences.
Recreational facilities may be defined within two categories: Resource-based and
Facility -based. Resource-based parks provide public access to and enjoyment of an outstanding
natural or cultural resource. Valued resources include sandy beaches, non -sandy but protected
swimming areas, scenic areas and hiking areas. The Federal and State governments play a
dominant role in establishing resource-based parks such as the Hawaii Volcanoes National mark
and Hapuna Beach State Parr. Resource-based parks developed by the County are primarily
beach parrs. The other park category is facility -based parks. These types of parks are primarily
developed by the County and provide for organized, spectator, or informal play recreational
activities that are not dependent upon a natural resource. Playfields, gymnasiums, swimming
pool complexes, and tennis courts are just some examples of facility -based parks.
The Federal government provides approximately 231,400 acres of resource-based parks
on the island. The State government, provides approximately 800 acres. The County's resource-
based parks, which are primarily beach parks, total 260 acres.
Heavy demands will be placed on the recreational resources of the County as a result of
an expanding papulation and a growing number of visitors. The resident population is expected
to grow, thus increasing the use of recreational facilities. Ideally, all residents should have
convenient access to the most popular recreation facilities, such as playgrounds, gymnasiums,
swimming pools,. and multi-purpose community centers. Although beach parks usually require
suitable shoreline conditions, the popularity of shoreline activities mandate that beach parks be
established in relation to population distribution, even if the area does not provide the best
recreational resource. Some districts have benefited more than others in terms of the number of
facilities -based parks and beach parks relative to population. Worth Kona, South Kona, South
Kohala and Puna have the least amount of County facilities -based parks and beach parks in
relation to population. State beach parks within the South Kohala and Worth Rona districts help
to offset, in part, some of these deficiencies, The Worth Hilo and Worth Kohala districts have a
disproportionately large number of County park acreage in relationship to their small
populations.
The island has a pleasant climate throughout the year and a variety of scenic areas ranging
from snow-capped volcanic peaks to tropical rain forests and sunny beaches. With such natural
assets, the people of the island generally go :outdoors for their recreation. Traditionally, the
shoreline areas have been preferred for fishing, swimming, picnicking, camping and informal
passive recreation. Of the County's total 305 males of tidal shoreline, only 1.2 miles are prime
sand beach that is generally favorable for swimming and other water -oriented activities. The
demand on these limited areas for public recreation is heavy and crowding occurs in some areas.
207
Recreation
Crowding is usually due to inadequate or undeveloped park acreage, roads and parking areas _
occupying usable recreation area, and the lack of adequate facilities in adjoining areas or other
parks. Options for developing beach parks should include privately operated or maintained
facilities or private concessions of beach park facilities.
The quality of recreation areas often diminishes with heavy expanded use. Sewage and
industrial waste have penetrated into some swimming, surfing, fishing, and boating areas,
reducing the availability and/or quality of these areas for recreation. There is also competition
for prime beach area between the visitor industry and the residents. This competition will
continue to increase in the future.
The County has a variety of parks including small neighborhood playgrounds, larger
playfields, and parks of County -wide scope for active and passive recreation. On the island,
there are 4 National parks, 20 State parks and a total of 118 County park sites, in addition to
regional, district, community, and neighborhood parks. The County also manages recreational
facilities including 9 swimming pools, 19 community/senior centers, 21 gymnasiums (includes 6
Department of Education facilities), and 15 miscellaneous facilities such as rodeo arenas, boat
ramps, scenic lookout, drag strip, etc. Neighborhood parks and playfields lack adequate facilities
in some communities. In some areas, community centers are used for meetings and cultural
activities. School buildings are also used for community meetings, and school yards sometimes
function as neighborhood playfields. Park;pavilions are used for community activities and family
socials. There are also facilities for specific recreational activities, such as golf courses, small
boat harbors, and swimming pools.
The "County of Hawaii Recreation Plan" was prepared in 1974 to serve as a guide in the
planning efforts for expansion, acquisition, and development of the County's recreational areas.
This plan, however, needs to be revised and updated to reflect new and/or updated priorities.
Such a plan is needed in order for the County to identify significant resource areas with
recreational value. A detailed plan will allow the development of an acquisition program that
could utilize a variety of tools or coordinate with other involved agencies or organizations to
acquire lands for parks or access.
The recreational program of the County is presently targeted toward diversification of
activities. Active team sports for all children and adults are continually being maintained.
Recreational programs have been targeted for all ages with special emphasis to promote activities
for youth.
In some rural areas where the population is sparsely dispersed the lack of convenient
public transportation makes it difficult to take advantage of recreational facilities and programs.
Summer fun activities in the mornings are being conducted for six weeks during the
summer at County parks as well as Department of Education facilities for all children, grades one
to six. Additional enrichment programs may be offered in the mornings and afternoons when
funding is available. Intercession programs are offered to accommodate students on year-round
schedules.
208
Recreation
The lack of adequate facilities and programs for pre-school children should be addressed
with more intensity in the future. The construction of new facilities, the renovation of some of
the existing ones, and the provision of adequate staffing should meet this need.
Cultural and social programs are offered to senior citizens in all communities. Activities
include arts, crafts, games, dance, music, and educational classes. As the number of retired
persons increases, additional activities and a broader program will be needed.
The county operates nine swimming pools offering recreational swimming, water safety
instruction, and competitive swimming activity. To serve the Hilo area, one of two pools is
operated primarily for water safety instructional purposes. Most county beaches are staffed with
beach lifeguards on weekends and holidays as well as during summer school breaks to provide
lifesaving and first aid services. Lifeguards are on duty every day of the week at the most heavily
utilized beaches.
The Department of Education and the University of Hawaii system offer adult education
courses for enrichment. They also sponsor; lecture and film series in communities throughout the
County. Various volunteer citizens' groups organize and encourage art exhibits, drama, dance,
music, and other cultural performances.
Many of the cultural and educational programs are available only in the more densely
populated areas. The need to expand these programs as well as other recreational opportunities
for people in low density rural areas will continue.
Public access to the ocean and mountains have special recreational and cultural
significance to the residents of this island community. Public access to coastal and mountain
areas have been an essential element in the gathering of food, the transport of goods, and
recreational purposes for both the island's residents and their ancestors. In recognition of the
need to provide residents with the right of flee movement in public space and access to and use
of these public coastal and mountain areas, the Hawaii County Council adopted Ordinance No.
96 17 in 1996 to require the dedication of land for public rights-of-way as part of subdivision
approval or the issuance of a building permit for the construction of a multiple -family residential
development, under certain circumstances. The County may also require the establishment of
public rights-of-way as part of the issuance of other types of land use approvals, such as changes
of zone or Special Management Area Use Permits. Information regarding the State parks system,
as well as public hunting areas, may be obtained by contacting the State Department of Land and
Natural Resources.
GOALS
Provide a wide variety of recreational opportunities for the residents and visitors
of the County.
• Maintain the natural beauty of recreation areas.
209
Recreation
• Provide a diversity of environments for active and passive pursuits.
POLICIES
• Strive to equitably allocate facility -based parks among the districts relative to
population, with public input to determine the locations and types of facilities.
• Improve existing public facilities for optimum usage.
• Recreational facilities shall reflect the natural, historic, and cultural character of
the area.
• The use of land adjoining recreation areas shall be compatible with community
values, physical resources, and recreation potential.
• Develop short and long range capital improvement programs and plans for
recreational facilities that are consistent with the (General Plan.
• The "County of Hawaii Recreation Plan" shall be updated to reflect newly
identified recreational priorities.
• Facilities for compatible multiple uses shall be provided.
• Provide facilities and a broad recreational program for all age groups, with special
considerations for the handicapped, the elderly, and young children.
• Coordinate recreational programs and facilities with governmental and private
agencies and organizations. Innovative ideas for improving recreational facilities
and opportunities shall be considered.
• Develop local citizen leadership and participation in recreation planning,
maintenance, and programming.
• Adopt an on-going program of identification, designation, and acquisition of areas
with existing or potential recreational resources, such as land with sandy beaches
and other prime areas for shoreline recreation in cooperation with appropriate
governmental agencies.
• Public access to the shoreline shall be provided in accordance with an adopted
program of the County of Hawaii.
210
Recreation
• Develop a network of pedestrian access trails to places of scenic, historic, natural
or recreational values. This system of trails shall provide, at a minimum, an
islandwide route connecting major parks and destinations.
• Establish a program to inventory ancient trails, cart roads and old government
roads on the island in coordination with appropriate State agencies.
• Develop facilities and safe pathway systems for walking, jogging, and biking
activities.
• Develop a recreation information dissemination system for the public's use.
• Revise the ordinance requiring subdivisions to provide land area for park and
recreational use or pay a fee in lieu thereof.
• Develop and adopt an Impact Fees Ordinance.
• Consider alternative sources of funding for recreational facilities.
• Develop best management practices for the development of golf courses in
coordination with developers, State Department of Health, and other government
agencies.
• Provide access to public hunting areas.
• Regional Parks:
Major recreation area serving several districts and providing indoor and outdoor
activities. A major center for spectator sports and cultural activities. May include
features of historic, geological, and horticultural interests. Minimum size: 50
acres.
Vicinity of major populated areas.
Facilities include: multi-purpose building, auditorium, gymnasium, swimming
pool, adequate parking areas, and facilities for spectator sports: football, baseball,
softball, track weld, tennis, basketball and volleyball.
211
Recreation
District Parks:
Offer diversified types of recreational activities to an entire district that include
indoor and outdoor sports. Minimum size: 10 to 30 acres.
Within a district consisting of several populated communities.
Facilities include: gymnasium with office, storage, restrooms, showers; a center
for community and recreational programs; swimming pool (if justifiable); play
area and equipment for young children; courts for basketball, tennis, and
volleyball; ballfields for soccer, baseball, softball, and football; night lights; and
an adequate parking area.
Community Parks:
Community recreation area serving surrounding urban areas, and entire
community in rural areas. Provides active and passive activities.
Between 4 and 8 acres, within the center of the community or several
neighborhoods.
Facilities include: multi-purpose building; gymnasium (where not serviceable
from a district park); courts for basketball, volleyball and tennis; ballfields for
softball/baseball, soccer, football; play area and equipment for young children;
walking and jogging paths; picnic and passive area; night lights and an ,adequate
parking area.
Neighborhood Parks:
Provide open space in urbanizing areas for the general aesthetic enjoyment of the
outdoors, play areas for young children, and a social gathering place for the
neighborhood.
Up to 4 acres, within the center of the neighborhood and preferably adjacent to a
school.
Minimum facilities include: restrooms; drinking water; walking and jogging
paths (bike and skating paths); courts for basketball, volleyball and tennis;
ballfields for tetherball, baseball/softball and soccer; play area and equipment for
young children; and an adequate parking area.
212
Recreations
Community Centers:
Major center for spectator sports, cultural and social activities.
Size depends on facilities proposed and accessory uses.
Facilities include: multipurpose building; auditorium; gymnasium; facilities for
spectator sports; swimming1acility; and an adequate parking area.
• Parks for General Use:
Centered around a major natural asset, such as a sandy beach, a prime forest, or a
volcanic feature and includes historic sites whenever feasible.
Designed to accommodate users from throughout the County.
• Beach parks provide oppommities, for swimming/sunbathing, surfing, camping,
fishing, boating, nature Midy, and other pastimes. Every section of the island
should be adequately served, Facilities depend on size and intensity of use but
::should include: restrooms uith showers; picnic facilities; a defined tent camping
area when allowed, drinking water-, adequate parking; pavilions of various sizes;
and lifeguard facilities.
Wilderness and wildland areas are remote from population centers and have
limited access by jeep, hiking, biking, or horseback.
Facilities include: trails and unimproved roads; designated hunting and fishing
areas; designated conservation areas for nature study and other passive activities;
and wilderness camp sites.
0 Park Dedication Code
The County's Park Dedication Code (Chapter 8, Hawaii County Code) provides
standards for the dedication of land, facilities or assessment of in -lieu fees for
recreational purposes upon the subdivision of land or the development of multiple
family residential units. The code requires a minimum ratio of five acres of land
for park and playground purposes for every 1,000 persons in each district.
0 Public Access to the Shoreline and Mountain Areas
The County's Public Access to the Shoreline and Mountain Areas Code (Chapter
34, Hawaii County Code) requires the dedication of land for public rights-of-way
as part of subdivision approval or the issuance of a building permit for the
213
Recreation
construction of a multiple -family residential development, under certain
circumstances.
DISTRICTS
The following is an analysis of recreation in each district. It is intended to bring into
focus the relationship of the district to the County as a whole.
PUNA
Profile
Presently, the parks in the Puna district are inadequate to serve the needs of the residents.
Recreation programs are centered around team sports for young people, and social and cultural
activities are limited. Cool and rainy weather requires that there be extensive covered and indoor
recreational areas. County community parks are located at Hawaiian Beaches subdivision,
Mountain View, and Kurtistown. Tennis courts and ballfields are available at the district park
(Herbert Shipman Park) in Keaau. However, parking facilities need improvement. There is a
neighborhood center in Pahoa that is heavily used for community meetings and events;
educational, cultural, and senior citizens programs; health and welfare programs; and indoor
recreational activities. A 50 -meter Olympic -size swimming pool at the Pahoa Neighborhood
Facility, completed in 1997, now provides the residents of Puna with a world-class swimming
facility. School playf elds are used at Kcaau, Mountain View, and Pahoa. Drainage is often a
problem on the playf elds. The Department of Education maintains gymnasiums at Pahoa and
Keaau, covered and outdoor basketball courts at Mountain View, and tennis courts and ballfields
at Pahoa. The County has a gymnasium at Mountain View, outdoor basketball court at
Kurtistown and Hawaiian Beaches and tennis courts at Keaau and Kurtistown. Ballfields are also
located in Mountain View, Kurtistown, and Hawaiian Beaches subdivision. A multi-purpose
sports field is proposed at the Hawaiian Beaches Park.
School activities take precedence over public use of joint -use facilities. There are lighted
ballfields in Pahoa and Keaau.
Many of the other parks in the Puna district are heavily used by Hilo residents for
picnicking, camping, swimming, surfing, and fishing. The proximity of Puna makes it easy for
people in Hilo to travel to these areas.
The County's 1.7 -acre Isaac Hale Beach Park is a beach area offering picnicking,
camping, fishing, surfing, and swimming when the ocean is calm. A boat launching ramp facility
is presently provided adjacent to the park at Pohoiki Bay. The present park area and facilities are
inadequate. Cars, boats, and boat trailers often occupy areas within the park that could be used
for recreational opportunities. Expansion of this park has been initiated by the County with the
purchase of an adjacent 22 acres of land mauka of the existing park to be developed with
additional parking areas, playgrounds, boat parking area, picnic facilities and restrooms.
214
Recreation
Kaimu Beach Park's famous black sand beach and adjacent coconut grove, once one of
the most photographed scenic attractions on the Big Island, were covered by lava flows from
Pu'u O'o Crater, Kilauea Volcano in. 1990. Less than a mile away, Harry K. Brown Dark, at one
time the Puna district's most popular bea& park, was inundated in the same eruption.
In 1993, the County purchased approximately six acres of land situated 2,000 feet to the
northeast of Isaac Hale Beach Park in an effort to replace park land destroyed by lava. The new
Ahalanui Parr features a naturally -occurring warm spring (Mauna Kea Pond) and a grassed area
with scattered ornamental and coconut trees. Proposed improvements include the construction of
a 54 -stall parking lot, renovation of existing structures to accommodate a caretaker's cottage and
community center, the construction of restrooms, access roadway and infrastructure
improvements.
MacKenzie State Recreation Area (13.1 acres) is an ocean -oriented and forest park
located between Pohoiki and Opihikao at the edge of the Malama-Ki Forest Reserve. Fishing,
picnicking and tent camping are recreational. activities of this park. Within the park is a
well-preserved segment of the ancient Hawaiian King's Trail.
The State's undeveloped Nanawale Park site, consisting of 78.3 acres, is located adjacent
to Honolulu Landing, along the Puna Coastal Road between Kapoho and the Hawaiian Shores
Subdivision.
Near the Kapoho-Pohoiki junction, the Lava Tree State Monument (17.0 acres) features
lava trees and large volcanic earth cracks and has a footpath, picnic facilities, parking area, and
restrooms. The park is landscaped, well maintained, with adequate facilities and area for present
use. An additional area adjacent to the present park has been reserved for future expansion.
The County's Glenwood Park (1.1 acres), located along the Volcano Highway, adequately
serves travelers as a picnic and rest stop.
Approximately 60,000 acres of the 229,176 -acre Hawaii Volcanoes National Park is
located within the Puna District. The facilities of the park for passive and active recreation are
readily accessible.
Courses of Action
As the population increases and need arises, neighborhood parks in large
subdivisions between Keaau and Pahoa should be provided and improved,
• Encourage the State to establish a park reserve on State-owned land east of
Kaimu,
Recommend the establishment of beach reserves at Kehena Beach and Opihikao
(west of Opihikao junction).
215
Recreation
• Recommend that the State expand the MacKenzie State Recreation Area. -
• Develop the expanded Isaac Hale Beach Park recreation area. Provide trail access
to Keahialaka Spring and Pond and Mahinaakaka Heiau.
• Develop the Yapoho Tidepools as a marine park.
• Establish a small scenic park overlooking Kapoho and provide minimum
facilities.
• Develop recreational areas along the coast between Hilo and Kapoho, including
areas at Papai, Haena (Keaau), Kaloli Point, Keonepoko Nui, Honolulu Landing,
and Nanawale.
• Establish small scenic viewpoints along the Puna Road to overlook the rift zone
and Kaueleau, Keekee and the 1955 flows.
• Explore means to maximize the use of the Pahoa Neighborhood Facility site to
serve the recreational needs of the lower Puna area.
SOUTH TALO
P rofale
Hilo is the major urban center in the County and has a diversity of recreational facilities.
Within the city, there are eight neighborhood parks. All of these parks are between 3.0 and 7.7
acres in size and five have playfields. Nine school yards provide additional playfields. These
parks are not used to their optimum capacity. In many of the parks, there are drainage problems.
Lack of playground equipment, inadequate landscaping, and the lack of benches and adequate
shelters have restricted the use of some parks. Some residential areas do not have easy access to
neighborhood parks, and newer communities lack recreational areas altogether.
Hilo also has 17 gymnasiums: two are at University of Hawaii at Hilo, three are with the
Department of Education, nine are under County jurisdiction, and three are privately owned and
maintained.
Outside of urban Hilo, there is a County community park in Kaiwiki; a gymnasium in
Wainaku; a playfield in Hakalau; a gymnasium and playfield in both Honomu and Papaikou; and
a community center and playfield in Kulaimano. Public use of facilities jointly administered by
the County and the Department of Education is generally limited to after school hours.
216
Recreation
Regional recreational facilities located in Filo serve South Hilo and neighboring districts -
There are three swimming pools, two owned by the County and the other administered by the
Department of Education.
Hoolulu Complex is the major regional recreational center and consists of 56 acres.
There is an auditorium with a seating capacity of 2,800 that is used for pageants, private
fundraising, musical entertainment, and smarts events. Although adequate for sports, the
acoustics and seating are poor for entertainment. A large stadium (Wong) for sports events. a
swimming pool, outdoor tennis courts, a. covered tennis stadium (utilized for cultural events, car
shows and other events), and a tri -baseball field are also located in the park. Parking is currently
inadequate for large events. A new football/soccer field and parking area will be developed on
lands located to the west of the Hoolulu Complex on Manono Street. The County is currently
working with the owners of these lands to secure the site for its expansion plans.
The Hilo Armory is utilized for county programs, and organized sport events. It also
houses various county agencies.
Five miles south of Hilo, the County maintains the Panaewa Recreation Complex located
on a 173 -acre parcel. The complex includes the Rainforest Zoo and the Equestrian Center,
consisting of a race track, rodeo arena, and other equestrian facilities. The County also maintains
the Hilo Drag Strip (70.66 acres) located east of Railroad Avenue. There is a three -fourth mile
race track, spectator area and other support facilities. Also near the drag strip is a County -
operated skeet and trap range.
Most beach areas in the district have little depth due to coastal roads or residential lots.
Parking is often a problem and vehicles occupy valuable recreation area. There are eight
developed beaches with about 3,000 linearfeet of shoreline in Hilo. These are the Hilo Bayfront
Beach, Mokuola (Coconut Island), Reed's Bay, Onekahakaha Beach Park, Leleiwi Beach Park,
James Kealoha Beach Park, Carlsmith, and Richardson Ocean Park Beaches. Lihikai
(Onekahakaha) has a small sand beach with shallow water and is especially good for children.
There is a two-mile stretch of coastline from Lehia Beach Park through Lihikai
(Onekahakaha) that can be developed for recreation. The Reed's Bay area and Kuhio Bay
(Baker's Beach) have sand beaches with potential for more intensive recreational use.
The County has two general use oceanfront parks: Liliuokalani (19 acres), currently
undergoing extensive renovation and modification to improve accessibility, and Bayfront-
Mooheau Park (20.9 acres). blear the mouth of the Wailoa River is the State's Wailoa River
State Recreation Area, that includes a pond maintained as a public lashing area. These parks
provide scenic landscaped open space and are used for picnicking, pleasure walking, quiet
relaxation, and fishing. Large pavilions at Wailoa River State Recreation Area are frequently
used for community meetings and banquets. Mooheau Park has a bandstand that is used for
community gatherings and events. poise from the nearby highway, however, often interferes
with the use of the bandstand.
217
Recreation
Steep cliffs make the coastal waters of the northern portion of the South Hilo district
inaccessible except at the mouths of a few large gulches. North of Hilo are two beach parks
located at the mouths of gulches. Honolii Beach Park (2.77 acres) is used primarily by surfers.
Kolekole Gulch Park at Wailea is used mainly for picnicking and camping with limited
swimming in the stream.
The County's 4.9 -acre park at Kaumana Caves and the Wailuku River State Park (16.3
acres) in Hilo and Akaka Falls State Park (65.4 acres) in Honomu have outstanding natural
features. The State maintains a scenic viewpoint at Alealea Point and the County has a scenic
viewpoint at Onomea Lookout Point.
The three forest reserves in South Hilo offer limited wilderness recreation, primarily
hunting and camping. The Waiakea Arboretum is used as a demonstration area for visitors.
There are three facilities for small boats in Hilo. One is located at the mouth of the
Wailoa River and is used by lashing craft and other power boats. A launching ramp is provided.
The others are moorages with minimal facilities in Reed's Bay and Radio Hay used by sailboats.
An 18 -hole municipal golf course with an area of 164.9 acres is located in the Waiakea
Homesteads area. A 9 -hale privately owned golf course (63.2 acres) is located on the Waiakea
Peninsula.
Three privately -owned museums provide educational resources to the community. The
Pacific Tsunami Museum memorializes those who have lost their lives in tsunamis. Hawaii
Shirna Japanese Immigrant Museum chronicles the solicitation of Japanese nationals to work the
sugar plantations and vividly illustrates their strong traditional cultural heritage and
entrepreneurial spirit in braving adversities. The Lyman House and Memorial Museum strives
to promote awareness and instill community pride by presenting programs and exhibits relating
to the cultural, artistic, religious, and historical heritage of Hawaii.
Courses of Action
• Maintain Clem Akina Park, Gilbert Carvalho Park, Keikiland Playground and
Wainaku Camp 2 Field as community recreation.
• Improve Kalakaua Park as an open space amenity and the focal point of the
Kalakaua Park Heritage Area.
• Encourage the development of a park along both sides of the Wailuku River in the
central business district of Hilo and provide major viewpoints with pedestrian
walkways and benches.
• Community and/or neighborhood recreational areas should be provided in areas
such as Piihonua, upper Ponahawai, Kaumana-Ainako, upper Kaumana, Haihai,
and upper Waiakea.
218
Recreation
• Develop urban commercial areas with landscaped parks for passive recreation.
• Expand the depth of coastal recreation areas. Park areas should be connected with
mails to increase public access.
• Develop the coastal area between Lehia and Lihikai for recreational use.
• Develop Reed's Bay for more intensive water -oriented recreation.
• Encourage the State to develop a small boat harbor and additional moorage
facilities.
• Develop Kuhio Bay and the Baker's Beach area as a public recreational facility.
• Encourage the implementation of the "Environmental and Urban Design
Proposals, East Hawaii Project, City of Hilo," and the "Downtown Hilo
Redevelopment Plan" for the Kaiko'o and bayfront areas. This includes the
deepening of Waiolarna Canal, the development of the proposed Waiolarna River
State Park, the elimination of Bayfront Highway and the widening and realigning
of Kamehameha Avenue, and the establishment of botanical gardens.
• Provide trail and access systems to recreational areas.
• Develop a center/complex for major cultural, educational and recreational
activities.
• Develop a second municipal golf course.
• Return Kaumana Caves County Park, a natural resource recreation area., to the
jurisdiction of the State.
NORTHMLO
Profile
Recreational facilities in the North Hilo district are generally limited. The population of
the area is small and scattered and transportation is a major problem. The community at Ookala
has a gymnasium and ballfield that were previously owned by the sugar plantation but are now
owned and maintained by the County. The Papaaloa community has a county gymnasium,
community center, ballfield, and tennis courts. In Laupahoehoe, community groups use the
former Court House as a meeting place. The Laupahoehoe School complex, with a 6 -acre
playfield, a gymnasium, two tennis courts and a County swimming pool, is also used by the
219
Recreation
community. There is an old gymnasium at Laupahoehoe Peninsula used primarily by area -
residents for various functions.
Two parks are located adjacent to the mouths of the larger gulches. Waikaumalo Park at
Honohina is 3.4 acres in size and offers stream swimming and picnicking. Laupahoehoe Point
Beach Park has an area of 24 acres and is being developed to serve as a regional recreation area.
Facilities include a playfield, a boat ramp, four picnic shelters and a large pavilion. Camping,
picnicking and fishing are featured activities in this scenic location. The water, however, is
unsafe for swimming and the parking area is not defined. A joint effort undertaken by the U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers and the County provided the community with a new breakwater and
boat launching ramp.
Within the district are the Hilo Forest Reserve (54,020 acres) and the Manowaialee Forest
Reserve (1,410 acres). Neither have facilities and are rarely used for recreation.
Courses of Action
Implement the Laupahoehoe Point Beach Park master plan.
Improve the boat launching facilities at Laupahoehoe Peninsula by encouraging
the Army Corps of Engineers to extend the breakwater.
1 AK'UA
Profile
With the combined recreational facilities made available by the former sugar company,
the schools and the County, the communities of the Hamakua district are adequately served. The
sugar company previously provided neighborhood playground and playfield facilities in Haina
and Paauhau. The County now owns the ballfield in Haina and the ballfield and gym at Paauilo
Park. A community center was built by the County at Paauilo Park which, in addition, has an
inadequately lighted field and gym. The Paauilo community also uses the five -acre school
playfield.
In Honokaa, the school grounds serve as a district park administered by the Department
of Education. Other facilities include a 4.5 -acre playfield, a swimming pool (County -owned and
maintained), and a National Guard gyro. Honokaa has a large County -developed park with two
ballfields, a football/track field, and a gymnasium facility. The County also owns a rodeo arena
mauka of the Hawaii Belt Highway. The Hamakua Country Club, a 9 -hole golf course (19 acres)
facility, is privately owned.
Two wildland State parks provide facilities for hiking, picnicking, camping and hunting.
Cabins are available for overnight use. Mauna Kea State Recreation Area is 20 acres in size and
located in the saddle between Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa. From this park, there is a hiking trail
220
Recreation
to the summit of Mauna Kea. During the winter months, the summit of Mauna Kea provides
opportunities for skiing and other snow sports. Kalopa State recreation Area (100 acres) is
located in a native obia forested area five miles southeast of Honokaa.
The State Division of Forestry and Wildlife administers four game management areas
with a total area of about 290,000 .acres. These provide an extensive area for hunting. There are
also three forest reserves within this district that can be used for hunting, hiking, nature study.
and wilderness camping. No facilities are provided and access to the forest reserves is limited.
The County maintains a scenic lookout area above Waipio Valley that has a shelter and
facilities for picnicking. There is a State hiking trail into the adjoining valleys, including
Waimanu Valley.
Courses of Action
• Construct multipurpose rooms adjacent to the gymnasium in Honokaa Park to
accommodate community meetings and functions.
• Encourage the recreational development of Waipio and Waimanu Valleys as
natural and wilderness areas. Encourage the State to provide small recreation sites
on the edge of Waipio Valley.
• Encourage the development of a general use park in the Kaao-Ahualoa section of
the Hamakua Forest reserve.
•
Encourage the State to develop a scenic park on the Kohala side of Hiilawe Falls
in conjunction with the development of the scenic highway.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
Scattered settlement in the North Kohala district makes it difficult for residents to get to
recreation areas. Parks in this district consist of two school grounds and four County parks. The
Halaula Middle Annex for Kohala High and Intermediate Schools, formerly the Halaula
Elementary School, has a 5 -acre playfield, playground, and basketball court used by residents in
the area. Kohala High School has a gym, playground, track, and a 4.5 -acre playfield. The gym is
used by the community for gatherings. Kamehameha Park in Kapaau is a major district park with
an area of 18.4 acres. Facilities include a grandstand, lighted playfield, lighted tennis courts, a
swimming pool, and a large gymnasium/community center complex. The park, however, is not
large enough to accommodate major events. A community park to serve the Kahei area is being
proposed.
221
Recreation
Along the windward coast of the district, the County's Keokea Beach Park at Niulii, with -
an area of 7.1 acres and two pavilions, is the only developed beach area. Swimming at this park
is limited because of ocean conditions. On the leeward side of the district are two County beach
parks. Kapaa Beach Park has a total area of 28.3 acres, but only a small portion has been
developed. Mahukona Beach Park has a total area of less than three acres and is located close to
the harbor, which is popular for fishing and swimming. The harbor has a launching derrick
maintained by the County but lacks docking and mooring facilities for small boats. Parking is
inadequate at these beach parks. With the approval in 1993 of the proposed 240 -unit Mahukona
Resort on lands adjacent to Mahukona and Kapaa Beach Parks, the Hawaii County Council
required the developer to provide various improvements to both Mahukona and Kapaa Beach
Parks. These improvements will include facilities for active recreational uses and improvements
to the existing access roadway, pavilion and restroom facilities, among others. improvements to
Kapaa Beach Park include accommodations for camping and passive recreational uses and the
construction of restrooms and additional parking.
The Pololu Valley lookout at Niulii has limited parking but no other facilities. The valley
itself is an area of scenic beauty. An access trail from the lookout descends into the valley.
The State manages three historical parks: Lapakahi State Historical Park, Kamehameha I
Birthsite State Monument, and the Mookini Heiau State Monument.
Courses of Action
• Expand facilities at Kapa' a Beach Park.
• Encourage the State to further develop the Lapakahi complex as a historic park.
• Recommend the expansion of small boat harbor facilities at Mahukona Harbor.
• Expand the multi -use recreation areas at Mahukona and Kapaa Beach Parks.
• Encourage the State to dedicate approximately 12 acres of its lands surrounding
Mahukona Beach Park to the County to accommodate the expansion of Mahukona
Beach Park.
• Encourage the development of the Upolu Point area for recreation, including
access to fishing areas.
222
Recreation
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
Recreation areas in the South Kohala district are limited. The Waimea Elementary and
Intermediate School has a playground and a gymnasium used during school days; and jointly
operated by the County after school hours. The County's Waimea Park (10.5 acres) is the
district's recreation center with a community center, playfields and facilities for spectators, tennis
courts, restrooms, and an attractive playground for young children. One playfield and the tennis
courts are provided with lights for night activities. This park is often a rest and picnic stop for
travelers. Parking, however, is undefined and restroom facilities are inadequate. The County
also maintains a 2.8 -acre passive roadside park area in Waimea. A four -acre neighborhood park
was developed in Waikoloa Village and a community park adjacent to the Waikoloa School is
currently being developed.
The Waimea community center is a County facility. A senior citizen center is operated by
the County at the former courthouse in Waimea. There are private rodeo facilities at Parker
Ranch and Waikoloa.
The island's major white sand beaches stretch along the coast of South Kohala. Hapuna
Beach State Recreation Area and the County's Samuel M. Spencer Beach Park are the major
developed areas. The Queen Ka'ahumanu Highway between Kawaihae and Kailua has made the
beaches of South Kohala more accessible. Hapuna is 61.1 acres in size and is the major
water -oriented recreation area in the County. Samuel M. Spencer Park near Kawaihae Harbor
has an area of 13.4 acres and a sandy coastline of approximately 1,200 feet. The water is shallow
and is frequently used by family groups. loth Hapuna Beach and Samuel M. Spencer Parks
receive intensive use. In addition to these public beach parks, public access to the beaches at
Anaehoornalu, Marina Lani, and Mauna Kea have been provided. The perimeter breakwater of
the Kawaihae Small Boat Harbor is now complete. This new breakwater was constructed at the
southern end of the harbor by the Army Corps of Engineers in 1998. Infrastructure will be added
by the State when funding can be appropriated. The present small boat harbor has moorings for
40 boats and a pier with 3 -point (Tahitian -style) moorings that can accommodate six boats.
The National Park Service manages the Pu'ukohola Heiau National Historic Site
overlooking Samuel M. Spencer Beach Park.
There are 18 -hole golf course sites located at the Mauna Kea Resort (2), Waikoloa
Village, Mauna Lani Resort (2), and Waikoloa Resort (2). These courses are privately owned but
open to the public. Also open to the public is the 18 -hole Waimea Country Club.
223
Recreation
Courses of Action
• Encourage the full implementation of the Hapuna Beach State Park Master Plan
including_Wailea Bay Area.
• Improve picnic and camping facilities at Samuel M. Spencer Beach Park.
• Acquire and develop additional public shoreline recreation areas.
• Encourage the establishment of neighborhood parks.
• Ensure public use of and access to beach areas.
• Develop parking areas for Waimea Park.
• Develop additional recreational facilities in Waimea, including an approximate
30 -acre regional park on land to be donated by Parker Ranch.
• Encourage the expansion of outdoor recreational areas around Waimea School.
• Develop recreational facilities in Waikoloa, including an enclosed community
center/sports complex.
• Develop trail systems linking residential areas to Waimea's urban center.
• Support the passive use of Church Row Park.
• Encourage development of Waimea Trails & Greenways and Waimea Nature Park
(Ulu Laau).
NORTH KONA
Profile
The existing recreational areas and facilities in the North Kona district are generally
inadequate. Approximately 27,400 residents are served by nine County parks. Hale Halawai
(3.2 acres) provides a meeting place for the community and also serves as a picnic area,
Acoustics are poor and parking is inadequate. The distance of Hale Halawai from mauka areas is
a problem for many residents in the district. The small Kailua Playground (0.7 acre) is used by
Kailua residents for tennis and basketball; however, its limited area restricts active team sports.
The Hill Crest Subdivision Park is too small for competitive team sports and has inadequate
parking. The Harold H. Higashihara Park is also too small for competitive team sports, although
224
Recreation
its tennis and outdoor basketball courts and newly constructed playground are well utilized. The
one -acre school yard at Holualoa is used for organized sports. Holualoa School and the Kona
lmin Center in Holualoa also serve as community centers for meetings, social gatherings, and
recreational purposes.
The newly completed Kealakehe High School offers facilities that are open to the public
during non -school hours. Kealakehe currently has a gymnasium, two general use playfields, four
tennis courts and outdoor basketball courts. The general use playfields also accommodate
baseball, football, soccer and track activities. Construction is in progress. to provide dugouts,
bleachers and other improvements to these playfields.
The Kailua Park (Old Kona. Airport) consists of 34 acres and provides lighted fields for
baseball, softball, and football. New baseball and soccer fields were recently constructed. Also
situated here are four lighted tennis courts. The old terminal building houses restrooms, offices,
and a meeting place. A multipurpose gymnasium was completed in 1993 and a 50 -meter
Olympic -size swimming pool was completed in 1999.
Using the ratio of 5.0 acres of recreation area for every 1,000 people, the district of North
Kona should now have at least 137 acres of area for community recreation.
The County has three developed beach parks in North Kona. Laaloa Bay Beach Park is
located along Alii Drive south of Kailua-Kona. Pahoehoe Beach Park is located north of the
White Sands Beach. Kahaluu Beach Park (5.4 acres), also along Alii Drive, is located in close
proximity to the hotels at Keauhou and receives intensive use from visitors and residents. The
park also has a unique and readily accessible coral garden with an abundance of marine life. It is
usually overcrowded.
There are three small boat harbors in the district: Kailua Bay, Keauhou., and Honokohau.
Honokohau harbor has a capacity for 450 small boats and has other facilities to accommodate
boat repair, restaurant, dry storage, etc. The Kailua Bay anchorage provides limited docking
facilities and offshore anchorage for small boats and commercial charter and tour boats. The
wharf is used as a promenade, a fishing area, and is the center of the Annual Billfish
Tournament. Parking and comfort facilities are inadequate. The nearby small sand beach is used
for swimming. Keauhou Boat harbor is a small marina and has a launching ramp as does
Honokohau. Facilities are inadequate.
The Old Kona Airport State Recreation Area is the only developed State park. Activities
at this 84 -acre coastal park include picnicking, sunbathing, fishing, wading, tidepooling, and
surfing. Facilities include a special events pavilion and a jogging path.
Kekaha Kai State Park (formerly known as Kona Coast State Park) is a 1,700 -acre park
and wildlife sanctuary situated along the coast between the ahupuaa of Kukio to the north and
Kaulana to the south. Facilities at the park are minimal with portable toilets and a graded,
unpaved access road and parking area at M haiula. A conceptual plan for the park was
developed in 1998, and will provide low intensity use of the park to preserve the unique natural,
225
Recreation
cultural and recreational resources of the area. Most of the limited facilities within the park, such}
as an activity center, Park Ambassador's residence, picnic facilities, restrooms and a dry
botanical garden, will be concentrated at Mahaiula. Access roads and parking areas will be
provided at both the northern and southern ends of the park near Kua and Mahai'ula Bays,
respectively. Awakee will remain a wilderness -area and Manini'owali will be an intermediate
level activity area adjacent to the resort and residential developments of Kaupulehu and Kukio.
There are two 18 -hole golf courses at Keauhou and a private 18 -hole course at
Puuanahulu, Makalei, and the Hualalai Resort.
The Honuaula Forest Reserve on the upper western slopes of Hualalai is used for limited
wilderness recreation. No facilities are available and access roads are privately owned and in
poor condition.
Courses of Action
• Encourage the development of community and district recreational facilities, a
gymnasium and community center with easy access for residents.
• Encourage the development of Alii Drive within the Kailua Village area as a
pedestrian mall with open space areas for passive recreation.
• Improve facilities at Laaloa Bay Beach Park and Kahaluu Beach Park.
• Implement the development of the Kailua Park (Old Kona Airport) as a major
regional or district park.
• Encourage the development of a major multi-purpose regional recreational and
sports complex.
• Acquire, and/or encourage the development of additional public shoreline
recreation areas.
• Establish public access to and the development of shoreline regions along the
North Kona Coast in areas such as Keawaiki, Kiholo Bay, Kaupulehu, Kukio and
Kapapa Bays, Kua Bay,, Kahoiawa, Makalawena, and Honokohau.
• Encourage the State to continue with the establishment of Kekaha Kai State Park
reaching into Mahaiula, Awakee, and Maniniowali Ahupuaa.
• Protect the marine life at Kahaluu Bay.
• Protect Opaeula, Kaloko, and Honokohau (Aimakapa) Ponds as natural areas.
226
Recreation
• Encourage the development of historic trails.
• Develop a municipal golf course.
• Encouragc the establishment of a historic park at Kamoa Point.
• Encourage the acquisition and establishment of the summit area of Hualalai as a
wilderness park.
• Increase mauka park lands.
SOUTH KONA
Profile
In all of South Kona there is one district recreation center, the County's Arthur C.
Crreenwell Park (2.7 acres) in Captain Cook.. Facilities include tennis and basketball courts, a
newly developed playground, and a lighted playfield. Multipurpose facilities at Sgt. Rodney J.T.
Yano Memorial: Hall are utilized by the County, individuals, and community organizations.
Kona Scenic Park, a neighborhood park, bats a baseball/football field, outdoor courts, and a
restroom.
The Konawaena School in Kealakekua has a swimming pool (County -owned and
maintained), a gymnasium, baseball and football fields, four tennis courts, and an eight lane all-
weather track. Communities in North Kona without recreation areas use this field. School yards
at Hookena and Honaunau Schools are available for community use. Honaunau School has a
small playfield used by community organizations and teams from as far away as Milolii. The
playground and restrooms are available only during school hours. Hookena School has lighted
basketball and -volleyball courts and a small playfield. These are occasionally used by
community teams.
There are four developed beach parks and two beach park reserves in the district. The
County beach parks are small and have limited facilities. Milolii Beach Park (1.2 acres), on the
old school grounds, has very limited facilities for camping, picnicking, fishing, and swimming.
Hookena Beach Park (3.4 acres) is about 60 feet wide and 600 feet long with outstanding scenic
qualities.
The Pu'uhonua O' Honaunau National Historic Park at Honaunau Hay consists of 182
acres and provides opportunities for fishing„ swimming, and picnicking. There are also
interpretive trails to significant historic sites, Tidepools are easily accessible and the offshore
waters are excellent for snorkeling and diving.
An undeveloped beach reserve is located at Manini Point (5.6 acres) on the southern
shore of Kealakekua Hay. At the southeast shore of Kealakekua Bay is the Hikiau Heiau State
227
Recreation
Monument (0.8 acres) that has been incorporated into the presently undeveloped Kealakekua Bay
State Historical Park. The State's Napoopoo Beach Park is located adjacent and to the south of
the Hikiau Heiau.
Rich in coral and -fish display, adjacent to the Captain Cook Monument, is the
Kealakekua Bay State Underwater Park consisting of 315 acres. The bay provides opportunities
for snorkeling, scuba diving, and glass bottom viewing to observe the marine life in this
underwater habitat.
The South Kona Forest Reserve consists of 23,322 acres and offers limited wilderness
recreation accessible by a few trails.
Courses of Action
• Expand and/or develop recreational facilities in existing communities.
• Establish, in cooperation with the State Department of Education, additional
recreational facilities at Konawaena, Honaunau, and Hookena Schools.
• Encourage the development of a district recreation center with the cooperation of
public and private agencies.
• Encourage the development of the coastal area for public recreational use.
• Encourage the development of a historic park at Kealakekua Bay and protect
historic sites and scenic aspects of the area. Provide a conservation buffer around
Kealakekua Bay.
• Encourage the development of beach park reserves as natural areas and the
improvement of existing beach parks.
• Encourage the further development of Honaunau Bay as a historic park with
recreational opportunities.
• Encourage the development of Honomalino Bay as a beach reserve.
• Encourage the development of Palemano Point and Hookena areas for public
recreational opportunities.
• Develop and provide cultural facilities and programs.
228
Recreation
KA'U
Profile
Naalehu Park, Waiohinu and Pahala community parks and their school yards provide
community recreation areas. There is a plantation community center in Pahala and County
community centers in Naalehu and Pahala khat are used for community and private functions. In
addition, there is a County swimming pool at the Ka'u High School campus in Pahala. Several
neighborhood park sites have been reserved in subdivisions in the Kahuku area. The new Kahuku
Park is on a four -acre site in Ocean View. The new park will include a ballfield, basketball
court, playground, pavilion and restroom facilities.
There is a lack of beaches with safe swimming areas in the district. There are two
developed beach parks in Ka'u: Whittington Beach Park (0.8 acre) in Honuapo Bay and Punaluu
Black Sand Beach Park (6.0 acres). Swimming at Whittington Beach Park is hazardous due to
rough seas. The area is scenic and used for picnicking, camping, and a rest stop for travelers.
The black sand beach at Punaluu is an easily accessible swimming area that is heavily used. It is
often crowded and has inadequate parking. The adjacent County park is located on a lava plateau
on the southwest side of the bay.
South Point (Ka Lae) offers unique scenic landscape, historic sites, and good fishing. The
Department of Hawaiian Homes Lands' Kamaoa park site, consisting of 28.8 acres, is
undeveloped.
Manuka State Wayside, a botanical garden with picnicking facilities, serves as a rest stop
for travelers. The Kilauea State Recreation Area near the national park boundary in Volcano has
one furnished cabin.
The Hawaii Volcanoes National Park consists of 229,176 acres and features geologic
phenomena and wildlife. Facilities for picnicking and camping as well as good hiking trails are
located throughout the park.
There are also forest reserves in the district, but they have poor access and lack facilities.
The 18 -hole golf courses in the Ka'u district are located at Discovery Harbor, Volcano
Country Club, and Punalu'u (SeaMountain). These golf courses are privately owned and open to
the public.
Courses of Action
• Encourage the development of a swimming facility in Naalehu.
• Develop parks in Ocean View, commensurate with population growth.
229
Recreation
• Encourage the establishment of the Punaluu-Ninole Springs region as a recreation -
area.
• Encourage the State Department of Hawaiian Homes Lands to develop the South
Point area for recreational opportunities.
• Recommend the development of Kaalualu Bay as a remote camping -beach park.
• Encourage the State Department of Land and Natural Resources to develop
wilderness recreation uses of the Kapua-Manuka Forest Reserve.
• Encourage the restoration of Ninole Pond as a recreation -area.
• Encourage land acquisition surrounding Whittington Beach Park to allow for its
expansion and the construction of a parking area.
230
Recreation
TRANSPORTATION
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Transportation is the systems and modes of conveyance of people and goods from place
to place. It can be considered the major infrastructural element of an area. The different
elements of the transportation system ideally need to be planned through an integrated and
comprehensive process that includes land use planning. The coordinated planning of
transportation facilities requires an understanding of the characteristics of the modes of
conveyance and the patterns and densities of the area that they are intended to serve.
The purpose of transportation planning is to provide faster, safer, efficient and more
pleasant travel, as limited by the ability to finance the cost of transportation. Because
transportation systems are expensive, to construct and maintain, great care and foresight are
necessary when developing plans for its construction. Modem transportation planning
emphasizes the total transportation system rather than isolated facilities. It considers all modes
of transport which are economical in an area, as well as all types of improvements, including
traffic engineering improvements.
The island is faced with an increasing demand for the development of new transportation
facilities and systems. Over the past three decades, a number of major transportation projects
have been completed, while many others are in the planning stage. Much of the current
construction, however, is either expansion or improvement of existing systems of facilities. A
sizable portion of the new construction eith-er planned or underway is but an incremental part of a
long-range program.
Since the adoption of the General Plan in 1971, the County has seen the construction of
major highways, the expansion of its airport and harbor facilities and the establishment of a mass
transit system. The 1970s saw the construction of the 35 -mile long Queen Kaahumanu Highway
(Highway 19) that provided access to the coastal areas between Kawaihae and Kailua-Kona.
Since its opening in 1970, the runway and terminal facilities at the Kona International Airport at
Keahole has been expanded to accommodate increased passenger traffic and international flights.
The State has developed master plans for its highway, airport and harbor facilities to
accommodate anticipated demands in the use of its facilities. Similarly, the State, in
coordination with the County, prepared the Hawaii Long Range Land Transportation Plan (1998)
that identified the island's major land transportation improvement needs to support the County's
projected growth to the Year 2020.
Funding sources for future improvements may have to be expanded given decreasing
Federal and State government capital expenditures. Traditionally, much of the funds for ti -Ile
major elements of the transportation system have come from these levels of government. In
recent years, however, such funding has been declining and the financing of these improvements
directly by the private sector may be required. These funding considerations will become more
significant as the level of federal government financial support declines.
231
Transpormfion
The different elements of a transportation system should be planned in conjunction with
the overall land use plan of the County. To be effective, transportation planning as a "team task"
requires the coordinated efforts of trained persons from a number of fields. Aside from these
professionals, community participation, awareness and understanding are also vitally important.
TRANSPORTATION
X1", l
Provide a transportation system whereby people and goods can move efficiently,
safely, comfortably and economically.
• Make available a variety of modes of transportation that best meets the needs of
the County.
POLICIES
• A framework of transportation facilities that will promote and influence desired
land use shall be established by concerned agencies.
• The agencies concerned with transportation systems shall provide for present
traffic and future demands, including the programmed development of mass
transit programs for high growth areas by both the private and public sectors.
• The improvement of transportation service shall be encouraged.
• Consider the provision of adequate transportation systems to enhance the
economic viability of a given area.
• Develop a comprehensive, islandwide multi -modal transportation plan that
identifies the location and operation of automobile, mass transit, bicycle and
pedestrian systems, in coordination with appropriate Federal and State agencies.
• Work with various non-profit agencies to coordinate transportation opportunities.
• Transportation systems shall meet the requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation, State Department of Transportation and the County of Hawaii.
• Transportation facilities and systems shall conform to the requirements of the
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
232
Transportation
Transportation systems shall conform with design guidelines established by the
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)
The following sections on Roadways and Transportation Terminals are sub -elements of
the overall transportation element.
233
Transportation
ROADWAYS
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The mobility of today's population is expected to increase. Population growth and
increased car ownership will continue and will require additional measures for improving
transportation facilities.
Roadways, as well as other elements of the transportation system, provide the connecting
links between destination points.
In planning vehicular transportation, the various systems take into consideration activities
or land uses that will continue to generate traffic. New major highways are expected to create
new and productive land uses in appropriate locations. Roadways must be planned with other
transportation elements, as all contribute to the total movement of people and goods.
The planning and design of roadways must also consider the area through which the
corridor passes, the scenic vistas available, the potential for multiple uses of the right-of-way,
and the impacts that may occur in the surrounding lands within the limits of feasibility and
quality road design.
Roadway systems in Hawaii County are generally financed through Federal, State, and
County programs. Recent funding limitations are reducing the availability of such monies.
Consequently, additional sources will have to be sought to implement the needed improvements.
The County of Hawaii has 1,393 miles of public roads. This includes 394 miles of State
highways and approximately 879 miles of County roads. Some of these roads do not meet
present standards and require improvements. Of the approximately 879 miles of roads
maintained by the County, 24 miles or 2.7 per cent are unpaved. There are also drainage and
:hooding problems along many highways and streets, as well as traffic congestion in some areas.
There are approximately 360 miles of primary and secondary arterials within the County
that provide the major intra -island route between the major urban centers of Hilo, Kailua-Kona
and Waimea and the major commercial airports and harbors. Major and minor collectors total
approximately 200 miles. Local streets comprise about half of the total number of miles of
public roads, or approximately 600 miles.
The County -owned and maintained roads as detailed in the previous paragraph do not
include the many miles of homestead roads or "paper" roads throughout the island. Under the
terms of the Highways Act of 1892 and Chapter 264, Hawaii Revised Statutes (HRS), all roads
existing at the time of adoption of the Highways Act were declared to be public highways. In
addition, public highways include all roads, alleys, streets, ways, lanes, bikeways, and bridges
laid out on paper or built by the Territorial, State or County governments since 1892. A 1999
State Attorney General opinion clarified that all public highways are County highways unless
234
Tmspormion
declared by Chapter 264, HRS to be under State jurisdiction. The implications of this upon the -
County's ability to effectively manage its roadway systems have not yet been clearly defined.
What is clear is that additional resources are needed to fairly and adequately address the added
responsibility of maintaining what the Department of Public Works estimates to be anywhere
from 500 to 800 miles of homestead roads, many of which are unpaved and have not been
maintained for many years. Assuming that the general public will not accept a large reduction in
maintenance and repair activities of the other 1,000 miles of County -owned roads, additional
funding is essential to systematically integrate the maintenance of these homestead roads into the
Department of Public Works maintenance program.
The major highway systems on the island are the Hawaii Belt Highway and the
Mamalahoa Highway, which combined, link the major towns of all districts except North
Kohala. This corridor has aspects of natural: beauty that have often been overlooked. To
alleviate the problem of distance between east and west Hawaii, a project planned by the Federal,
State and Courcy governments would improve the commute along the narrow and winding
Saddle Road (Highway 200), the only paved road serving the astronomical observatories on
Mauna Kea and Mauna Loa and the Pohakuloa Training Area. This project will upgrade and
modernize the Saddle Road to Federal highway design standards and address conflicts in its
shared use by the general public and the military. Once completed, the one-way commute time
between East and West Hawaii could be reduced by twenty to thirty minutes.
With the cooperation of various State and County agencies and citizen advisory
committees, the Long Range Land Transportation Plan for the Island of Hawaii was developed in
1998 to identify the major land transportation improvement needs to support the projected
growth of the County to the Year 2020. Various State and County roadway systems located
throughout the island were identified for improvement, including the reconstruction of Saddle
Road (Highway 200) and the widening of (ween Kaahumanu Highway (Highway 19) to four
lanes between Waikoloa Road and Kona International Airport at Keahole.
In addition to the public road systems, there are numerous private roads.
310" W
• Provide a system of roadways for the safe, efficient and comfortable movement of
people and goods.
• Provide an integrated State and County transportation system so that new major
routes will complement and encourage proposed land policies.
POLICIES
• Encourage the programmed improvement of existing roadways by both public and
private sectors.
Investigate various methods of funding road improvements, including private
235
Transportations
sector participation, to meet the growing transportation needs of the island. -
• Encourage the State to establish a continuous State highway system connecting
the County's major airports and harbors.
• Support the development of programs to identify and improve hazardous and
substandard sections of roadway and drainage problems.
• Coordinate with appropriate Federal and State agencies for the funding of
transportation projects for areas of anticipated growth.
• Consider the development of alternative means of transportation, such as mass
transit, bicycle and pedestrian systems, as a means to increase arterial capacity.
• There shall be coordinated planning of Federal, State, and County street systems
to meet program goals of the other elements such as historic, recreational,
environmental quality, and land use.
• Provisions for on -street parking shall be incorporated into the design of street
systems.
• Encourage the State Department of Transportation to establish special scenic
routes within and between communities.
• Transportation and drainage systems shall be integrated where feasible.
• Support the development of an efficient transit route between east and west
Hawaii.
• Adopt street design standards that accommodate, where appropriate, flexibility in
the design of streets to preserve the rural character of an area and encourage a
pedestrian -friendly design, including landscaping and planted medians.
• Develop minimum street standards for homestead and other currently substandard
roadways that are offered for dedication to the County to ensure minimal levels of
public safety.
• Encourage the development of walkways, jogging, and bicycle paths within
designated areas of the community.
• Explore means and opportunities to enhance the shared use of the island's
roadways by pedestrians and bicyclists, in coordination with appropriate
government agencies and organizations.
• The Bikeway Plan for the County of Hawaii (1979) shall be updated to include the
236
Transportation
development of a safe and usable bikeway system throughout the island. -
• Work in conjunction with the State to establish a clear agreement of the
ownership and maintenance of the old homestead roads.
Develop short and long range capital improvement programs and plans for
transportation that are consistent with the General flan.
Primary Arterial: Includes major highways, parkways, and primary arterials that
move vehicles in large volumes and at higher speeds from one geographic area to
another, highest traffic volume corridor. Designed as a limited access roadway.
Primary arterials shall have a minimum right-of-way of 120 feet.
• Secondary Arterial: A street of considerable continuity that is primarily a traffic
:artery between or through large areas; interconnect with and augment primary
system, Designed as a limited access roadway. Secondary arterials shall have a
minimum right-of-way of $0 feet.
• Major Collector: Any street supplementary to the arterial street system that is a
means of transit between this system and smaller areas; used to some extent for
through traffic and to access abutting properties; collect and distribute traffic
between neighborhood and arterial system. Major collectors shall have a
minimum right-of-way of 60 feet.
• focal Streets-cornmercial6industrial: Local streets within commercial and
industrial areas shall have a minimum right-of-way of 60 feet.
Minor Collector and Local Streets: Minor collectors are used at times as through -
streets and for access to abutting properties. The principal purpose of a local
street is to provide access to property abutting the public right-of-way.
These standards shall apply to new construction. The County shall determine
standards for the dedication and upgrade of existing roads.
237
Transportation
DISTRICTS
The following is an analysis by district with reference to roadways. The brief analysis of
each district is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the County as a
whole.
a1
Profile
Primary routes within the Puna district are the Volcano Road (Highway 11), which
provides access to Hilo and serves the upper Puna region; the Puna Road- (Highway 130), serving
lower Puna from Keaau to Kalapana-Kaimu; the Kapoho Road (Highway 132), from Pahoa to
Kapoho; and the Puna Coast Road (Highway 137), linking Kapoho and Kalapana-Kaimu. The
latter road is basically a narrow, paved cinder road. Recent upgrades have greatly improved
Highway 130 from Keaau to Kalapana and Highway 11 from Hilo to Volcano. However, the
majority of the roads throughout the district are inadequate by present standards. As the only two
primary routes serving the district, Highway 130 and Highway 11 are congested during the work
week for Hilo -bound traffic as the population in the district continues to grow. The recently
completed Keaau By -Pass Highway re -directs Hilo- and Pahoa-bound traffic around the town of
Keaau, avoiding the congested intersection of Volcano Highway-Keaau-Pahoa Road.
Many sections of the roads in this district have drainage systems that do not meet present
standards or have sharp curves and grades without adequate sight distance. In several
communities, buildings directly abut or encroach onto rights-of-way.
Most private roads in large subdivisions are cinder -surfaced and deficient in layout and
construction. During the development of these large, substandard subdivisions in the 1950s and
1960s, limited attention was given to proper roadway base construction and drainage. There is
also a network of private old plantation roads throughout the area.
Courses of Action
• Explore the possibility of developing a mid-level roadway to be located makai of
Highway 130, beginning at Hawaiian Beaches Subdivision and extending through
Hawaiian Paradise Park Subdivision with its eventual connection to Railroad
Avenue in South Hilo. Consider the establishment of a bikeway along the same
alignment.
• Consider, in conjunction with community associations and the property owners,
the use of a variety of mechanisms to provide infrastructure in non -conforming
subdivisions, beginning with the major roads providing access into the more
densely populated subdivisions.
238
Tmnsportation
SOUTH HILH
The Hawaii belt Highway (Highway 19) is the primary traffic artery serving the district
outside of Hilo. Portions of the old Mamalahoa Highway serve scattered residential areas such as
Pepeekeo and Honor€iu. Several narrow roadways cross -connecting the Hawaii Beit Highway
and the old Mamalahoa Highway serve upper homestead areas. There is also an intricate system
of private, former plantation roads.
Hilo is a terminal point for the island -circling Hawaii Belt Highway. Augmenting the
Hawaii belt Highway is the trans -island Saddle Road. The Saddle Road route within the city
follows major shoroughfares that are congested, narrow, and/or winding. Planning and design is
currently underway to improve and partially realign Highway 200 (Saddle Road) between
Kaumana in East Hawaii and its connection to the Queen Kaahumanu Highway just south of
Waikoloa in West Hawaii. The extension of Puainako Street in Hilo to connect with Highway
200 is currently in its planning stages and! will ultimately provide the final link in a much
improved and safer trans -island connector between East and West Hawaii.
Hilo's internal circulation system provides arterial and collector streets to handle traffic
moving from one part of the city to another. However, except for Komohana Street below the
mauka residential sections, the majority of the traffic flow in Hilo is forced through the
downtown area because of the lack of arterial connections. High traffic volume is also ,generated
around the Hilo High and Hilo Intermediate School complexes during peak traffic hours.
Kawailani and Puainako Streets also experience high traffic volumes during peak traffic hours as
students arrive at the various public schools located nearby. The Keaukaha area is served by a
single main road, Kalanianaole Avenue that is vulnerable to the threat of tsunamis in this low-
lying area. A portion of this road has been recently widened and improved. However, the
unimproved portion remains inadequate to accommodate the existing uses in the area.
The majority of the roads throughout the district do not meet present standards. Many
sections of the roads have sharp curves and grades with relatively short sight distance. There are
many streets with a maximum 40 -foot right-of-way that is below present standard, and many
more that do not have designed pedestrian areas, or that drain poorly and lack curbs, gutters or
swales. In many instances, there is no major surface drainage system to handle the increased
runoff brought about as new lands are opened for construction development.
Courses of Action
• Portions of the old Marnalahoa Highway, especially those serving Pepeekeo and
Honomu, should be improved to provide a secondary north -south route along the
Hamakua coast.
239
Transportation
• Major east -west collector roads between the old Mamalahoa Highway and the -
Belt Highway and those serving upper homestead areas should be widened and
improved.
• A realignment of Highway 200 (Saddle Road) from the Forest Reserve boundary
on the south gide of Kaumana Drive and along the north side of Puainako Street,
intersecting the present Puainako alignment at Kinoole Street and continuing to
the intersection of Kanoelehua Avenue should be constructed. Limited access
control is recommended with intersections at the major cross arterials serving the
various areas of the city.
• Construct the proposed improvements and extension of Highway 200 (Saddle
Road) from Kaumana Drive to the Queen Kaahumanu Highway in South Kohala.
• Widen and provide curb, gutter and sidewalk improvements along Kilauea
Avenue from Haihai Street to Ponahawai Street.
• Widen and provide curb, gutter and sidewalk improvements along Kinoole Street
from Haihai Street to Olona Street.
• An extension of Puainako Street east of Kanoelehua should be the main route
from the airport terminal for direct access to the business district.
• Widen and improve Kekuanaoa Street from Kanoelehua Avenue to Kilauea
Avenue.
• Plan for the eventual closure of the Bayfront Highway and the relocation of the
existing Highway 19-Pauahi Street intersection to an area in the vicinity of
Ponahawai Street, in coordination with the State.
• Ainako Street should extend across Kaumana Drive to meet the Mohouli
extension to provide one of the major mauka cross -city connections.
• Improve Akolea Road between Piihonua and Kaumana Drive and construct its
extension to the upper reaches of Ainaola Drive to provide a cross -city connection
between Upper Wailuku and Waiakea-Uka.
• Improve Waianuenue Avenue and Kaumana Drive along their entire alignments,
including the acquisition of additional rights-of-way as needed.
240
"transportation
NORTH HILO
Profile
The primary traffic circulation system through the district is the Hawaii Belt Highway
(Highway 19). A secondary system also parallel to the shoreline is the existing Mamalahoa
Highway, the major link between Hilo and Honokaa before the Hawaii belt Highway to Honokaa
was completed in 1960.
The only means of access to the many small towns within this district is via the Hawaii
Belt Highway, which has many sharp curves and grades with relatively short sight distance.
Several bridges along this highway are narrow. Landslides also occur along certain portions of
this roadway during heavy rainfall.
In addition to the roads paralleling the seacoast, many mauka-makai roads connect the
lowlands to the upper homestead and agricultural belt. Many of these roads are maintained by
the County but were also maintained by the now -defunct sugar companies. Continued
maintenance of these former plantation roadways is a concern that the County and the affected
residents along these roadways must strive to resolve.
Courses of Action
• Restore and maintain existing homestead roads.
• Encourage the State Department of Transportation to improve those portions of
the Hawaii Belt Highway at Maulua, Laupahoehoe and Kaawalii Gulches.
• Encourage the State Department of Transportation to realign that portion of the
Hawaii Belt Highway at Kapehu Camp.
• Encourage the State to install additional passing lanes at various sections along
Highway 19.
241
Transportation
HAiMAKUA
Profile
The Hawaii Belt_Highway is the primary traffic artery connecting Hamakua to the Hilo
and Kohala districts.
Realignment and widening of the secondary road through Honokaa and its continuation to
Waipio Valley is complete. The pattern of circulation in Honokaa is overly dependent upon
Mamane Street, the only roadway providing access through the town. Vere is a lack of parallel
loop circulation routes and most of the local traffic is on Mamane Street or sub -streets that
branch off the main street. However, because of the sloping topography and the water courses
dividing Honokaa into separate areas, it is difficult.to develop loop circulation systems without
constructing a number of bridges.
In addition to the roads mentioned, there are several homestead roads mauka of the
Hawaii Belt Highway serving the Paauilo, Pohakea, Kaapahu, Kalopa, Kaao, and Ahualoa
Homestead lands. These roads, however, are narrow and in poor condition. There is also a
network of private former plantation roads.
Courses of Action
• Encourage the State to install additional passing lanes along Highway 19 at
appropriate locations.
• Provide for an industrial traffic connection leading from the former sugar mill to
Highway 19, separating this traffic from local traffic movement on Mamane
Street.
• Encourage the State to construct a scenic highway from the Waipio Valley
lookout extending mauka to connect to Mud Lane at the entrance of Waimea.
• Improve County maintained roads and encourage the improvement of non -county
owned roads by the State of Hawaii or private landowner.
• Consider alternatives in the management of Pakalana Street, such as its
conveyance to the State Department of Education or its conversion to a one-way
traffic pattern.
• Provide a cross-town connection to Plumeria Street by extending Kamani Street.
• Provide a mauka-makai connection from the Kamani Street extension to Mamane
Street on the Hilo side of the elderly housing.
• Eliminate the Milo Street extension on the Waipio side of Pakalana Street.
242
Transportation
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
There are two roads leading into North Kohala, the Kohala Mountain Road and the Akoni
Pule highway. The mountain route to Koh�ia has sharp vertical and horizontal curves and
grades with relatively short sight distance. The urban areas of this district are scattered along the
main road between Hawi .and Niulii, a distance of nearly seven miles. There is also an intricate
system of former plantation roads.
Courses of Action
• Encourage the improvement of the Kohala Mountain Road.
• Encourage the improvementof that portion of the Akoni Pule highway between
the towns of Hawi to Niulii.
• Improve mauka-makai county maintained homestead roads and encourage
improvement of the non -county owned roads by the State of Hawaii or private
subdivisions.
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
The primary highway that runs through the town of Waimea is the Mamalahoa Highway.
Recent improvements to this section of the highway have significantly improved the traffic flow
through Waimea. town. However, the narrow and winding sections of Mamalahoa Highway from
Waimea to still require Improvements. The Akoni Pule Highway extends from Kawaihae in
South Kohala to the towns of Hawi, Kapaau and Niulii in North Kohala.
Studies are on-going for the construction of a new bypass highway around the town of
Waimea (Waimea Bypass) and a new road from Waimea to Kawaihae (Kawaihae Road
Realignment). Construction of these transportation segments will be needed to accommodate the
anticipated expansions of resort areas along the coast, commuter traffic from Hamakua and
Waimea and the transportation of goods to and from the Kawaihae Harbor.
Preliminary designs for the realignment of the Saddle Road indicate that its proposed
connection with the Mamalahoa highway (Highway 190) will be located approximately 8 miles
south of its current intersection or 3 miles to the south of the Mamalahoa Highway-Waikoloa
Road intersection. From this intersection, the Saddle Road will continue makai along the South
243
Transportation
Kohala-North Kona District boundary to its ultimate connection with the Queen Kaahumanu
Highway.
Courses of Action
• Improve existing homestead roads.
• Encourage the construction of a Waimea by-pass road from Mud Lane to
Mamalahoa Highway on the Kona side of Waimea.
• Encourage the construction of connector roads from the Waimea Bypass Road to
the Mamalahoa Highway.
• Encourage the construction of a new Waimea to Kawaihae road from Mamalahoa
Highway to the Queen Ka'ahumanu Highway.
• Encourage the widening of Queen Ka'ahumanu Highway as the need arises.
• Support the installation of suitable bikeways and/or jogging paths.
• To relieve traffic congestion through Waimea town, implement construction of a)
Parker Ranch's connector road from Kamamalu Street to Mamalahoa Highway;
and b) the County's extension of this road, between Mamalahoa Highway and
Kawaihae Road in the vicinity of the Waimea solid waste transfer station.
• Construct, at a minimum, one other paved two-lane access road out of the Ke
Kumu Housing area onto Paniolo Drive.
• Extend Paniolo Drive in Waikoloa north to intersect with the Kawaihae Road and
the proposed Waimea-Kawaihae Road.
• Provide traffic signals at the Waikoloa Road-Paniolo Drive intersection.
NORTH KONG
Profile
The major traffic arteries serving the North Kona district are the Hawaii Belt Highway
connecting Kona with South Kohala and Ka'u, the Queen Ka'ahumanu Highway, the Kuakini
Highway connecting Kailua with the mauka Keauhou area, and Alii Drive serving the shoreline
areas between Kailua and Keauhou. The latter of these systems is the only access to areas along
the shoreline between Kailua and Keauhou. Mauka-makai access between the Mamalahoa
Highway and the Queen Kaahumanu Highway is provided by Kaiminani Drive, Hina Lani Drive
and Palani Road.
244
Transportation
The Keahole to Kailua Development Plan was adopted by the Hawaii County Council in
1991. This development plan encompasses an area from the Kau ahupuaa near Kona
International Airport at Keahole to the Keahuolu ahupuaa in Kailua-Kom with the Mvlamalahoa
Highway as the mauka boundary of the study area. The overall goal of the plan was to develop a
mixed residential, commercial, industrial, resort and recreational community to meet the growing
needs of the Kona region. In 1997, the Planning Department developed the Keahole to Kailua
Development Plan -Revised Roadway Plan Implementation Strategy. This plan identified
schematic roadway corridors necessaxy to accomodate future traffic volumes upon full build-
out of the study area. Recommended roadway improvements, among others, include widening of
the Queen Kaahumanu and Marnalahoa Highways and the construction of a mid-level roadway
and mauka-makai connectors between the Queen Kaahumanu and Mvlamalahoa Highways.
Currently in its design stage, the proposed Kahului-Keauhou Parkway (formerly known as
the Alii Highway) will provide another north -south arterial between its northern connection to
the Queen Kaahumanu Highway at Kahului ahupuaa and its southern terminus at the Alii Drive-
Kamehameha 1R Road intersection in Keauhou.
There is also a network of private subdivision roads with steep grades and limited sight
distance.
Courses of Action
• Develop a roadway network circulation plan in cooperation with the State
Department of 'Transportation and affected communities. Upon adoption of the
plan, the plan recommendations shall be incorporated on the zone district maps.
• Encourage the State to widen Queen Kaahumanu Highway as necessary to
accommodate increases in traffic flows, in particular between Kona International
Airport at Keahole and Kailua-Kona.
• Widen Palani Road between the proposed Keanalehu (Waena) Drive and the
Queen Kaahumanu Highway or construct the proposed Palani Bypass Highway.
• Encourage the State to extend Kealakehe Parkway mauka to connect with the
Mamalahoa Highway.
• Construct the following north -south collector roadways from Palani Drive and
extending north to the proposed University Drive: 1) Ane Keohokalole Highway
€Mid-level Road); 2) Kean ehu (Waena Drive), and 3) Kealakaa Street.
• Construct the proposed University Drive between the MvMamalahoa and Queen
Kaahumanu Highways.
• Widen Hina Lani Drive to four lanes between the Queen Kaahumanu Highway to
245
Transportation
the proposed Ane Keohokalole Highway. _
• Construct the proposed Shore Drive from the Old Kona Airport Park to the
Kealakehe Drive intersection.
• Construct the Kahului-Keauhou Parkway (Alii Highway) from Queen Kaahumanu
Highway to Keauhou.
• Construct a scenic road from Keauhou above the Kealakekua cliffs to Napoopoo.
• Provide vertical connectors from Alii Drive to Kuakini Highway.
• Improve that portion of the Mamalahoa Highway extending from the North Kona
to the Ka'u Districts.
• Support the installation of suitable bikeways and/or jogging paths.
• Develop a roadway circulation plan for the area between Palani Road and
Kamehameha III Road, in cooperation with the State Department of
Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, and the affected communities.
• Extend Lako Street to connect to Alii Drive.
• Work with the State and the adjacent landowners in establishing the old railroad
right-of-way as a pedestrian and bicycle right-of-way.
Profile
The Mamalahoa Highway is the only arterial roadway currently serving all of the South
Kona District. Many portions of this roadway are narrow and winding. Lands mauka and makai
of this roadway are served by private and County -owned collector roadways, many in poor
condition.
Plans are underway for the construction of the new Mamalahoa Highway Bypass Road,
which will extend the proposed Kahului-Keauhou Parkway from its terminus at Keauhou, North
Kona south to the intersection of Mamalahoa Highway and Napoopoo Road in Captain Cook,
South Kona, a distance of approximately five miles. Upon its completion, the combined Alii
Highway and Mamalahoa Highway Bypass Road will provide a new north -south alignment from
Kailua-Kona to Kealakekua, relieving traffic congestion along the existing Mamalahoa Highway
between the communities of Honalo and Captain Cook. The bypass road is being constructed by
the developers of the proposed -730 -unit Hokuli'a agricultural subdivision as a requirement of the
project's approval by the Hawaii County Council.
246
Transportation
Courses of Action
• Construct a scenic road from Keauhou above the Kealakekua cliffs to Napoopoo.
• Develop a roadway network circulation plan for South Kona in cooperation with
the State Department of Transportation and affected communities. Upon adoption
of the plan by the County, the recommendations shall be incorporated on the zone
district maps.
• Construct the Mamalahoa Bypass Highway between Keauhou and Captain Cook
as a Scenic Corridor, with limited access.
• Improve that portion of the Mamalahoa Highway extending from the North Kona
to the Ka'u Districts.
• Support the installation of suitable bikeways and/or jogging paths.
• Establish a Heritage Corridor on Old Mamalahoa Highway between Hualalai and
Honaunau.
• Improve substandard, rural roads.
KA'U
Profile
The primary highway through the Ka'u district is the Mamalahoa Highway. Certain
portions of this highway system are narrow with sharp vertical and horizontal curves and
relatively short sight distance. Flooding also occurs in certain areas. This district also has an
intricate system of former plantation and older subdivision roads. The majority of the private
roads in the large subdivisions are cinder -surfaced and/or oil -treated and lack adequate
maintenance.
Courses of Action
Continue to improve Mamalahoa Highway, realigning where necessary.
• Install culverts and construct drainage channels and other related improvements.
Encourage the improvement of substandard subdivision roads.
247
Transportation
Explore alternatives and means to establish an evacuation route through Hawaiian -
Ocean View Estates Subdivision to Highway 11, in cooperation with the residents
of Ocean View.
248
Transportation
TRANSPORTATION TERMINALS: AIRPORTS & HARBORS
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The principal concerns of planning for transportation terminals are location, provision of
adequate transportation connections to terminals, financing and programming of improvements
and services through Capital Improvement Projects, and the planning and zoning of adjacent land
uses.
Although the State Department of Transportation is responsible for the actual design,
construction and operation of terminals and supporting facilities, the General Plan addresses the
location of these facilities in relation to the pattern of overall land uses.
Major transportation terminals in the County of Hawaii consist of harbors and airports.
There are two deep draft harbors on the island, one at Hilo and another at Kawaihae. While
improvements continue to be made, both harbor terminals lacy adequate docking and support
facilities. Water pollution is a continuing problem in the vicinity of the harbors. It is anticipated
that the use of both deep draft harbors will expand substantially. Cargo volume at Kawaihae
Harbor has increased significantly as the population and development in best Hawaii continues
to grow. The Hawaii Commercial Harbors, 2020 Master Plan was developed by the State in 1998
to guide the development, maintenance and enhancement of the island's harbor systems to ensure
its efficient, safe, accessible and economical operations.
Facilities for small boats, such as launching ramps, have been developed in various parts
of the County. Those that provide refuge are discussed to a limited extent in this element. For
the most part, they are addressed in the Recreation element.
Air terminals that service inter -island transportation are located at Hilo, Waimea, Upolu,
and Kona. The terminals at Hilo and Kona are overseas facilities. Oversea flights at the Kona
International Airport at Keahole will continue to increase with the growth of resort areas in Kona
and Kohala. Overseas flights through Hilo international Airport have been important to
agriculture in East Hawaii. However, the facility is currently underutilized by overseas passenger
carriers. The statewide need for a second gateway, especially for cargo, still exists. The
proximity of Hilo's airport and harbor offer a number of opportunities for centralized distribution.
Plans are currently underway to construct a new cargo facility at Hilo International Airport to
centralize cargo operations at a location closer to terminal facilities.
The airstrip at Upolu Point in North Kohala is used as a general aviation field. The
Waimea-Kohala airport is underutilized, but its use may increase with resort development in
South Kohala. Except for small private fading strips developed to serve the former sugar
plantations, there are no airfields in Puna, Ka'u or South Kona. There may be an increase in
demand for airstrips and helipads stemming from the growth of the visitor industry. The State, in
coordination with the County and the affected communities, has been developing master plans
249
Transportation
for each of the four airport facilities to assess current and future demand as well as specific
recommended improvements.
As population becomes more mobile and as resident and visitor populations increase.
there will be a greater demand for new and expanded transportation facilities.
The following goal, policies, and standard are set forth to guide the orderly development
of the County's transportation terminals and related facilities.
GOAL
• Provide transportation terminals and related facilities for the safe, efficient and
comfortable movement of people and goods.
POLICIES
• Encourage the programmed improvement of existing terminals, including
adequate provisions for control of pollution and appropriate and adequate covered
storage facilities for agricultural products.
• The State Department of Transportation should continue to implement its plans
for transportation terminals and related facilities to promote and influence desired
land use policies.
• Transportation terminals should be developed in conjunction with the different
elements of the overall transportation system.
• Encourage maximum use of the island's airport and harbor facilities.
• Encourage the development, maintenance, and enhancement of Hilo and
K.awaihae Harbors as detailed within the State's Hawaii Commercial Harbors
2020 Master Plan.
• Support the State's objectives to acquire rights within the runway clear -zones,
limit heights within approach zones, and restrict noise -sensitive uses within
designated noise contours determined by the State.
250
Transportation
STANDARDS
• Requirements of the State Department of Transportation.
• Federal Aviation Administration standards for airport design, runway clear zones,
and noise compatibility.
• State Department of Land and Natural Resources Standards for small boat harbors
and boat launches.
DISTRICTS
The following is an analysis by district with reference to transportation terminals. The
brief analysis of each district is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the
County as a whole.
PUNA
Proffle
There are several small private aircraft landing strips developed by the former sugar
industry for use by "crop -dusting" single engine aircraft.
The County has purchased twenty-two acres of land on the mauka side of Isaac Hale
Beach Park for the construction of -additional car and boat parking areas, playgrounds, picnic and
bathroom facilities to supplement the heavily used boat launching facilities at Pohoiki.
Courses of Action
• Provide general aviation and small boat harbor facilities as the need arises.
Provide another small boat launching facility at Kapoho.
251
Transportation
SOUTH HILO
Profale
Hilo Harbor is one of two major, deep draft harbor facilities on the island. The present
harbor has a 35 -foot deep draft and three commercial piers. There is limited loading or back-up
space. There also is limited land area for the expansion of harbor -oriented industrial uses. The
number of cruise ship passengers visiting Hilo has increased dramatically during the 1990's and
there is a need to improve the accommodations for these passengers at the harbor. The Hawaii
Commercial Harbors 2020 Master Plan recognizes the limited expansion opportunities for Hilo
Harbor and the need to accommodate increased cargo and passenger volumes. In addition to
specifying recommended cargo yard acreages, berthing requirements and roadway improvements,
the plan also recommends the construction of a passenger terminal facility at Pier 5 to
accommodate the growth of cruise ship arrivals.
Within Hilo Harbor, Radio Bay has limited facilities for small boats. The State
Department of Transportation also maintains small boat facilities at the mouth of the Wailoa
River.
Hilo International Airport serves inter -island and occasional overseas air traffic. The
airport facilities are currently underutilized. The close proximity of Hilo's airport and harbor may
potentially be utilized to the County's advantage. Both transportation facilities are surrounded by
or near State-owned lands that could be used for support services and facilities. Hilo is fourth to
Honolulu, Barbers Point, and Kahului in the amount of cargo handled through both its airport
and harbor. There may be an opportunity for the development of a centralized cargo distribution
center within Hilo that could eventually alleviate congested conditions on Oahu. Such a
distribution center could eventually serve other neighbor islands by distributing and marshalling
cargo both from and to the mainland.
Hilo International Airport has a runway length of 9,800 feet, capable of accommodating
aircraft as large as the Boeing 747. However, the current runway length imposes some take -off
weight restrictions. To accommodate maximum -rated cargo payloads to the West Coast would
require a runway length of up to 12,000 feet. Until such time that a major cargo facility is
constructed at the Hilo International Airport, extension of the existing runway will not be needed.
Courses of Action
Under the guidance of the Federal government, the State Department of Health
should enforce and strengthen present pollution regulations.
The State Department of Transportation should continue to improve facilities at
Hilo Harbor to meet increased shipping activities and cruise ship passenger
arrivals.
• Future land uses in the vicinity of the Hilo International Airport should have an
252
Transportation
adequate open space buffer and/or be compatible with the anticipated aircraft
noise exposure levels for that vicinity.
• Encourage the construction of an Agricultural Processing and Packing Center at
the old Hilo Airport, the planning of which shall be coordinated with future
development plans for Hilo Harbor.
• Encourage the construction of a centralized air cargo distribution complex at the
Hilo International Airport.
• Encourage development of a small boat harbor for the area.
NORTH HILO AND HAMAlKUA
Profile
There are no air or harbor terminals in these districts. The only small boat ramp on the
Hamakua Coast is located within the Laupahoehoe Point Beach Park. Although the boat ramp
was improved through a joint cffort of the County of Hawaii and the U. S. Array Corps of
Engineers, it is inadequately protected from damage due to storm surges. Without further
improvements, the ramp will continue to be hazardous for users of the facility.
Course of Action
• Continue to improve the small boat ramp at Laupahoehoe, extend the offshore
protective structure, and Provide for adequate parking.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
Upolu airfield is the only air transportation facility in the district. It is used on a limited
basis. The State prepared the Upolu Airport Master Plan in 1999 to forecast aviation demand at
the facility to the Year 2020 and to evaluate the need for additional facility improvements. used
on forecast demand, no extension of the existing runway or expansion of terminal facilities will
be required during the study period. However, it recommends the acquisition of lands adjacent to
the airport for future runway and terminal expansion. The widening of the airport's existing 1.8
mile access road to a two-lane, paved road is also recommended.
Courses of Action
Retain Upolu airfield for general aviation use.
253
Transportation
• The State should continue to provide improvements to runway and terminal -
facilities at Upolu Airport,. including the improvement of the airport's access road
from the Akoni pule highway.
SOUTH KOHALA
Proffle
There is a deep draft port and small boat harbor at Kawaihae, both of which are being
further improved. Kawaihae Harbor has two commercial piers with approximately 14 acres of
cargo handling and storage areas, with room for expansion as needed. Although a new perimeter
breakwater was constructed at the southern end of the harbor by the Army Corps of Engineers,
there is insufficient parallel docking space at the present facility. The State Department of
Transportation has plans to increase small boat capacity when funding can be appropriated. The
Hawaii Commercial Harbors 2020 Master Plan identifies the need for additional cargo yard space
to accommodate interisland and overseas cargo as well as the construction of a passenger
terminal at Pier 4.
Opened for air service in 1953, the Waimea-Kohala Airport provides commuter air
service, air cargo and air ambulance service to the residents of North and South Kohala as well as
Hamakua. Other users of the airport include the military, private aircraft owners and dight
training schools. The State prepared the Waimea-Kohala Airport Master Plan in 1999 that
forecasted aviation demand and facility needs to the Year 2020. While use of the facility by
current users is expected to increase during the study period, commercial interisland and overseas
flights will remain at the international airports in Hilo and Kona. In general, the master plan
recommends various improvements and upgrades to the runway and terminal facilities to
improve operating efficiencies and increase aircraft load capacity.
Courses of Action
• The State Department of Transportation should continue to provide improvements
to terminal and runway facilities at the Waimea-Kohala airport.
• The State Department of Transportation should continue to improve harbor
facilities at Kawaihae to meet increased shipping activities and cruise ship
passenger arrivals.
• Continue to support the Department of Land and Natural Resources in its plans to
develop a small boat harbor at Kawaihae.
254
Transportation
KONA
Profile
The Kona International Airport at Keahole, which began operations in July 1970, was
built in the midst of a barren lava Feld. The inter -island terminal has a Polynesian motif that
received a design award for excellence in 1985. Direct flights from the mainland to Keahole
began in 1985; direct flights from Japan began in 1996, and the number of inter -island fights
have increased. Kona International Airport at Keahole is one of two principal entry points for
visitors to the Big Island. In 1994, the airport runway was extended from 6,500 to 11,000 feet in
length to accommodate aircraft as large as the Boeing 747.
The State developed its Keahole-Kona International Airport Master Plan in 1987 to
provide a guide for the location, design and construction of future facility improvements at the
airport. A Master Plan Update Study prepared in 1997 supplemented the original master plan to
identify facility needs to the Year 2015. With the expansion of the visitor industry in West
Hawaii, the airport has and will continue to experience growth in passenger arrivals, aircraft
operations and cargo/mail activities. Annual passenger volume is anticipated to increase by 51
per cent to approximately 3.5 million in 2015. The master plan details land use, terminal
improvements, access and circulation, and supporting infrastructural needs to accommodate
future facility needs. Some of the improvements include an expanded air cargo facility and new
overseas terminal, flight kitchen, postal facility and general aviation facilities.
Aside from the small boat harbors at Kailua, Keauhou, and Honokohau, there are no
shipping terminals in the district. Improvements to Honokohau small boat harbor have been
made incrementally. Cruise ships visiting Kailua-Kona currently anchor about one-third mile
offshore of Kailua Bay and shuttle their passengers to Kailua-Kona Wharf. A visitor information
booth is the only visitor -related accommodation provided at the wharf. Funding for a $3.5
Brillion refurbishment of the Kailua-Kona Wharf was approved by the 2000 State Legislature
with construction anticipated to be completed before the end of 2003.
Courses of Action
Future land uses in the vicinity of the Kona International Airport at Keahole
,should be compatible with the anticipated aircraft noise exposure levels for that
vicinity.
The State Department of Transportation should continue to improve and expand
Kona International Airport at Keahole in accordance with the recommendations of
the Keahole-Kona International Airport Master Plan Update Study (1997).
• Encourage the State to renovate the Kailua-Kona Wharf or to seek alternative
facilities to accommodate the cruise ship industry.
255
Transportation
["IMiJ
Prof le
There are presently no terminal facilities in Ka'u. However, there will be need for general
aviation and small boat harbor facilities should growth within the district demand such facilities.
Course of Action
Provide for general aviation and small boat harbor facilities and launching
activities as the need arises.
256
Transportation
MASS TRANSIT
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The County is committed to providing its residents with a public transportation system
that is affordable, efficient, accessible, safe, environmentally friendly, and reliable. Mass transit
systems provide residents with an alternative means of transportation to employment, services
and activities. It also promotes and enhances pedestrian activities, reduces congestion, improves
air quality, and increases economic development opportunities.
The County's Mass Transit Agency was created to provide mass transit service on this
island. The County currently operates the Hele-On bus system with a fleet of 28 buses, each with
a capacity of 33 or 45 passengers. Eleven of these buses are wheelchair accessible.
Approximately 10 per cent of the cost to operate the buses is Federally funded with the remainder
funded by the County. Approximately 55 per cent of the County's operational costs are derived
from fare revenues with the remainder from general revenues.
The Hele-On provides service along the main roadways serving the major urban centers
of the island. Within Hilo, there are three additional routes serving the Waiakea-Uka, Downtown
Hilo, and Kaurnana areas. Within the Kona District, a shuttle operates between Kailua, Keauhou
and Kealakekua. The Hawaii Long -Lange Land Transportation Master Plan recommends that
additional routes be provided to link Waimea town and the towns in North Kohala with Kailua-
Kona and the resorts located along the South Kohala coast.
In addition to the Hele-On, the County also offers a shared -ride taxi service that provides
door to door service within the urban areas of Hilo and Kailua-Kona. This program allows the
public to purchase coupons and use the coupons instead of cash with participating taxi
companies. The program allows a user to submit one coupon (at a cost of $2) to travel up to four
miles and two coupons to travel up to nine miles. The Hawaii County Economic Opportunity
Council, a non-profit community action agency, supplements the County's bus services by
providing bus services for the low-income, elderly, disabled, and pre-school children who attend
Head Start schools.
GOAL
• Provide residents with a variety of public transportation systems that are
affordable, efficient, accessible, safe, environmentally friendly, and reliable.
257
Transportation
POLICIES
• Improve the integration of transportation and land use planning in order to
optimize the use, efficiency, and -accessibility of existing and proposed mass
transportation systems.
• Support and encourage the development of alternative modes of transportation,
such as enhanced bus services and bicycle paths.
• Incorporate, where appropriate, bicycle routes, lanes, and paths within road rights-
of-way in conformance with The Bikeway Plan for the County of Hawaii.
• Provisions to enhance the mobility of minors, non -licensed adults, low-income,
elderly, and people with disabilities shall be made.
STANDARDS
• American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO),
Guide for the Development of Bicycle Facilities.
U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).
258
Transportation
LAND USE
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The General Plan expresses both the integrated and specific concerns and problems as
well as alternative solutions and guidance regarding the use of County resources. Land use is
one of the principal focal points of public concerti and policy. The other study elements of the
General Plan, that depict the various aspects of the County, directly involve land use in varying
degrees.
The land use element sets forth goals, policies, and standards to guide the location and
density, and building intensities of land uses in particular areas. Regional and/or Community
Development Plans are intended to implement the broad goals within the General Plan on a
regional basis, They .serve to designate and coordinate detailed development patterns and
infrastructure deeds throughout the Count,, The PIans detail land use policies and infrastructure
priorities, transportation, recreation and other major land use policies within each area, and must
be developed with participation by the affected communities and adopted by ordinanceby the
County Council.
The land use element is intended to be used as a policy guide for the coordinated growth
and development of the County. It seeps to accommodate growth without congestion; to
designate and preserve the lands needed for residential use, commercial and visitor services,
industry, agriculture, and open space; and coordinate these uses with the County's service and
circulation systems.
The total area of the island of Hawaii is approximately 2.5 million acres or 4,028 square
miles: 4,023 square miles of land and 4.4 square miles of inland water. All of these lands are
divided into approximately 125,000 parcels.
Previous General Plans
The first General Plan for the County of Hawaii, adopted in 1965, was a compilation of
three separate documents: A Plan for the 'Metropolitan Area of Hilo, A Plan for Kona, and The
Kohala-Hamal-urua Region General Plan. The first General Plan provided for the general planning
for all districts except Ka'u.
In 1971, the County adopted its fnrstt comprehensive General Plan that provided for the
general planning of all nine judicial districts on the island. Included within this General Plan
was a requirement for ten year comprehensive reviews and updates to the General Plan. The fu-st
of these comprehensive reviews and updates resulted in the adoption of the first comprehensive
revision to the General Plan in 1989 that updated supporting information, the Land Use Pattern
Allocation Guide and Facilities maps, and the various study elements.
Several other documents are used in local planning including regional and functional
plans, the Zoning Code and Subdivision Code. These are specific and detailed pieces of
259
Land Use Introduction
legislation and plans intended to carry out the goals, policies, standards and courses of action of_
the General Plan.
State Land Use
Hawaii was the first of the fifty States to have a State Land Use Law and a State General
Plan. Today, Hawaii remains unique among the fifty states with respect to the extent of control
that the State exercises in land use regulation. Some of the actions leading to the passage of the
State Land Use Law resulted from concerns and discussions predating World War II. In the
post -World War II period, there was a perception that government action to control land uses
was desirable because of the very limited area of the islands. It was also perceived that
development of land for urban uses in many cases tended to occur in areas where it was
uneconomical for public agencies to provide proper and adequate service facilities, and that there
was a consequent lag in the provisions of such facilities. Further, there was a perception that
development of land for urban uses in many cases occurred on land having a higher capacity for
contributing to the basic economy of the State, namely agriculture, than the uses that were
developed thereon.
The passage of the Land Use Law in 1961 established the State Land Use Commission.
It called for the classification of all lands in the State and authorized the adoption of rules of
practice and procedures and regulations for land use within the various State land use.districts.
The four land use districts created by the State Land Use Commission provide the basic legal
framework for land uses in the State of Hawaii. The Urban District is generally defined as lands
in urban use with sufficient reserve to accommodate foreseeable growth. In the County of
Hawaii this district is comprised of approximately 54,267 acres or two per cent of the island's
total land area. Rural Districts are defined as lands primarily comprised of small fauns mixed
with low density residential lots that have a minimum lot size of one-half acre under the State
Land Use Law. Of the four districts, this is the smallest, with approximately 807 acres of the
island's total hand area. The Agricultural District includes lands with a high capacity for
intensive cultivation as well as those with low capacity. The minimum lot size in this district
under the State Land Use Law is one acre. The Agricultural District has the second greatest land
area with approximately I,184,599 acres or slightly over 46 per cent of the total land area of the
island. Conservation Districts are primarily those lands in the existing forest and water reserve
zones. This district has the largest land area with approximately 1,338,135 acres or 52 per cent
of the total land area of the island.
Land uses within the Urban Districts are administered exclusively by the counties. In the
Agricultural and Rural Districts, the State Land Use Commission establishes use regulations and
the counties are responsible for their administration. The counties, however, may adopt more
stringent controls than those unposed by the State within these two districts. Land use in the
Conservation District is regulated by the State Hoard of Land and Natural Resources, except that
the County has concurrent permitting power within the Special Management Area near the coast.
The County has no land use control over Federal property, and the Hawaiian Homes
Commission has the ultimate control over uses of the Hawaiian home lands leased to native
Hawaiians.
260
Land Use Introduction
State Land Use Acreage (as of May, 2000)
State of Hawaii, DHEDT, Office of Planning GIS Data
County of Hawaii Planning Department
County Zoning
The Zoning Code for the County of Hawaii is the legal instrument that regulates the use
of land. The Zoning Code implements the General Plan and is a document dealing with existing
conditions and shorter range needs. The Zoning Code is the County's primary land use control.
The Zoning Code implements the General Plan. It deals with existing conditions and shorter
range needs. The Zoning Code sets out the various types of zoning districts and the allowable
uses for each. Zoning maps, established by ordinance, set out the zoning for the island on a
parcel -by -parcel basis.
Rezoning is the primary method for changing the allowed uses of land. Rezoning must
be consistent with the General Plan, including the Land Use Pattern Allocation Guide Map.
Other factors beside the map consistency must be taken into account during the rezoning process,
which requires specific consideration of a number of factors to determine the suitability of the
property for the proposed zone. These include proximity to roads, utilities, and public services,
environmental factors such as drainage, slope, and soil types, and other public concerns.
The tabulation of zoned lands based on the County zoning as of December 2000 is as
follows:
261
Land Use Introduction
Agricultural
Conservation
Rural
Urban
Total
Puna
175,104
138,563
146
6,329
320.142
South Hilo
70,695
169,493
0
12.814
253.002
North Hilo
53,587
120,110
71
608
174.376
Hamakua
162.729
235.805
13
1,041
399,588
North Kohala
64.713
13,187
16
2.434
80,350
South Kohala
150,426
15,356
53
10,608
176.443
North Kona
158,853
188,331
477
17,787
365.448
South Kona
110,749
35,051
31
845
146,676
Ka'u
237,743
422,239
0
1,801
661.783
Total
1,184,599
1,338,135
807
54,267
2,577,808
State of Hawaii, DHEDT, Office of Planning GIS Data
County of Hawaii Planning Department
County Zoning
The Zoning Code for the County of Hawaii is the legal instrument that regulates the use
of land. The Zoning Code implements the General Plan and is a document dealing with existing
conditions and shorter range needs. The Zoning Code is the County's primary land use control.
The Zoning Code implements the General Plan. It deals with existing conditions and shorter
range needs. The Zoning Code sets out the various types of zoning districts and the allowable
uses for each. Zoning maps, established by ordinance, set out the zoning for the island on a
parcel -by -parcel basis.
Rezoning is the primary method for changing the allowed uses of land. Rezoning must
be consistent with the General Plan, including the Land Use Pattern Allocation Guide Map.
Other factors beside the map consistency must be taken into account during the rezoning process,
which requires specific consideration of a number of factors to determine the suitability of the
property for the proposed zone. These include proximity to roads, utilities, and public services,
environmental factors such as drainage, slope, and soil types, and other public concerns.
The tabulation of zoned lands based on the County zoning as of December 2000 is as
follows:
261
Land Use Introduction
Single-family residential: 20,189 acres
Multiple residential (including duplex): 3,065 acres
Resort: 1,353 acres
Commercial: 2,859 acres
Industrial: 6,039 acres
Industrial -Commercial Mixed: 27 acres
Family Agriculture: 100 acres
Residential -Agriculture: 2,105 acres
Agricultural: 1,219,773 acres*
*includes lands changed from Unplanned to Agriculture as part of the 1996 amendments to the
ZoningCode
Open: 317,262 acres.
Project District: 1,748 acres
Agricultural Project District: 23 acres
Lands not zoned (includes Forest Reserves and National Parks): 933,842 acres
262
Land Use Introduction
Number of Acres Zoned Per District in 1989
1989
Puns
South.
Hilo
Norte.
Hilo
Harnakua
North
Kohala
South
Kohala
North
Kona
South
n
Ko,,
Ka'u
Total
Single Family
2,684
7;645
391
636
616
3,099
2,254
390
783
18,498
Multi -Family
4
380
0
4
43
1,109
1,029
0
101
2,670
Resort
1
138
0
0
0
350
742
0
45
1-276
Commercial
60
975
10
37
38
329
314
101
59
1,923
Industrial
479
2,182
38
15
59
241
2.245
0
52
5.311
Residential
Agriculture
625
0
55
0
20
0
468
144
0
1,312
Agriculture
198,796
71,359
61,954
165,076
62,958
79,493
116,184
44,363
252.620
1,052,803
Open
5,041
2,063
39
963
15
11,747
176,082
7,634
115,740
319324
Unplanned
0
3,451
0
185
5,085
41,953
52,480
67,735
223
171,112
Estimate - Planning Department
Number of Acres Zoned Per District in 2000
Estimate - Planning Department
263
Land Use Introduction
Puna
South.
North
Harnakua
North
South
North
South
Ka'u
Total
Hilo
Hilo
Kohala
Kohala
Kona
Kon,,
Single Family
2,677
8,374
391
631
652
3,382
2,887
414
781
20,189
Multi -Family
4
380
0
4
43
1,507
1,026
0
101
3,065
Resort
1
136
0
42
14
360
740
15
45
1,353
Commercial
74
1,088
10
38
39
426
1,015
108
61
2,859
Industrial
490
2,185
38
15
59
291
2,909
0
52
6,039
lndustrial-
Commercial
23
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
27
Mixed
Family
Agriculture
22
26
0
0
0
6
39
7
0
100
Residential
Agriculture
625
185
55
0
22
585
489
144
0
2,105
Agriculture
198,747
73,750
61,954
165,223
67.977
119.813
167,415
112,051
252,843
1,219,773
Open
5,029
2,065
38
963
27
11,951
173,821
7,628
115.740
317,262
Project
District
0
0
0
0
0
0
1,748
0
0
1,748
Agricultural
Project
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
23
0
23
District
Estimate - Planning Department
263
Land Use Introduction
Lands designated Residential -Agriculture (RA) saw the largest percentage increase in
acreage between the years 1989 and 2000 at 60 per cent, although the total acreage of RA zoned
lands accounted for less than one-tenth of 1 per cent of the total land area within the County.
During the same period, Commercial zoned lands increased by 49 per cent, Multiple Family
Residential zoned lands increased by 15 per cent and Industrial zoned lands increased by 14 per
cent. Acreages of Open zoned lands fell by 0.6 per cent. Lands designated as Agricultural,
excluding lands zoned Unplanned prior to the comprehensive revision to the Zoning Code in
1996, account for 77 per cent of all zoned lands within the County.
264
Land Use Introduction
LAND USE CONCEPTS
Proposed Land Use Pattern
A well-balanced land use pattern capable of meeting the future needs of the County is an
essential part of the General Plan.
There are no universal standards for determining the amount of land needed in the future
for each land use or activity located within an area. Estimates can be made, however, of the
future land use acreage allocation for each. use. The land use pattern is a broad, flexible design
intended to guide the direction and quality of future developments in a coordinated and rational
manner. The General Plan Land Use Patten Allocation Guide (LUPAG) Map indicates the
general location of various land uses in relation to each other.
Land uses are designated generally on the map in reference to the following categories:
Urban Designations
High Density: General commercial, multiple family residential and related
services (multiple family residential -- up to 87 units per acre).
Medium Density: Village and neighborhood commercial and single family and
.multiple family residential and related functions (multiple family residential -- up
to 35 units per acre).
Low Density: Residential, with ancillary community and public uses, and
neighborhood and convcnience-type commercial uses; overall residential density
may be up to six units per acre.
Resort Node: These areas include a mix of visitor -related uses such as hotels,
condominium -hotels (condominiums developed and/or operated as hotels), single
family and multiple family residential units, golf courses and other typical resort
recreational facilities, resort commercial complexes and other support services.
Only Major Resort Areas are identified as Resort Nodes on the LUPAG Map.
Resort Area: These areas include a mix of uses such as hotels, condominium -
hotels (condominiums developed and/or operated as hotels), and support services.
Intermediate Resort, Minor Resort, and Retreat Resort Areas are identified as
Resort Areas on the LUPAG Map.
Urban Extransion Area: Allows for a mix of high density, medium density, low
density, industrial, industrial -commercial and/or open designations in areas where
new settlements may be desirable, but where the specific settlement pattern and
mix of uses have not yet been determined.
265
Land Use Introduction
Industrial Area: These areas include uses such as manufacturing and processing, -
wholesaling, large storage and transportation facilities, light industrial and
industrial -commercial uses.
Rural Designation
Rural: This category includes existing subdivisions in the State Land Use Agricultural
and Rural districts that have a significant residential component. Typical lot sizes vary
from 9,000 -square feet to two acres. These subdivisions may contain small farms,
wooded areas, and open fields as well as residences. Allowable uses within these areas,
with appropriate zoning, may include commercial facilities that serve the residential and
agricultural uses in the area, and community and public facilities. The Rural designation
does not necessarily mean that these areas should be further subdivided to smaller lots.
Most lack the infrastructure necessary to allow further subdivision.
Agriculture Designations
Important Agricultural Land: Important agricultural lands are those with better
potential for sustained high agricultural yields because of soil type, climate,
topography, or other factors. Important agricultural lands were determined by
including the following lands:
• Lands identified as "Intensive Agriculture" on the 1989 General Plan Land
Use Pattern Allocation Guide maps.
• Lands identified in the Agricultural Lands of Importance to the State of
Hawaii (ALISH) classification system as "Prime" or "Unique".
• Lands classified by the Land Study Bureau's Soil Survey Report as Class
B "Good" soils. (There are no Class A lands on the island of Hawaii)
• Lands classified as at least "fair" for two or more crops, on an irrigated
basis, by the USDA Natural Resource Conservation Service's study of
suitability for various crops.
• In North and South Kona, the "coffee belt", a continuous band defined by
elevation, according to input from area farmers.
• State agricultural parks.
Some areas that meet the criteria for important agricultural lands on an
irrigated basis only were included in the "Extensive Agricultural Land" category
due to their remoteness from potential sources of irrigation.
Certain areas that could have been classified as Important Agricultural
lands have been placed within urban land use categories. Generally, these are
266
Land Use Introduction
adjacent to existing urban areas. This represents a decision that the orderly
development of those urban areas justifies the eventual conversion of those lands
to urban use.
Because of the scale of the Land use Pattern Allocation Guide maps used
to designate Important Agricultural Land, the location of these lands should be
verified by more detailed mapping when. considering specific land use decisions.
Extensive Agricultural Land: Lands not classified as Important Agricultural
Land. Includes lands that are not capable of producing sustained, high
agricultural yields without the intensive application of modern €arining methods
and technologies due to cern physical constraints such as soil composition,
slope, machine tillability and climate. Other less intensive agricultural uses such
as grazing and pasture may be included in the Extensive Agricultural lane
category.
®thea- Design=ations
University: Public university, including ancillary public uses, residential, and
support commercial uses.
Win: Parks and other recreational areas, historic sites, and open shoreline areas.
Conservation Area: Forest and water reserves, natural and scientific preserves,
areas in active management for conservation purposes, areas to be kept in a
largely natural state, with minimal facilities consistent with open space uses, such
as picnic pavilions and comfort stations, and lands within the State Land Use
Conservation District.
The urban centers include high, medium and low density designations. These centers and
clusters provide physical, social, governmental and economic concentrations so that the total
activities of the community can be more readily and easily conducted. In the County, several of
these centers have political and social antecedents, while others have been influenced by
economic practices. Some of the County's possible future centers may result from the
development of resort areas.
The fixture improvement and development objectives are directed toward making urban
and rural centers more efficient, livable, and safe. Growth should be encouraged in terms of
renewing older areas or extending existing areas. The creation of new urban and rural centers
should be initiated only when it is in the public interest and must be accompanied by
commitments from both government and the private sector for the development of basic
community and public facilities and services. Infrastructure costs less when new residential
areas are located near existing highways, water and sewer lines, and employment centers.
Within the rapidly growing districts of South Kohala and North and South Kona, the Land Use
Pattern Allocation Guide maps focus future urban development around Waimea and Waikoloa
Village, Kawaihae, and between Keahole and Keauhou.
267
Land Use Introduction
The location of urban and rural uses should be evaluated from the standpoint of how each
use services existing and fixture land uses of the surrounding area. The direction and form of
growth in accord with future demand will be influenced by many factors.
The General Plan Land Use Pattern Allocation Guide Map shall also designate areas for
urban expansion. An area is designated as urban expansion when the specific settlement pattern
and types of uses have yet to be determined.
The methodology used to develop the land use pattern reflects estimates of future
population based on economic and employment evaluations, existing land uses and zoned areas,
determination of community facility needs, and transportation demands for the entire island. The
topography and other physical features of each area were also analyzed, and other factors,
particularly economic, social, and physical characteristics, were noted.
The following table illustrates the Proposed Land Use Pattern Acreage Allocation by
districts. The high, medium, and low density allocations are included within the residential and
commercial allocations.
268
Land Use introduction
Land Use Pattern Allocation Guide (LUPAG) Map
Estimated Land gise Allocation Acreage
LUPAG Map
South
North
North
South
North
South
Designations
Puna
Hilo
Hilo
RaMAUR
Kohala
Kohala
Kona
Kona
Ka'u
Total
High Density
Urban
0
847
0
0
0
0
458
0
0
1.305
Medium
478
1.481
69
292
176
1,282
1,456
292
421
5.947
Density Urban
Low Density
8,013
10,073
617
2293
2,668
5,084
6,287
1,070
1.148
37,253
Urban
Industrial
669
4,264
29
132
51
1.869
3,889
0
74
10,977
Important
Agricultural
49,770
37,237
21,632
78,023
41,314
51,500
26,703
32,804
47,300
386,283
Land
Extensive
83,573
26,078
31.755
82,924
21,885
71,299
105.074
66.368
167,426
661382
Agricultural
Rural
29,251
2,542
71
0
102
1,908
1,001
31
13,090
47.996
Resort / Resort
Node
0
84
0
0
47
3,212
2,289
15
29
5,676
Open Area
2,335
1,798
434
1,266
2,119
14,074
6,233
2,699
4,738
35,696
Conservation
137,210
167,779
119,710
235,212
11,217
13,957
199,585
43,395
426,956
1,355;021
Urban
Expansion
3,844
122
62
0
258
12,264
11,995
0
597
29,142
hrea
University Use
0
664
0
0
0
0
461
0
0
1,125
I'lannang Joepartment Estimates - IS Data
269
Land Use Introduction
The following is a list of urban and rural centers, industrial areas and resort areas of the
County by district.
District
Urban and Rural Center
j Industrial Areas
Resort Areas
keaau
'ahoa
Keaau
Kurtistown
Keaau-Gateway Center (I -C)
Puna
Vit, View
Pahoa
Hawaiian Paradise Park
Panaewa
Orchidland Estates
Hawaiian Paradise Park (I -C)
Volcano
Hilo
Hilo
Waiakea Peninsula -Reeds Bay
P aikou
Holo Iron Works (1-C)
(Intermediate)
S. Hilo
Pepeekeo-Kulaimano
Waiakea Houselots (I -C)
Kesukaha (Minor)
Honomu
Papaikou
Pepeekeo
Wainaku (Minor)
N. Hilo
Laupahoehoe-Papaaloa
I aupahoehoe-Papaaloa
Qakala
Ookala
Hamakua
Honokaa
Mauna
Honokaa
Paauilo
Paauilo
Hawi
Halaula
N. Kohala
Kapaau
Halaula
Mahukona (Minor)
Kahua (Kohala Ranch)
Hawi
Niulii
Kawaihae
Puako
Kawaihae
l.azamilo
Waikoloa Village
Anaehoomalu (Major)
S. Kohala
Waikoloa Village
Waimea
Kaunaoa Bay-Hapuna Bay (Major)
Waimea°sWaikoloa
Mauka
Pauoa Bay-Honokaope Bay (Major)
Kailua
Keahole to Kailua
Kona Industrial Subdivision
Kailua-Keauhou
and adjacent area (I -C)
Kailua (Major)
N. Kona
Holualoa )v4auka
Honokohau (I -C)
Keauhou-Kahaluu (Major)
Kainaliu-Honalo
Kainaliu-Honalo
Kaupulehu-Kukio (Major)
Keahole
r aloko
S. Kona
Cook n aptaiook
CCaptan C
KealNaalehu
Kealakekua-Captain Cook
Keekee-Kalukalu (Retreat)
Honuapo
Pahala
Naalehu
Ninole-Punaluu
Ka'u
Waiohinu
Pahala
(Minor)
Occan View
Ocean View
Note: I -C refers to Industrial -Commercial
270
Land Use Introduction
Zone of Mix
The concept of "zone of mix" shall be incorporated in the Zoning Code for the purpose of
achieving a housing mix as well as to permit the more efficient development of residential lands
that have topographic and/or drainage problems. Although the zone of mix allows a mixture of
housing types within an area, the density shall not exceed that which is designated for the area.
In an area that allows a zone of mix, a certain percentage of the density will be allocated for
multiple residential and the remainder will be single-family residential units.
The clustering of housing in the zone of mix concept may be a means of minimizing
grading, preserving the natural appearance of topography, and making optimum use of the terrain
for residential structures and recreational and open spaces.
Mixed Use Zones
The revision to the Zoning Code, completed in 1996, incorporated the concept of mixed
use zones to allow compatible commercial uses to mix with light industrial uses, and the mixing
of residential and commercial uses. Mixed use light industrial and commercial zones may
include, but are not limited to, wholesale, retail, office uses and personal and business services.
Mixed use zones are .appropriate in areas of economic transition, such as light.industrial areas
that are in demand as sites for commercial uses, and older residential areas needed as sites for
more intensive development.
Through the careful analysis and examination of past and present situations, the
following goals, policies, and standards are set forth to physically plan the lands in the County in
the best interest of the island's residents.
GOALS
Designate and allocate land uses in appropriate proportions and mix and in
Keeping with the social, cultural, and physical environments of the County.
• protect and encourage the intensive and extensive utilization of the County's
important agricultural lands.
• protect and preserve forest, water, natural and scientific reserves and open areas.
POLICIES
• Zone urban- types of uses in areas with ease of access to community services and
employment centers and with adequate public utilities and facilities.
• Promote and encourage the rehabilitation and use of urban areas that are serviced
by basic community facilities and utilities.
271
Land Use Introduction
• Allocate appropriate requested zoning in accordance with the existing or projected
needs of neighborhood, community, region and County.
• Conduct a review and re-evaluation of the real property tax structure to assure
compatibility with land use goals and policies.
• Incorporate innovations such as the "zone of mix" and "mixed use zones" into the
Zoning Code.
• Encourage the development and maintenance of communities meeting the needs
of its residents in balance with the physical and social environment.
• Establish a program of continuing review of the Zoning Code in light of emerging
new industries and technologies and incorporate revisions to land use regulations
as necessary.
• Develop community development or regional plans for all of the districts or
combinations of districts in cooperation with community residents and
periodically review and amend these documents as necessary or as mandated.
• Ensure that condominium property regimes (CPR) comply with the requirements
of the Zoning Code, Subdivision Control Code and other applicable rules and
regulations.
• Encourage urban development within existing zoned areas already served by basic
infrastructure, or close to such areas, instead of scattered development.
STANDARDS
• The designated land uses will be delineated on the General Plan Land Use Pattern
Allocation Guide Map. The broad -brush boundaries indicated are graphic
expressions of the General Man policies, particularly those relating to land uses.
They are long-range guides to general location and will be subject to: a) existing
zoning; and b) State Land Use District. Similarly, the acreages allocated
represent alternatives for the various levels of economic activity and supporting
functions, such as resort, residential, commercial and industrial activities. Land
required for community and governmental services and programs as well as new
towns and resort centers may be accommodated within the allocated acreages.
• Zoning requests shall be reviewed with respect to General Plan designation,
district goals, regional plans, State Land Use District, compatibility with adjacent
zoned uses, availability of public services and utilities, access, and public need.
• Zoning may be recommended on an incremental basis depending upon
construction schedule, development of supporting services and facilities, and
other pertinent factors bearing upon the performance of the petitioner.
272
Land Use Introduction
• The establishment of urban -types of zoning may include additional acreages to
account for acreages utilized for public benefit, such as historic sites, public
access and parks.
273
Land Use Introduction
AGRICULTLTRE
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
In the County, approximately 1,184,599 acres or 46 per cent of the total land area is
situated within the Stag Land Use Agricultural district. Included in the district are lands with a
high capacity or potential for agricultural use as well as those with very low potential for
productive agricultural activity.
Commercial agriculture in Hawaii County was once dominated by sugar and ranching.
With the demise of sugar in the mid- I 990s and reduced production volumes within the ranching
industry since the mid-1980s, independent farmers producing a wide variety of commodities
have played an increasing role in the continued growth of the agriculture industry. At the same
time, trends also indicate increasing efficiencies of operations resulting in overall reductions in
land requirements.
Large corporations and mid-size and small entrepreneurs have led the way in examining
alternative uses•: for former sugar land. Papaya, macadamia nuts, guava, exotic tropical fruits,
forestry and ginger are some of the commodities that have been given a boost by the research
and marketing efforts undertaken.
While additional opportunities to develop new commodities may arise, the realization of
these opportunities requires the cooperative effort of the large corporations, entrepreneurs, the
small independent farmers and government. Large corporations can assist in the supply of land,
water, marketing, and capital; the entrepreneurs and small independent farmer can supply the
human resources of imagination, determination and hard work; and government can provide an
environment that supports their efforts.
In addition to the agricultuml land uses relating to the growing of the products,
agricultural land uses also include those relating to the packing, processing and manufacturing of
the products, that may be more indint'rial in character, but are nevertheless agricultural. The
agricultural industry may also need a variety of such industrial type uses that are dependent upon
the specific processing requirements of the product.
In light of the changes faced by commercial agriculture, the land use regulatory system
must be examined to determine the adjustments required to allow the agricultural industry to
make the change. In agriculturally designated areas, both the State and County have established
goals, objectives and policies that reflect a desire to promote agricultural activities as well as
preserve and protect agricultural land.
The County and State governments continue to explore possible changes to their
respective land use regulatory system in response to the continuous changes occurring within the
State's socio-economic climate. As agriculture's contribution to the State's economy since the
days of sugar has declined, there has been -a concurrent rise by tourism as the State's major
source of income. The demise of the sugar industry on this island has resulted in thousands of
274
Land Use Agricultural
acres of land being removed from productive agricultural use. At the same time, growth in the _
island's population has contributed towards increasing and costs.
Agricultural land values have risen beyond their value for agricultural purposes. The
high cost of agricultural land reflects non-agricultural uses and values rather than the value that
may be attributed to land if it were used as a resource for food and fiber production. Although
there are many legitimate reasons for allowing zoning and use conversions of agricultural land,
the increasing land values is one of the major problems that needs to be addressed to facilitate
the expansion of agriculture.
One of the key factors in adjusting to the changing socio-economic conditions is the
restructuring of our land use regulatory system to distinguish between important agricultural land
and other agricultural land. These distinctions should be made in the evaluative criteria for
considering zone changes, permitted uses, minimum lot size requirements, and subdivision
development standards.
Rural -style residential -agricultural developments may include either new small-scale
numl communities or extensions of existing rural communities. Such development provides
opportunities for a mix of residential and small-scale agricultural activities. However, the
primary intent of these developments would be to provide an added range to housing
opportunities. Along with this housing, the large lots of these rural areas will provide
opportunities for part-time agriculture, gardening activities and the raising of livestock on a small
scale. By providing opportunities to satisfy the demand for a rural lifestyle on marginal
agricultural land, the pressures to develop important agricultural land for these purposes would
be decreased.
It should be emphasized that commercial agricultural operations will not be discouraged
from or penalized for utilizing lands considered "marginal." Many commodities including
macadamia nuts, papaya, anthuriums and orchids are now produced on such lands. To protect
these existing agricultural operations from urban encroachment, a buffer area, or uses that are
compatible with agricultural operations should be considered before allowing any type of rural or
urban development into the area.
Macadamia nuts, cattle, flowers and nursery products, papayas, vegetables and melons
and coffee all have the potential for continued growth. Although the prospects for agriculture are
encouraging, there are problems that need to be overcome before the potential can be realized.
These problems include, but are not necessarily limited to: land cost, cost/availability of water,
cost/availability of transportation, cost of labor, marketing, developing and maintaining quality
standards, and disease and pest control.
Lands for agricultural parks are areas set aside by the State specifically for agricultural
activities to encourage continuation or initiation of such agricultural operations. The State's
Agricultural Parks Program makes land available to small farmers at reasonable cost with long-
term tenure. The State Department of Agriculture currently operates four agricultural parks on
the island, one each in the districts of Puna, South Hilo, Hamakua and North Kona.
275
Land Use Agricultural
The following goals and policies are intended to address some of the land related
problems of agriculture and are to be consistent with and supportive of the overall land use
element.
WIZ:X�S
Identify, protect and maintain important agriculture lands on the island of Hawaii.
Preserve the agricultural character of the island.
Preserve and enhance opportunities for the expansion of Hawaii's Agricultural
Industry.
POLICIES
• implement new approaches to preserve important agricultural land.
• Assist in the development of basic resources such as water, roads, transportation
and distribution facilities for the agricultural industry.
• Assist other State agencies, such as the University of Hawaii, College of Tropical
Agriculture and Human Resources, University of Hawaii at Hilo, College of
agriculture, Forestry and Natural Resources Management, Department of
Business, ]Economic Development and Tourism, Office of Planning, Department
of Land and Natural Resources and Department of Agriculture, on programs that
aid agriculture.
• Agricultural land may be used as one form of open space or as green belt.
• Coordinate and encourage efforts to solve the problems of the agricultural
industry in the County of Hawaii.
• In order to minimize the potential conflicts between agricultural and non-
agricultural uses, standards and guidelines for the establishment of well defined
buffer areas as part of new, non-agricultural developments that are located
adjacent to important agricultural lands shall be developed.
• Land zoned for use in the Rural District shall be expanded, where appropriate.
• Develop subdivision standards that make a distinction between agricultural and
urban land uses.
• Designate, protect and maintain important agricultural lands from urban
encroachment.
276
Land Use Agricultural
• Ensure that development of important agricultural land be primarily for
agricultural use.
• Support the development of private and State agricultural parks to make
agricultural land available for agricultural activities.
• Assist in the development of agriculture.
• Assist in the development of water for agricultural purposes.
• Investigate possibilities to prevent non-agricultural uses that could interfere with
potential or existing agricultural activities on important agricultural lands.
• Support efforts to provide tax relief and other incentives to enhance competitive
capabilities of commercial farms and ranches, thereby insuring long-term
preservation, enhancement, and expansion of viable agricultural lands.
• Ensure that condominium property regimes (CPR) on agricultural -designated
lands comply with the requirements of the Zoning Code and other applicable
laws, rules and regulations.
• Farm labor housing projects shall be developed in a manner that minimizes the
use of important agricultural lands and is consistent with the character of
surrounding land uses.
• Encourage, where appropriate, the establishment of visitor -related uses and
facilities that directly promote the agriculture industry.
• Important agricultural lands shall not be rezoned to parcels too small to support
economically viable farming units.
• Discourage speculative residential development on agricultural lands.
• Encourage other compatible economic uses that complement existing agricultural
and pastoral activities.
277
Land use Agricultural
DISTRICTS
The analysis that follows concentrates on agricultural land use and focuses on the
relationship of the districts to the County as a whole.
PUNA
Profile
The major agricultural businesses in Puna include macadamia nuts, flowers, foliage,
papaya, bananas, tropical fruits and vegetable production. The Puna district is the major papaya
growing region in the State. In the past, the papaya industry has been faced with challenges from
fruit flies and the Papaya Ringspot Virus. Today, the industry is thriving due to the development
of several methods of quarantine treatment and the development of a genetically engineered
disease resistant variety. The papaya industry is continuing its efforts to Hand an acceptable
alternative to ethylene dibromide (EDB) fumigation to control fruit flies.
Vere is a fairly sizable planting of macadamia. nuts on the Hilo side of Keaau.
Additional plantings may be anticipated as the market dictates. Other future agricultural uses
projected include expansion of papaya, bananas, cacao and tree farms, coffee and kava (awa).
Vegetables and a variety of fruits are also grown in the Puna District. Some of the more
exotic types of fruits being grown include lychee, rambutan, cherimoya, starfruit, sapodilla,
mangosteen, jackfruit, guava, breadfruit and atemoya.
Flowers, chiefly anthuriurns and orchids, are grown throughout the district. The major
Mower cultivation areas are Mt. View, Pahoa, Kapoho and Volcano. Numerous truck farms are
located in the Volcano area. ]Major crops are lettuce, temperate range flowers and cabbage.
The Puna district also has the potential for agricultural processing and manufacturing
opportunities utilizing the geothermal resources of the area. These direct use applications of the
geothermal resources need to be located within effective proximity of the resource itself and may
require the need for new forms of land use management and control.
The State has made lands available.for agriculture at the 60 -lot Pahoa Agricultural Park,
that covers an area of approximately 600 acres. The agricultural park is fully occupied -Arith no
lots available for lease.
There are approximately 198,747 acres zoned for agricultural use in Puna.
Course of Action
• Assist in the further development of agriculture.
278
Land Use Agricultural
SOUTH HIL,O
Profile
Sugar was once the principal crop grown in South Hilo until the closing of Hilo Coast
Processing Company in 1984. A diversified agricultural industry has since emerged to make
productive use of the former sugar cane lands. The flower, foliage and nursery industry is the
leading diversified agriculture industry in the state. The South Hilo district is well-known for the
cultivation of flowers and nursery products. Anthuriums, orchids, and landscaping plants are just
some of the many types of foliage being grown within the district.
Because of proximity to the marketing area of Hilo, numerous commodities such as
vegetables, ginger root and flowers are grown in South Hilo.
Farms in rural South Hilo are located along major transportation routes. Within the city
limits, agricultural uses are found in the Panaewa farm lots, upper Kaumana and Waiakea Uka
areas.
There are approximately 73,750 acres of land zoned for agricultural use in South Hilo.
Courses of Action
• Encourage buffer zones or compatible uses between agricultural and
urban/residential areas.
Support the University of Hawaii at Hilo and Hawaii Community College aid in
their development of programs that assist agriculture.
NORTH I-IIL,O/HAMAKUA
Profile
Sugar cultivation once dominated the agricultural scene in both districts until the closing
of the Hamakua Sugar Company in 1994. The Hamakua Sugar Company once cultivated
approximately 35,000 acres in sugar in the North Hilo and Hamakua districts. These vacant
sugar lands are slowly being cultivated in various crops. A mainland company has recently
initiated plantings of eucalyptus on Kamebameha Schools land along the Hamakua coast in its
effort to establish a 15,000 -acre eucalyptus plantation. A 1981 study to identify the best
potential forest lands within the County identified 80,000 acres, mainly located along the
Hamakua coast between the 1,000- and 3,000 -foot elevations.
Within both districts there are small truck farms that raise vegetables, fruits, flowers, and
macadamia nuts. Taro is also raised within Waipio Valley.
279
Land Use Agricultural
Ranching has now expanded from the upper elevations to the ocean.
There are approximately 227,177 acres zoned for agricultural use in the North Hilo and
Hamakua districts.
Course of Action
• Encourage largc landowners to make agricultural lands available for agriculture.
NORTH KOHA%A
Profile
Ranching, macadamia nut production, and nursery production are the principal
.agricultural activities currently operating in North Kohala. Some lands in this district are being
converted to large lot arai-residential subdivisions.
There are 67,977 acres of agriculturally zoned lands in the district. Over 14,000 acres
within this district were previously serviced by agricultural infrastructure. This includes the
Kohala Ditch irrigation system, that remains viable and could provide opportunities to more
intensively utilize these lands for agricultural purposes.
The agricultural lands of North Kohala also create much of the feeling of open space that
is so important to the area. A number of legislative resolutions have supported the protection of
viewplanes and open space from the main highway to the sea, most recently Senate Concurrent
Resolution No. 146.
Courses of Action
• Encourage the maintenance and more intensive utilization of the Kohala Ditch
irrigation system for agricultural production.
• Support the development of private and State agricultural parks as a means of
making agricultural land available for commercial agricultural activities.
• In reviewing Special Permit applications, rezonings, and other land use changes in
the Agricultural District, great care should be given to preserve existing
viewplanes to and along the coastline.
280
Land Use Agricultural
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
South Kohala's Waimea region contains the most extensive truck farming area in the
County. Vegetables such as celery, daikon (turnip), carrots, lettuce, cabbage, broccoli, tomatoes
and bell peppers, and fruits such as strawberries are grown for both local and export markets.
Certain flowers and foliage are also grown in this region.
Most of the lands in South Kohala are used for cattle ranching. Parker Ranch is the
largest ranch in the area and owns most of the grazing lands.
There are approximately 119,813 acres zoned for agriculture in the district. Although
land in the Waimea area is considered some of the most productive in the County, there is a need
to develop a more reliable agricultural water system to more fully utilize this potential. With the
growth in the district spurred by tourism, urban pressures are increasingly competing for basic
resources required by agriculture, namely land, labor, and water.
Courses of Action
• Protect important agricultural lands from urban encroachment.
• Encourage buffer zones or compatible uses between important agricultural land
and adjacent uses of land.
IU H -14"a III 60� IIM.
Profile
Coffee, macadamia nut, avocado and ranching are the major agricultural endeavors in
Dona. Other commodities grown in Kona include tropical fruits, beans, cucumbers, tomatoes,
flowers, foliage and nursery plants.
There are 280,937 acres of land within the State Land Use Agricultural designation in
this district. Approximately 279,465 acres are zoned for agricultural uses by the County.
Although the climate of Kona is favorable for agriculture, soils and topography present
some limitations, especially for mechanized fanning. This has been one of the problems faced
by the coffee industry.
Another factor inhibiting agricultural activity in the district is the price of land. There is
a substantial disparity between the agricultural use value and market value of land in Kona. In
addition, the land ownership pattern in agriculturally suitable areas, is characterized by a few
281
Land Use Agricultural
large land holders, and requires favorable lease arrangements that are not always available. The_
same urbanization pressures faced in the South Kohala district are also present in Kona.
Keahole Agricultural Park, located mauka of Kona International Airport at Keahole, is
comprised of 179 acres subdivided into 34 lots. Few lots are available for lease.
Courses of Action
• Protect important agricultural lands within the Kona Coffee Belt from urban
encroachment through the use of zoning and other mechanisms.
• Encourage the University of Hawaii at Hilo to accelerate research on agricultural,
aquaculture and forestry products that are or could be of economic value to Kona.
• Encourage buffer zones or compatible uses between important agricultural land
and adjacent uses of land.
KAT
Profile
Macadamia nuts are the major crop grown within the Ka'u District. Sugar, which once
dominated the agricultural industry within the district, saw its end with the closing of the Ka'u
Sugar Company in 1996.
Other crops, such as bananas, avocados, tomatoes, and carnations are cultivated on a
limited scale. Other production includes vegetables, coffee, and hardwoods. Ranching
operations are ;also found throughout the district. A private initiative has been undertaken to
plant approximately 5,000 acres of eucalyptus trees.
There are approximately 252,843 acres of agriculturally zoned land in the district. Over
70 per cent of this total area is not being utilized for agricultural purposes. The lack of an
adequate water supply is one of the major limitations to further agricultural development in the
district.
Course of Action
Encourage and support the expansion of agriculture, including forestry and the
macadamia nut industry.
282
Land Use Agricultural
COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
INTRODUCTION s'1 ND ANALYSIS
Commercial development is basically comprised of businesses in the retail trade and
service categories. Commercial areas are generally located in concentrated areas where goods
and services may be conveniently sold. Examples are shopping centers, central business
districts, and community and neighborhood business areas.
The extent of commercial development is influenced by the number of both resident and
transient populations and their incomes, mobility and lifestyles. This land use is also affected by
the availability and costs of transportation, internal and external competition, and other factors.
According to the U.S. Census Bureau, the County's commercial establishments continue
to increase in both number of establishments and value of sales. In 1992, there were 1,012 retail
and 974 service establishments within the County, an increase of 37 per cent and 87 per cent
respectively, over the number of establishments in 1982. Total sales of $1,700,000,000 were
generated by commercial establishments in 1992, an increase of 186 per cent since 1982_ Latest
figures for 1997 show a 4 per cent decline in the number of retail establishments from 1992 and a
36 per cent increase in the number of service establishments during the same period.
There are two distinct markets for commercial development on the island: the resident
and the visitor markets. Adequate planning for commercial establishments in both markets is
equally important.
Commercial activity in the County is characterized by the existence of the large urban
centers in Hilo and around Kailua-Kona, several smaller centers and many rural neighborhood
shopping areas. Hilo and Kailua-Kona serve as the major commercial centers with secondary
centers located in Honokaa, Keaau, Waimea, Kealakekua, and Naalehu.
Recent trends reflect commercial development outside of Hilo's older commercial core
and a more decentralized pattern. This decentralization is reflective of the growing markets
outside of the immediate environs of Downtown Hilo and the general trend toward multi -
centered urban areas. Similarly, commercial development within Kailua-Kona is extending
mauka and north of its traditional commercial areas along Alii Drive and Palani Road. Lands
mauka of the Queen Kaahumanu Highway have recently been the focus of commercial
development with the arrival of Wal Mart, .-lvlart, Safeway, Borders Bookstores, Liberty House
and other retail operations.
Some of the problems of many of the existing commercial developments are the poor or
dilapidated conditions of the older facilities and the inadequacy of vehicular and pedestrian
systems. Pedestrian and vehicular circulation patterns are not continuous in all cases malting
repeated on and off street movements necessary. Such movements serve to congest the streets
providing access to these commercial areas and create congestion problems for the entire area.
Strip development of commercial facilities has occurred and commercial zoned lands have not
always been utilized for their intended purpose.
283
Land Use Commercial
Following an examination and analysis of present and past situations concerning
commercial development, the following goals, policies, and standards have been set forth.
GOALS
• Provide for commercial developments that maximize convenience to users.
• Provide commercial developments that complement the overall pattern of
transportation and land usage within the island's regions, communities, and
neighborhoods.
POLICIES
• Urban renewal, rehabilitation, and/or redevelopment programs shall be
undertaken in cooperation with communities, businesses and governmental
agencies.
Commercial facilities shall be developed in areas adequately served by necessary
services, such as water, utilities, sewers, and transportation systems. Should such
services not be available, the development of more intensive uses should be in
concert with a localized program of public and private capital improvements to
meet the expected increased needs.
• Distribution of commercial areas shall meet the demands of neighborhood,
community and regional needs.
• Existing strip development shall be converted to more appropriate uses when and
where it is feasible.
• Encourage the concentration of commercial uses within and surrounding a central
core area.
•
The development of commercial facilities should be designed to fit into the locale
with minimal intrusion while providing the desired services. Appropriate
infrastructure and design concerns shall be incorporated into the review of such
developments.
• Applicable ordinances shall be reviewed and amended as necessary to include
considerations for urban design, aesthetic quality and the protection of amenities
in adjacent areas through landscaping, open space and buffer areas.
• Require developers to provide basic infrastructure necessary for development.
• Encourage commercial areas to develop on an axis perpendicular to the highway.
284
Land Use Commercial
STANDARDS
There are three basic types of shopping centers:
Neighborhood Centers
Provide: Convenience goods, e.g., foods, drugs, and personal services.
Major, Shops: Supermarket and/or drug store.
Number of Shops: 5 to 15.
Acreage: 5 to 10 acres.
Approximate Market: 3,000 people.
• Community Centers
Provide: Convenience goods, plus "soft line" items, such as clothing, and
"hard fine" items, such as hardware and small appliances.
Major Shops: Variety or junior department store.
Number of Shops: 20 to 40.
Acreage: 10 to 30 acres.
Approximate Market: 15,000 people.
• Regional Centers
Provide: Full range of merchandise and services.
Major Shops: Full size department store.
Number of Shops: 40.
Approximate Market: 50,000 people.
DISTRICTS
The following analysis of commercial development by districts is intended to bring into
focus the relationship of each district to the County as a whole.
PUNA
114�r�
Commercial activity in the Puna district primarily consists of small rural enterprises that
serve the surrounding rural -residential and agricultural communities.
Commercial activity is mainly located in the communities of Keaau and Pahoa, with
lesser activity in Orchidland Estates, Mountain View, Kurtistown, and Glenwood.
285
Land Use Commercial
The communities of Keaau and Pahoa are the commercial centers of the district. The
extent of commercial development consists of a shopping center in Keaau and grocery and
general merchandise stores, service stations, and miscellaneous retail shops and services. The
majority of these retail enterprises primarily serve the immediate surrounding communities.
W. H. Shipman, Ltd. is currently seeking to rezone approximately 32 acres of land in
Keaau from an Agricultural to an Industrial -Commercial Mixed Use district. The project site is
located adjacent to the Shipman Business Park and mauka of the Volcano Highway-Keaau
Bypass intersection. W.H. Shipman plans to initially develop a shopping center with up to
118,000 square feet of retail floor area on approximately 16 acres located within the northern
half of the 32 -acre project area. The balance of the project area is proposed to be developed as a
mixed use commercial/light industrial area with approximately 100,000 to 125,000 square feet of
floor area. Completion of this project is anticipated in 2008.
Population is scattered throughout the district and the remainder of the commercial
activity is minimal. Proximity to Hilo limits the demand for commercial activities as Hilo is, to a
great extent, the major shopping area for the residents of Puna.
Courses of Action
• Centralization of commercial activities in Pahoa Town, rather than along the
Pahoa By -Pass, to serve the residents of Lower Puna shall be encouraged.
• Expanded commercial services to meet the needs of population growth in the
Puna district shall be encouraged in Keaau.
• Rehabilitation of existing commercial development in appropriate locations shall
be encouraged.
• Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need arises.
• Allow the establishment of small neighborhood commercial areas within existing
non -conforming, residential -agricultural (rural) subdivisions.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
One of the island's two major commercial centers is located in South Hilo. Hilo contains
a downtown business district, several shopping center complexes, and neighborhood commercial
facilities. The rural communities, primarily plantation settlements located along the coastal areas
have limited commercial facilities.
Commercial activity in Hilo is undergoing rapid change. Most of the recent commercial
development serving the East Hawaii region has been concentrated in the Waiakea District and
286
Land Use Commercial
includes the Prince Kuhio Plaza and Waiakea Shopping Center complexes. Other shopping areas
include the Hilo Shopping Center, the Kaiko'o Mall and surrounding office developments, and
the Downtown Hilo central business district. Downtown Hilo generally lacks adequate parking
facilities and efficient traffic circulation. The physical condition of many buildings within
Downtown Hilo is also poor, although there have been recent efforts to rehabilitate many of the
buildings in the area. Some of these efforts include the rehabilitation of the Palace Theater,
Kress Building, S. Hata Building and the Toyama Building. Another.effort to revitalize
Downtown Hilo is seen in the establishment of the Kalakaua Park Heritage Corridor, that is part
of the larger Hawaiian Heritage Corridor Program that seeks to preserve historic sites and
buildings along transportation corridors. As detailed within the Downtown. Hilo Redevelopment
Plan, development of the Kalakaua Park Heritage Area would preserve and rehabilitate public
and private structures of historical of architectural significance, reinforce the area's past and
future function and image as an important civic area, and serve as an activity center for attracting
both residents and tourists. Without continuing efforts for renewal, rehabilitation, and/or
redevelopment, the downtown business district may further lose its competitive position.
In addition, neighborhood shopping areas are located throughout the city. The largest of
these are supermarket -variety store complexes in the Waiakea Homesteads area. These
:neighborhood shopping complexes, including KTA Super Stores and Sack -n -Save supermarkets,
are located near one of the busiest intersections in the city and is part of the High Density Urban
core of Hilo.
Multiple ownership of contiguous properties has created problems which make orderly
development in any one area difficult. Incompatible land uses also create an undesirable climate
for commercial development.
Expansion of the University of Hawaii facilities and community will induce a need for
commercial services in proximity to the campus. Under the University land use category,
support commercial uses are permitted.
Courses of Action
• Continue to pursue the rehabilitation, renewal, and redevelopment of downtown
Hilo. Continual improvement of other existing commercial areas must also be
assured.
• Assistance to small businesses in obtaining loans and management education
classes and manpower training programs shall be encouraged.
• Controls that discourage speculation shall be established.
• Appropriately located commercial zoned lands shall be allocated as the need
arises.
• Commercial zoned lands in proximity to the University of Hawaii at Hilo shall be
allocated as the need arises,
287
Land Use Commercial
NORTH HILO
Profile
Commercial development is limited in the North Hilo district. There are several small
rural communities in the district that are primarily plantation settlements. Miscellaneous stores
and services are found in Ninole, Papaaloa, Laupahoehoe, and Ookala. The majority of the
commercial services are located in Laupahoehoe.
As the facilities in North Hilo provide limited services, Hilo serves as the major shopping
area for the residents of the district.
Population in the district has been declining over the past thirty years, thus limiting the
market for expansion of existing commercial facilities.
Courses of Action
• Centralization of commercial activities in the Laupahoehoe-Papaaloa area shall be
encouraged.
• Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need arises.
Do not allow strip or spot commercial development on the highway outside of the
primary commercial area.
HAMAKUA
Profile
The town of Honokaa provides commercial and government services for the Hamakua
district. Honokaa was once the second largest community on the island for several decades and
has a high school, government offices, and numerous stores and services.
The smaller communities of Kukuihaele and Paauilo have limited commercial facilities.
Although some renovations and new commercial buildings have occurred in Honoka'a,
many of the structures housing commercial activities are generally still in poor or dilapidated
condition and lack adequate parking facilities.
Courses of Action
Centralization of commercial activities in the Honokaa area shall be encouraged.
Urban renewal of the area should be undertaken.
288
Land Use Commercial
0 Suitable commercially zoned lands shall be provided as the need arises.
• Encourage commercial activities within Honokaa town to promote and enhance
the history and culture of the paniolo and former sugar plantation.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
Commercial activity in the North Kohala district is located to a limited degree in the
village of Halaula with Kapaau and Hawi serving as the main commercial centers. The village
of Waimea in the South Kohala district also serves the commercial needs of the residents of this
district.
Courses of Action
• The development of a commercial core within the towns of Hawi or Kapaau shall
be encouraged.
0 Continual improvement of commercial facilities shall be undertaken.
• Develop and encourage the use of special design districts in Hawi and Kapaau
that include guidelines to preserve, protect and enhance the rural and historic
qualities of the commercial areas.
• Do not allow strip or spot commercial development on the highway outside of the
designated urban areas.
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
Commercial activity in the South Kohala district is centered in the Waimea, and
Kawaihae, and Waikoloa Village areas. The Kawaihae area contains a few miscellaneous
commercial facilities surrounding the Kawaihae port.
The Waimea area contains a number of commercial facilities and professional services.
The major facility is the Waimea Shopping Center. This shopping complex includes a
supermarket, various retail stores, restaurants, a bank, and other services. Parker Ranch
Shopping Center, once the major -shopping complex in the district, is currently undergoing
renovation as part of a larger plan by the Richard Smart Foundation Trust to expand the
commercial area of Waimea. In 1992, commercial lands within Waimea Town were increased
by approximately 104 acres ass part of the implementation of the Richard Smart Foundation
289
Land Use Commercial
Trust's Parker 2020 Master Plan that detailed the future growth of residential, commercial and _
industrial development in Waimea over the course of 35 years.
Transportation facilities within the district include Kawaihae Harbor, Waimea-Kohala
airport, and major highway systems. These transportation facilities provides a vital link between
the growing resort areas along the coast, the transport of goods from Kawaihae Harbor and the
commercial area within Waimea.
The visitor industry is the major economic force in the district. The Mauna Kea, Mauna
Lani and Waikoloa Beach Resorts, located in the coastal region, have established the South
Kohala District as one of the world's premiere resort destinations. These complexes contain
their own ancillary commercial areas. The King's Shops, located on 9.5 acres within the
Waikoloa Beach Resort, currently hosts 40 tenants offering a range of specialty retail shops,
restaurants and services to both visitors and local residents.
Courses of Action
• The establishment of Waimea as a regional commercial center for northern
Hawaii shall be encouraged.
• Establish controls to insure orderly development and minimize speculation of
commercially zoned lands.
• Continue the concentration of commercial uses in Waimea, Kawaihae, Waikoloa
Village, and in the resort areas. Do not allow strip or spot commercial
development on highways outside of these primary commercial areas.
lEel; AItIt:X Z
Profile
Commercial activity in the North Kona district is located in Kailua-Kona, in the Keauhou
Resort area, and in several mauka rural communities along the Mamalahoa Highway.
Increased commercial activity in Kailua has paralleled the growth of the tourist industry
in the area and resident population growth. Commercial facilities, consisting of office and
shopping complexes, professional and financial service buildings, retail shops, and restaurants,
are located on Alii Drive and Kuakini Highway, mainly between Palani and Hualalai Roads.
Kailua-Kona provides services for both residents as well as visitors. Vehicular and pedestrian
systems within Kailua village are poor and there is a lack of adequate parking facilities. The
increase in commercial development within Kailua-Kona has extended beyond its traditional
commercial area on the makai side of Queen Kaahumanu Highway and along Palani Road.
Major retailers including Wal-Mart, K -Mart, Safeway and Borders Bookstore have begun to
occupy lands on the mauka side of Queen Kaahumanu Highway, expanding the commercial core
of Kailua-Kona. Approximately 315 acres located on the mauka side of Queen Kaahumanu
290
Land Use Commercial
Highway and situated north of Palani Road was zoned for Commercial uses in the mid 1990s. _
This area, known as Makalapua Center, is currently home to K -Mart and Liberty House and a
new 10-plex movie theater currently under construction.
The Keauhou Shopping Center is located at the south end of Alii Drive along
Kamehameha III Road and provides both residents and visitors with range of retail
establishments and services such as a supermarket, drug store, restaurants and real estate offices.
Courses of Action
Controls to prevent speculative practices on commercially zoned lands may be
established.
• implementation of programs to correct existing deficiencies shall be undertaken.
• Appropriately zoned lands shall be provided as the need arises.
SOUTH KONA
Profile
Commercial activity in the South Kona district is located in several village areas along
the Mamalahoa Highway in the mauka area and are geared primarily towards the needs of
residents.
Population is distributed along the Mamalahoa Highway or dispersed on the slopes in
agricultural or rural -residential communities.
Due to the sloping terrain and many non -conforming commercial uses, commercial strip
development has occurred along the Mamalahoa Highway, though the commercial activity is
focused in the Kealakekua-Captain Cook area Commercial services in the area include financial
and professional services, a supermarket, specialty shops and stores, hotel and restaurants and
service stations.
Courses of Action
• Centralize commercial activities in existing town centers.
• Appropriately zoned lands shall be provided as the need arises.
• Allow the development of small-scale visitor -oriented commercial facilities along
Ke Ala O Keawe Road (City of Refuge Road) leading to Pu'uhonua O Honaunau
National Historic Park.
291
Land Use Commercial
WWII
Profile
Commercial activities in the Ka'u district are concentrated in the communities of Pahala,
Naalehu, and Waiohinu and the area of the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park.
Pahala was built around a former sugar mill, once the major employer of the area, and
contains a high school and hospital that serve the district. Commercial facilities, consisting
mainly of convenience goods and services, are located in this community.
Naalehu contains a greater variety of commercial facilities. Government facilities in the
community include educational facilities for elementary and intermediate students and a police
facility serving: the district. Commercial development includes a small shopping center complex.
Waiohinu lies a few miles southwest of Naalehu. The major commercial facility here is a
14 -unit hotel with a few small commercial establishments within the community.
There are various commercial establishments, including general stores, restaurants,
service station, Laundromat and offices in Ocean View along both sides of Highway 19.
The Hawaii Volcanoes National Park in the Ka'u district contains commercial facilities
connected with the Volcano House hotel complex and the Kilauea Military Camp.
Courses of Action
• Centralization of commercial activity in the communities of Pahala, Naalehu and
Ocean View and the area of the Volcanoes National Park shall be encouraged.
Do not allow strip or spot commercial development on the highway outside of the
designated urban areas.
292
Land Use Commercial
INDUSTRIAL
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Industrial development includes manufacturing and processing, wholesaling, large
storage and transportation facilities, power plants, and government baseyards.
There are two distinct types of industrial development. One sector is service-oriented and
is affected by population and the level of activity of other business activities. The other sector,
basic industries, is mostly influenced by outside markets. The location of industrial
developments is important for many reasons. In the case of service types of industrial
development (non -basic), areas designated for industrial uses must be close enough to population
and/or commercial areas for efficiencies but still distant enough to avoid traffic problems. Some
industrial districts consist of enterprises and facilities that are not necessarily compatible witl&s
commercial areas. Businesses included in this district are generally more noxious than those in
general commercial areas. Industrial developments in many communities are located adjacent to
these areas and could result in environmental problems such as noise, air and water pollution.
Basic industrial activity is usually found close to raw products or other key resources.
Both kinds of industries are a ccted by the availability of rtatlon facilities. Other factors
equally important are the availability of public utilities, the cost of land, and internal and external
circulation.
A portion of the County's industrial activity is related to agriculture. These agricultural
industrial activities include the processing of coffee, macadamia nuts, meat products, tropical
fruits, vegetables, and timber. The processing of these export products is expected to expand.
Recently, there have been new endeavors in alternate energy and aquaculture activities at
Keahole in the North Kona district and geothermal- related development in the district of Puna.
Both of these developments are utilizing resources not previously tapped creating the possible
need for new farms of land use management and control.
Service-oriented industries, such as wholesaling, government facilities, printing, and
bakeries, are located close to population centers. The majority of such facilities are located
within the South Hilo district. forth Kona, with its growing population, has also seen the
number of its service industries increase quite rapidly.
There are approximately 6,000 acres of industrially zoned lands in the County. Many of
these Industrial -zoned lands are used for manufacturing, manufacturing services, and
wholesaling. There are other lands zoned for agricultural, commercial, and other uses that are
used for industrial purposes. The existence of non -conforming uses which are incompatible with
industry creates an undesirable land use pattern. In fact, the physical appearance of many of the
island's industrial areas needs improvement.
There are three industrial zoning districts within the Zoning Code: General Industrial
(MG); Limited Industrial (ML); and Industrial — Commercial Mixed District (MCX). The MG
293
Land Use Industrial
district applies to areas for uses that are generally considered to be offensive and noxious. These -
noxious heavy industrial uses must be separated from residential and other incompatible uses in
the zoning process. The Illi, district applies to areas for business and industrial uses that are
generally in support of, but not necessarily compatible with those permissible activities and uses
in other commercial districts. The MCX district allows a mix of some industrial uses with
commercial uses. The following areas are identified for industrial — commercial mixed uses:
Keaau (Gateway Center); Hawaiian Paradise Park; Hilo Iron Works; Waiakea Houselots. Kona
Industrial Subdivision and the adjacent area to the north; and Honokohau (south of the existing
Kaloko Industrial Subdivision).
The following goals, policies and standards are set forth to guide the development of
industrial areas in the best interest of the County and its residents. The residents. must be
made aware of the circumstances resulting from industrial development. Citizen participation,
awareness, and most of all, citizen understanding are vital in the development of industrial areas,
as in all phases of the planning process.
GOALS
• Designate and allocate industrial areas in appropriate proportions and in keeping
with the social, cultural, and physical environments of the County.
Promote and encourage the rehabilitation of industrial areas that are serviced by
basic community facilities and utilities.
POLICIES
• Support the creation of industrial parks in appropriate locations as an alternative
to strip development.
• Achieve a broader diversification of local industries by providing opportunities
for new industries and strengthening existing industries.
• Locate industrial areas convenient to transportation facilities, and provide a
variety of industrial zoned districts and lot sizes, depending on the needs of the
industries and the communities.
• Improve the aesthetic quality of industrial sites and protect amenities of adjacent
areas by requiring landscaping, open spaces, buffer zones, and design guidelines.
• Industrial development shall be located in areas adequately served by
transportation, utilities, and other essential infrastructure.
• Provide flexibility within the Zoning Code to accommodate emerging new
industries.
294
Land Use Industrial
• Industrial -commercial mixed use districts shall be provided in appropriate
locations.
• Require developers to provide basic infrastructure necessary for development.
STANDARDS
• Industrial development shall maintain or improve the quality of the present
environment.
• Industrial activities may be located close to raw materials or key resources.
• Topography of industrial land shall be reasonably level.
• Industrial development shall be conveniently located to its labor resource.
• Buffer zones shall be established between industrial and adjacent incompatible
uses of land.
• The direction of wind patterns and the absence of tradewinds shall be considered
in the siting of industrial areas.
DISTRICTS
The following is an analysis by district with reference to industrial development. The
brief analysis of each district is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the
County as a whole.
PUNA
Profile
There are approximately 490 acres of industrial zoned lands in the Puna District.
The 488 -acre W.H. Shipman Industrial Park is located near the Puna -South Hilo District
boundary. It is being developed as another major industrial center for East Hawaii. Industrial
uses in the area range from warehousing to construction yards. W.H. Shipman Ltd. also has
plans for additional mixed use industrial -commercial zoned lands in close proximity to the
industrial park.
The Puna District includes various agricultural industrial activities including the Mauna
Loa Macadamia Nut Corporation's processing facility, flower packaging, and papaya processing
and packaging. Other industrial activities in the area include cinder and rock quarrying and
certain cottage industries.
295
Land Use Industrial
The Puna Geothermal Venture power plant began operation in 1993. It currently
produces 30 megawatts of energy from the use of geothermal steam.
The Puna geothermal resource subzone is identified on the General Plan Land Use
Pattern Allocation Guide map. Activities associated by the use of the geothermal by-products
may be established within and/or in close proximity to the geothermal resource subzone.
Courses of Action
• Identify sites suitable for fixture industrial activities as the need arises.
• Industrial -commercial mixed use districts may be provided in appropriate
locations.
Service oriented Limited Industrial and/or Industrial -Commercial uses may be
permitted in Pahoa although the area is not currently identified in the LUPAG
map.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The South Milo district has approximately 2,185 acres of industrial zoned lands. With
almost 36 per cent of the island's Industrial -zoned lands, South Hilo is the major industrial center
on the island. The principal industrial areas are the Kanoelehua area, Hilo Harbor, and the Hilo
International Airport area_
Industrial development in Hilo is primarily due to its available transportation facilities,
the harbor and airport, and its concentration of population.
There are also industries involved with the processing and packaging of locally grown
products. Papaya grown in Puna is inspected, fumigated, and packaged in Hilo. Major
processors of livestock products are located in South Hilo.
Other industrial activities include quarrying, garment manufacturing, storage,
wholesaling facilities and numerous other population service-oriented activities.
Besides transportation facilities, major advantages of Hilo include the availability of
labor, a full range of community facilities and the availability of utilities and land. Industrial
activities in both service and non -service categories are expected to expand in Hilo.
296
Land Use Indusnial
Courses of Action
• Encourage the centralization of industrial activities in the Kanoelehua Industrial
area. Noxious industries shall be located away from residential and related areas.
• Identify sites suitable for future industrial activities as the need arises.
• Encourage the State and the Department of Hawaiian Home Lands to develop
industrial zoned lands in the Kanoelehua Industrial area and airport industrial
area.
• allocate appropriately zoned lands.
• Industrial -commercial mixed use districts may be provided at appropriate
locations.
1' ORTH MLO
Profile
There are approximately 38 acres of industrial zoned lands within the North Hilo district.
These industrial zoned lands were primarily used by the former sugar companies for the
processing of sugar.
Limited industrial facilities such as warehousing are located in Laupahoehoe.
Courses of Action
Identify sites suitable for future industrial activities as the need arises.
Service oriented Limited Industrial and/or Industrial -Commercial uses may be
permitted in the Laupahoehoe-Papaaloa area although the area is not currently
identified on the LLAG map.
297
Land Use Industrial
1100 MIj MI
Profile
There are approximately 15 acres of industrial lands within the Hamakua district. These
industrial zoned lands were primarily used by the former sugar companies for the processing of
sugar. The macadamia nut industry utilized some of these industrial zoned lands in the later
years. The recent completion of a 60 megawatt co -generation power plant at Haina will
encourage other manufacturing activities by providing thermal energy (waste heat) that could be
utilized for drying of macadamia nuts or aquaculture activities.
There are some industrial developments in Hamakua, most of which are small family -
operated operations. These industries include dairy operation, miscellaneous food processing,
sawmills wood carving, and other service-oriented endeavors. The bulk of industrial activity is
in the Honokaa-Hain area.
In terms of level topography, there is a limited amount of suitable lands for industrial use.
The Zoning Code allows agriculture -related industrial facilities to be built in agricultural zoned
districts. Further, Special Permits may also be secured within the State Land Use Agricultural
District.
Courses of Action
• Identify sites suitable for future industrial activity as the need arises.
Encourage the rehabilitation of existing service-oriented industrial areas.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
Industrial activity in North Kohala consists of small agriculturally related services. There
are approximately 59 acres of industrial zoned lands within the district.
Courses of Action
• Identify sites suitable for future industrial activity as the need arises.
• Service oriented Limited Industrial and/or Industrial -Commercial uses may be
permitted in the Hawi area although the area is not currently identified on the
LUPAG map.
298
Land Use Industrial
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
There are 291 acres of industrial zoned lands within the South Kohala district.
There are two areas where most of the industrial activity in South Kohala takes glace:
Waimea and Kawaihae harbor. Many of the industrial activities in Waimea are linked with
agriculture and include a vacuum cooling Plant, the preserving of vegetables, warehousing, and
dairy operation. These industrial activities, however, are scattered throughout the Waimea area.
The Kawaihae Harbor is a port facility for West Hawaii. Industrial use of the area
consists of storage facilities.
Several service --oriented industrial activities are located in this district. Among these
activities are government baseyards, utility installations and development of specialized
equipment for the astronomy facilities. Several quarrying operations were established within the
district. The West Hawaii Concrete quarry and processing facility is located in mauka Waikoloa.
The General Plan Land Use Pattern Allocation Guide map designates this facility and lands in
the immediate area for industrial and its related uses.
Courses of Action
• Encourage the development of a regional industrial park at Kawaihae and
centralize limited industrial activities in Waimea.
• Industrial development should be in harmony with surrounding uses and the
environment.
• Identify sites suitable for future industrial activities as the need arises.
NORTH KONA
Profile
There are 2,909 acres of industrial zoned lands in the North Kona district.
Most of Kona's industrial development is service oriented and located in the northern
portion of the Korth Kona district from Kailua to the Kona International Airport at Keahole. The
Kona Industrial Subdivision in Kail:ua-Kona has transformed into a mixed use industrial -
commercial area over the years. Newer industrial areas, including the Kaloko Industrial
subdivision, are being developed to the north of Kailua-Kona. The industrial activities within
these newer areas include warehousing, lumber storage yards, auto body shops, wholesaling and
other service oriented activities.
299
Land Use Industrial
The energy and aquaculture activities at the Natural Energy Laboratory of Hawaii at
Keahole have become major employment generators in the district. Though located in industrial
zoned districts, these alternate energy and aquaculture activities are not the traditional uses
usually found in industrial areas.
Major factors to be considered for the existing industrial areas and other new
developments are their visual effects on motorists and passengers using Queen Kaahumanu
Highway and the views from the residential areas above.
Courses of Action
• Identify sites suitable for future industrial activities.
• Additional industrial acreage should be provided at the Kona International Airport
at Keahole for support facilities for the airport.
• Industrial development should be in harmony with surrounding uses and the
environment.
• Industrial -commercial mixed use districts may be provided in appropriate
locations.
• Service oriented Limited Industrial and/or Industrial -Commercial uses may be
permitted in the Kainaliu-Honalo area although the area is not currently identified
on the LUPAG map.
SOUTH KOALA
Profile
There are no Industrial zoned lands in the South Kona district.
The major industrial export activity is coffee and macadamia nut milling and roasting.
Other activities include slaughterhouses, fish packing and processing and ancillary agricultural
services. Many of these industrial activities are located on Agricultural -zoned lands and
approved through the issuance of Special Permits.
Other service related industrial uses such as warehousing, garages and auto body shops
are located in pockets along the Mamalahoa Highway. Because of its topographic condition,
however, level land necessary for development is limited in the mauka areas.
Courses of Action
• Identify sites suitable for future industrial activities as the need arises.
300
Land Use Industrial
KA' U
Profile
• Service oriented Limited industrial and/or Industrial Commercial uses may be
permitted in the Kealakekua-Captain Cook area although the area is not currently
identified on the LUPAG reap.
There are approximately 52 acres of industrial zoned lands in the Ka'u district.
Aside from the macadamia nut industry, there are no other dominant industrial activity
within the Ka'u district. There are miscellaneous activities, such as County and State baseyards,
public utilities stations, and fish processing. The distance from port facilities in Hilo creates
somewhat of a problem for the movement of goods to and from this district. Approximately 13
acres of Industrial zoned lands that accommodate a gas utility, telecommunications, auto repair
and soil remediation facilities are located in Naalehu.
C. Brewer and Co., Ltd. is considering development plans for the former Pahala Sugar
Mill site. Preliminary plans identify the former mill site as the industrial service center of
Pahala, providing agricultural processing and light industrial uses. Uses being contemplated
include wood milling, lumber storage, research facilities, food processing, and other limited
industrial uses. These plans would require the increase of Industrial -zoned lands surrounding the
former Pahala Mill site from its current 33.6 acres to 81.5 acres.
Courses of Action
• Identify sites suitable for future industrial activities as the need arises.
• Service oriented Limited Industrial and/or Industrial -Commercial uses may be
permitted in the Naalehu area although the area is not currently identified on the
LUPAG map.
301
Land Use Industrial
MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAiL
INTRODUCTION AND .ANALYSIS
The multiple residential district is part of the County's overall land use structure and
provides for residential structures containing two or more dwelling units.
Multiple residential living is becoming a way of life for many people. This type of
housing is preferred by those who prefer not to own a single-family residence, who find it
financially difficult to own a single-family residence, and those with changing employment,
among other reasons. In practice, multiple residential developments use less land area per
person, and locate in areas of concentrated economic and population activity where land is scarce
and costly. This trend will continue in the future due to rapid urban growth, mobile populations
and the rising costs of land and improvements.
In response to the increase in demand for multiple residential housing, numerous
structures have been constructed, are being constructed, or are in the planning stages. However,
as the market responds to this increased demand with the construction of multiple residence
structures, land use planning and development standards will be essential in assuring that any
development Will comply with County ordinances, goals, policies, and standards.
Throughout the County, there are 3,065 acres of land zoned for multiple residential use.
However, some these lands are also used for other purposes, such as single family dwellings.
Some of the problems associated with multiple residential developments include the
increased volume of traffic that the higher density use generates; the incompatible uses in
surrounding areas; the lack of i_nf tructurc, namely sewers, water and adequate access; the
existence of not -conforming uses within zoned areas; the lack of development in appropriately
zoned areas; and the increasing costs of land and construction.
The resort areas are typically designed with large proportions of multiple family
residential units sold as occasional-6sitor wits. In Hawaii County, this pattern has manifested
itself especially in the North bona and South Kohala resort areas. These units are generally
higher priced in comparison to the residentially oriented developments outside the vicinity of the
resort plan.
The following goals, policies, and standards are the result of the examination and analysis
of past and present sia tions.
GOALS
To provide for multiple residential developments that maximize convenience for
its occupants.
To provide for suitable living environments that accommodate the physical, social
and economic needs of the island residents.
302
Land Use Residential
• To enhance the overall quality of life in our residential communities.
POLICIES
• Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the demand for multiple
residential dwellings increases. These areas shall be allocated with respect to
places of employment, shopping facilities, educational, recreational and cultural
facilities, and public facilities and utilities.
• Incorporate reasonable flexibility in applicable codes and ordinances to achieve a
diversity of socioeconomic housing mix.
• Encourage flexibility in the design of residential sites, buildings and related
facilities to achieve a diversity of socio-economic housing mix and innovative
means of meeting the market requirements.
• The rehabilitation and/or utilization of multiple residential areas shall be
encouraged.
• To assure the use of multiple residential zoned areas and to curb speculation and
resale of undeveloped lots only, the County may impose incremental and
conditional zoning, which shall be based on performance requirements.
• Applicable codes and ordinances shall be reviewed and amended as necessary to
include consideration for urban design, and aesthetic quality through landscaping,
open space, and buffer areas.
• Support the rezoning of those multiple residentially zoned lands that are used for
other purposes to a more appropriate zoning designation.
• Require developers to provide basic infrastructure necessary for development.
STANDARDS
Areas shall be located in such a manner that traffic generated by high density
development will not be required to travel through areas of lesser density en route
to principal community facilities.
• Areas shall be protected from incompatible uses by transition zones.
• provide adequate access to arterial streets, shopping facilities, schools,
employment centers, and other services.
303
Land Use Residential
• Development shall not be permitted in natural hazard areas unless proper on-site -
improvements are provided.
• Development shall be located in areas where public utilities can be economically
provided at a level adequate to meet the demand for the concentrated service.
• Recreational area and/or facilities shall be considered in multiple residential
development.
DISTRICTS
The following is an analysis by district of multiple residential development. It is
intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the County as a whole.
PUNA
The Puna district has approximately four acres zoned for multiple residential use. The
predominant form of housing in the district is single family development. However, due to the
forecasted population growth, the demand for multiple residential development may increase.
Course of Action
:"appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need for multiple residential
development increases.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
Throughout the district, there are 380 acres zoned for multiple residential use.
In addition to the areas specifically zoned for multiple residential use, areas zoned for
resort and commercial zones also allow multiple residential development.
Many of the zoned areas lack the basic infrastructure to support the higher density use.
Examples of this include the absence of a sewer system in the apartment zoned area below the
University of Hawaii at Hilo and the inadequate roadway system within the Puueo and
Kapiolani-Ululani Streets area.
304
Land Use Residential
Courses of Action
• Re-evaluation of existing zoned areas and re -allocation of lands in appropriate
locations shall be undertaken.
• Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need for multiple residential
development increases.
NORTH HILO
Pro e
The North Hilo district has no area zoned for multiple residential use although existing
commercial zoned areas permit the higher density residential use.
Course of Action
• Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated should the need arise.
HA L4,KUA
It rol ile
The Hamakua District has approximately four acres zoned for multiple residential
development.
Course of Action
Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need for multiple residential
development increases.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
The North Kohala district has approximately 43 acres zoned for multiple residential
development. With people living in this district but working in the South Kohala resort area,
there may be some activity in multiple residential development.
305
Land Use Residential
Course of Action
• Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need for multiple residential
development increases.
SOUTH KODALA
Profile
The South Kohala district has about 1,507 acres of multi -residential land with the vast
majority located in the resort areas.
Although activity in the construction of these types of units is currently limited, the
district is projected to increase in population and visitor activity that will generate an increased
demand for multiple residential development. The revised parker Ranch 2020 project proposes
the rezoning of 37.66 acres to multiple family residential.
Courses of Action
• Basic infrastructure shall be provided to those areas zoned for higher density use.
• Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need arises.
NORTH AND SOUTH KONA
Pro e
The Kona district has approximately 1,026 acres zoned for multiple residential use in
addition to commercial zoned areas that permit higher density residential development.
Some of the areas zoned for high density residential use lack the basic infrastructure such
as sewer, water and adequate roadway systems that limit development for the intended use.
Courses of Action
Re-evaluation of existing zoned areas and re -allocation of lands in appropriate
locations shall be undertaken.
Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need for multiple residential
development increases.
306
Land Use Residential
KA'U
Profile
There are 101 acres zoned for multiple residential use within the district. This zoned
acreage is located in Pahala and at Punalu'u.
The Ka'u district is expected to experience further activity in multiple residential
construction.
Course of Action
Appropriately zoned lands shall be allocated as the need for multiple residential
development increases.
307
Land Use Residential
SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENT L L
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
As part of the overall land use structure of the County, the single-family residential
district provides areas for low-density residential uses. The location of single-family residential
lands is important in that they should be in dose proximity to centers of employment, shopping
and other conveniences, and have the basic improvements and amenities necessary for
development.
As has been the case in the past, uncontrolled single-family residential development will
place a burden on the County and its residents. Before the Subdivision and Comprehensive
Zoning Codes were adopted in 1966 and 1967-68 respectively, thousands of non -conforming
residentially -sized lots were created in isolated areas without the basic infrastructure and
amenities for development. These lots were then sold with no prospect of improvements to these
facilities.
Housing in Hawaii County has traditionally been characterized by single-family
residential units. Residential units of this sort account for 80.5 per cent of the total housing
inventory of the island, In 1997, the County of Hawaii had an estimated 43,979 single-family
residential units. With the anticipated increase in population and the replacement of substandard
units, more residential units will be needed_ Rehabilitation, renewal or redevelopment will be
required in many of the older single-family residential neighborhoods.
The County has approximately 20,189 acres zoned for single-family residential use at
varying densities. Several areas, however, are occupied by incompatible non -conforming uses,
undevelopable becaaw of topographic conditions, their location in hazardous areas, or without
the basic improvements necessary for development.
The prices of these single-family residential zoned lands differ substantially depending
on location. For example, single-family residential zoned lands along beachfronts are usually
more expensive than the mauka residential zoned areas. The cost of acquiring and/or
constructing a home remains cost prohibitive for many residents. One of the avenues that have
been adopted to alleviate this problem is the construction of ohana dwellings.
The 1981 session of the Legislature of the State of Hawaii had recognized that the
spiraling cost of housing, the limitations of land for housing, and the failure of wages to keep
pace with inflation, had contributed to the inability of many families to purchase homes. Thus,
the ohana dwelling provisions of Act 229, 1-:981 Session Laws of Hawaii (SLH), and the
subsequent amendment to the Zoning Code allows the construction of a second dwelling on lots
where one dwelling is already permitted. However, this is only provided after the county
determines that adequate facilities exist and provided that there are no deed restrictions
prohibiting the construction of a second dwelling. This substantially alters the concept of a
"single family residential zone." The net effect of these laws has been to increase the density of
neighborhoods without overt rezoning actions.
308
Land Use Residential
Through careful examination and analysis of the present situation, the following goals, _
policies, and standards are set forth to guide the orderly development of single-family residential
areas in the interest of the residents of the County.
GOALS
• To maximize choices of single-family residential lots and/or housing for residents
of the County.
• To ensure compatible uses within and adjacent to single-family residential zoned
areas.
• To rehabilitate and/or rebuild deteriorating single-family residential areas.
• To provide single-family residential areas conveniently located to public and
private services, shopping, other community activities and convenient access to
employment centers that takes natural beauty into consideration.
• To enhance the overall quality of life in our residential communities.
POLICIES
• To assure the orderly use of single-family residential zoned areas and to curb
speculation and resale of undeveloped lots, the County may impose incremental
and conditional zoning, which would be based on performance requirements.
This is to assure that a certain percentage of buildings will be constructed.
• Encourage innovative uses of land with respect to geologic and topographic
conditions through the use of residential cluster and planned unit developments.
• Encourage and coordinate with the State in providing fee simple and leasehold
single-family residential lots to the residents through State and/or County Housing
Programs.
• Incorporate reasonable flexibility in codes and ordinances to achieve a diversity
of socio-economic housing mix and to permit aesthetic balance between single-
family residential structures and open spaces.
• Re-evaluate existing undeveloped single-family residential zoned areas and
reallocate zoned lands in appropriate locations.
• Designate and allocate single-family residential zoned lands at varying densities
for future use in accordance with the needs of the communities and the stated
goals, policies, and standards.
309
Land Use Residential
• Rural -style residential -agricultural developments, such as new small scale rural -
commumtles or extensions of existing rural communities, shall be encouraged in
appropriate locations.
• Review and amend land use ordinances and codes to include considerations for
rural -style residential subdivisions in appropriate locations. Standards and criteria
for the establishment of these areas shall be developed.
Require developers to provide basic infrastructure necessary for development.
_:
There shall be a transitional area between single-family residential areas and
incompatible uses.
• Major traffic routes shall not be located through single-family residential areas.
Areas shall have basic improvements and amenities necessary for immediate use.
DISTRICTS
The following is an analysis by district in reference to single-family residential
development. The brief analysis is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to
the County as a whole.
PUMA
Profile
The Puna district has approximately 2,677 acres zoned for single-family residential use.
The district has thousands of non -conforming residential -sized lots that lack the basic
infrastructure necessary for development and/or are held in speculation. Nevertheless,
construction of single-family dwellings within these non -conforming subdivisions has increased.
The district is a bedroom community to the Hilo area.
SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL
Courses of Action
• Work with community groups to explore possible avenues for financing
infrastructural improvements within the non -conforming subdivisions.
Encourage and aid the agricultural industry in continuing to provide employee
housing.
310
Land Use Residential
Improve and develop roadways, water and sewerage systems, and other basic
facilities necessary to encourage development of lands suitable for residential use.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
The South Hilo district has approximately 8,374 acres of single-family residential zoned
lands. Many of the undeveloped areas lacy the basic improvements necessary for development,
are held in speculation, or are committed to other uses. Drainage and flooding problems exist in
many of the areas zoned for residential use.
In addition to private developers, government has played an important role in single-
family residential housing. Previously, the State has made available hundreds of housing units in
Hilo for low and moderate income families.
Course of Action
• Improve substandard residential roadways through the County's Capital
Improvement Program or by Improvement District.
NORTH HILO
Profile
The North Hilo district has approximately 391 acres zoned for single-family residential
use. Some of this area is undeveloped because of unfavorable topographic conditions and the
lack of basic infrastructure necessary for development. Single-family residential zoned lands are
also located adjacent to former sugar processing plants.
Courses of Action
• Encourage more innovative types of housing developments, such as cluster and
planned unit developments.
• Urban areas shall continue to be Ninole and Ookala as well as the Laupahoehoe-
Papaaloa area.
311
Land Use Residential
I -€A IAKUA
Profile
The former plantations that were in operation in the area have heavily influences) the
settlement patten of the Hamakua district. The sugar plantations in the area were the primary
employers in the Hamakua district. However, as Hawaii neared the end of the millennium, the
plantations also approached the end of their era. Slowly, plantations began to close until the
Hamakua Sugar Company finally ceased operations in 1994. After the closing of the plantation
and the cessation of its housing programs for its employees, The Office of Housing and
Community Development coordinated the use of federal funds to subdivide the Hamakua Sugar
Plantation camps into individual house lots. Assistance towards obtaining title. to the newly
created house lots was provided to those employees who participated in the final harvest.
Furthermore, Office of Housing and Community Development (OHCD) established a program
that provided grants to those qualified owners of plantation homes to conduct emergency repairs
to their homes. Other programs included the design of the Ookala and Paauilo water distribution
system, training for six newly formed community associations, and the closing of existing gang
cesspools and sewage lagoons.
The Hamakuadistrict has 631 acres allocated for single-family residential use. Some
residential zoned lands are located adjacent to the former sugar processing plant and certain areas
have drainage problems. With the anticipated level of growth in population and economic
activity, the current number of single family residential zoned land should be sufficient.
However, the County shall allocate more land in this zone should the need arise.
Course of Action
• Designate lands for single family use as the need arises.
NORTH KOIH[ALA
Profile
The North Kohala district has approximately 652 acres allocated for single-family
residential use. Many of the undeveloped residential zoned areas are unsuitable for residential
development because of unfavorable topographic conditions. Strip residential development also
exists along the roadways.
Course of Action
• Aid and encourage major landowners to make available residential lands in the
area for employee housing and the private market.
312
Land Use Residential
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
The district has approximately 3,382 acres of single family residential zoned lands,
primarily located in the Waimea area and in Waikoloa Village. Several areas already zoned for
single-family residential use are not being developed because of the lack of basic improvements
or the lack of a market.
Course of Action
• Encourage the development of appropriately located and serviced State-owned,
Hawaiian Home Lands and privately -held lands for houselots.
NORTH AND SOUTH KONA
Prorde
The North and South Kona districts have approximately 3,301 acres zoned for single-
family residential use. Some of the undeveloped residential lands are unsuitable for development
due to unfavorable topographic conditions. Inadequate roadways and the lack of basic facilities
are two principle reasons for residential zoned lands not being developed.
Because of topographic conditions; there are drainage and flooding problems in certain
residential areas. Incompatible non -conforming uses exist within residential zoned areas and
there are also residential areas located adjacent to industrial zoned lands.
Courses of Action
• Encourage the development of appropriately located and serviced privately -held
and State-owned lands for houselots.
• Improve and develop roadways, water and sewerage systems, and other basic
facilities necessary to encourage development of lands suitable for residential use.
• Encourage the concentration of residential structures to avoid strip residential
development.
• Encourage the use of more innovative types of housing development, such as
zones of mix and cluster and planned unit developments.
313
Land Use Residential
KA' U
Profile
The district of Ka'u has approximately 781 acres allocated for single-family residential
use, primarily located in the towns of Naalehu, Pahala and at Punalu'u.
The sugar company actively pursued subdivisions to provide fee simple residential lands
to their employees. These subdivisions were primarily provided for relocation purposes. Since
many of the single-family residential zoned lands were held in plantation ownership, only a
limited supply were available on the private market. Like Hamakua, many of the towns that
were established in Ka'u were a direct result of the influence of the former sugar plantations that
once existed in the region. Prior to its closing in 1996, Ka'u Agribusiness engaged in housing
development with the State Housing and Community Development Corporation of Hawaii to
construct housing for its employees. Over the years, this effort has increased fee ownership of
homes from 42 per cent in 1970 to 94 per cent in 1997.
The district also has non -conforming residential subdivisions lacking the basic
improvements necessary for development.
Course of Action
• Aid and encourage major landowners to make available residential lands in the
area for employee housing and the private market.
314
Land Use Residential
PIVT"111
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
Resort developments are intended to satisfy the needs and desires of both visitors and
residents. Such areas have basic amenities and attributes that support visitor accommodations
and related facilities.
Most successful resort areas have a .harmonious combination of certain characteristics,
such as climate, scenery, andlor man-madc facilities. In most instances, the natural factors have
been the basis for the development of an area and the man-made facilities were designed to
enhance the area. Buildings and landscaping are generally designed to enhance the site and area.
In other cases, man-made features enhance what may be considered undistinguished physical
features.
Generally, several factors in combination with one another contribute to the growth of a
visitor industry in a given area. These factors include:
• The amenities that an area has to offer including its beaches, scenic attractions,
and recreational facilities and activities.
• The community providing support for the industry.
• Both the public and private sectors providing the needed infrastructure
improvements (such as airports, water and sewer systems, and road
improvements) and other support services.
• The private sector developing a concentration of visitor accommodations in an
area.
• The participation of hotel operators with strong ties to national and international
markets.
• The successful promotion of an area as a destination and the participation in the
promotional effort by airlines and travel agents.
315
Land Use Resort
The County has several natural advantages, including its climate, topography and scenic
qualities that provide the setting desired for resort development. With proper planning, resort
development can have a positive impact on the island's social, economic and physical
environment, and the visitor industry as well. A resort area should be large enough to provide a
concentration of hotel and recreational facilities that will keep the visitor interested and
entertained. It should not be so large, however, as to destroy either the sense of scale. intimacy
and leisure associated with an area or the way of life on an island.
The visitor industry is generally regarded as the primary catalyst of economic and
population growth throughout the State and particularly the Neighbor Islands. The visitor
industry is the driving force of the economy for the State of Hawaii and contributes $14.6 billion
of economic activity, employs nearly 180,000 people, accounts for -28 per cent of statewide tax
revenues, and contributes nearly 28 per cent of the Gross State Product. The total number of
overnight visitors to the State has increased from 4.9 million in 1985 to 6.7 million in 1998. The
number of visitor arrivals to Hawaii County increased from 760,000 in 1985 to 1.27 million in
1998. These statistics do not reflect visitor arrivals from cruise ships.
The total statewide westbound visitors in 1998 was 4.2 million. The Big Island
accounted for 22.8 per cent of this figure with 961,400 westbound visitors. The majority of the
westbound visitors originated from the United States with others from Canada, Europe and other
countries.
The majority of eastbound visitors originated from Japan as well as Korea, China, and
other Asian countries. The total statewide eastbound visitors was 2.5 million in 1998. The
island of Hawaii accounted for 12.4 per cent of this figure with 309,000 eastbound visitors.
Accompanying this growth in visitor arrivals has been the development of additional
visitor accommodations, particularly on the Neighbor Islands. Based on data from the Hawaii
Visitors and Convention Bureau, the State's visitor room inventory increased 65,919 in 1985 to
71,480 in 1998 Hawaii County's visitor room inventory increased from 7,511 in 1985 to 9,655
in 1998. The visitor accommodation units include hotels, resort condominiums, apartment
hotels, bed and breakfast operations, hostels, and individual vacation units. The bed and
breakfast operation in the County, although not significant to the total visitor unit count, has been
a fast-growing segment of the visitor industry.
In 1969, the County of Hawaii had 677 acres zoned for resort use. By 1985, the zoned
acreage had increased to 793 acres. The total acreage zoned for resort use in 2000 was
approximately 1,353 acres.
The County's existing primary resort centers are located along the coastal areas of Hilo in
East Hawaii, and North Kona and South Kohala in West Hawaii. The majority of future resort
:developments are proposed in the North Kona and South Kohala districts.
Although resort development has traditionally been located in coastal areas, smaller -scale
resort projects such as mountain and retreat resort complexes may be developed in the future. In
recent years, niche tourism markets, such as eco -tourism and health and wellness tourism have
316
Land Use Resort
established themselves throughout the island. Niche markets for these types of tourism have -
growth potential by promoting the abundance of natural, historical and cultural resources this
island has to offer. While most of the larger resorts focus upon recreational opportunities offered
by the island's coastal resources, these niche tourism markets also take advantage of other
natural and cultural resources available from various locations throughout the County.
How and where future resort development occurs will depend to a large extent on the
County. Although the County is faced witl€ differences of opinion from its residents concerning
resort development, the benefits that can by derived from resort development may be optimized
and the adverse affects minimized. Developers and residents must be made aware of the
circumstances resulting from resort development. Citizen participation, awareness, and most of
all, understanding are vital in resort development, as in all phases of the planning process.
GOALS
• Maintain an orderly development of the visitor industry.
• Provide for resort development that maximizes conveniences to its users and
optimizes the benefits derived by the residents of the County.
• Ensure that resort developments maintain the cultural and historic, social,
economic, and physical environments of Hawaii and its people.
POLICIES
•
The County may impose incremental and conditional zoning that would be based
on performance requirements.
• Promote and encourage the rehabilitation and the optimum utilization of resort
areas that are presently serviced by basic facilities and utilities.
• Lands currently designated Resort should be utilized before new resorts are
allowed in undeveloped coastal areas.
• Zoning of resort areas shall be granted when the proposed development is
consistent with and incorporates the stated goals, policies and standards of the
General Plan.
• Continue to seek funds from>the State Capital Improvement Program to help
develop visitor destination areas in accordance with the County's General Plan.
• Designate and allocate future resort areas in appropriate proportions and in
keeping with the social, economic, and physical environments of the County.
317
Land Use Resort
• Evaluate resort areas and the areas surrounding existing resorts to insure that -
viable quality resorts are developed and that the surrounding area contributes to
the quality, ambience and character of the existing resorts.
• Encourage the visitor industry to -provide resort facilities that offer an educational
experience of Hawaii as well as recreational activities.
• Coastal resort developments shall provide public access to and parking for beach
and shoreline areas.
• Re-evaluate existing undeveloped resort designated and/or zoned areas and
reallocate these lands in appropriate locations.
• Require developers to provide the basic infrastructure necessary for development.
STANDARDS
The following established standards shall guide the development of resort areas.
• Major Resort Area
A major resort area is a self-contained resort destination area that provides basic and
support facilities for the needs of the entire development. Such facilities shall include
sewer, water, roads, employee housing and recreational facilities, etc. A major resort
area is designated as a Resort node or part of a Resort node on the Land Use Pattern
Allocation Guide Map.
Maximum visitor units: 3,000 units.
Resort acreage: 90 acres minimum.
Active and passive recreation areas: 50 acres minimum.
Either participate in an off-site housing program or a maximum of 640 acres for
residential use when other zoned lands are not available in close proximity for
support use.
The required employee housing ratio and method of provision shall be determined
by an analysis of housing needs of each district or relative area and with the
adoption of the resort zoning; provided that the ratio shall not exceed one
employee unit for every two visitor units built.
• Intermediate Resort Area
An intermediate resort area is a self-contained resort destination area that provides basic
and support facilities for the needs of the entire development on a smaller scale than a
318
Land Use Resort
mayor resort area. Such facilities shall include sewer, water, roads, employee housing
and recreational facilities, etc.
Maximum visitor units: 1,500 units.
Resort acreage: 45 acres minimum.
Active and passive recreation. area: 25 acres minimum.
Either participate in an of --site housing program or a maximum of 320 acres for
residential use when other zoned lands are not available in close proximity for
support use.
The required employee housing ratio and method of provision shall be determined
by an analysis of housing needs of each district or relative area and with the
adoption of the resort zoning; provided that the ratio shall not exceed one
employee unit for every two visitor units built.
• Minor Resort
A minor resort area shall not exceed the density of an intermediate resort area.
Maximum visitor units: 500 units.
Provide active and passive recreation area commensurate with the scale of
development.
The required employee housing ratio and method of provision shall be determined
by an analysis of housing needs of each district or relative area and with the
adoption of the resort zoning, provided that the ratio shall not exceed one
employee unit for every two visitor units built.
• Retreat Resort Area
A retreat resort area is generally an area that provides the user with rest, quiet and
isolation for ars environmental experience. It shall have sewer, water, roads, employee
housing, and recreational facilities, etc.
Maximum visitor units: 50 units.
Resort acreage: 15 acres minimum.
Provide active and passive recreation area commensurate with the scale of
development.
The required employee housing ratio and method of provision shall be determined
by an analysis of housing needs of each district or relative area and with the
319
Land Use Resort
adoption of the resort zoning; provided that the ratio shall not exceed one _
employee unit for every two visitor units built.
DISTRICTS
The following is an analysis by district in reference to resort development. The brief
analysis of each district is intended to bring into focus the relationship of the district to the
County as a whole.
PUMA
Profile
The visitor industry in the Puna district is primarily comprised of bed and breakfast
visitor units. A drive-in restaurant currently occupies the district's only resort -zoned area of one
acre located in Kaimu. The principal visitor attraction in the region is the Kalapana Extension of
the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park.
Although resorts have been proposed previously in the Kaimu-Kalapana, Kapoho,
Pohoiki, and Opihikao areas, none of these have materialized. These areas are also subject to
volcanic activities, subsidence, and tsunami inundation. These areas also lack most of the basic
infrastructure improvements necessary for development.
Courses of Action
• The development of visitor accommodations and any resort development in the
district shall complement the character of the area.
• Consider the development of small family or 'bed and breakfast' type visitor
accommodations and small-scale retreat resort development.
SOUTH HILO
Profile
In the early 1970s, Hilo was envisioned as the gateway to the Island of Hawaii for
overseas visitors. In anticipation of that status, the Hilo International Airport terminal was
modernized and the runway modified for jumbo aircraft. The anticipated flow of overseas
visitors, however, did not materialize.
Hilo continues to attract its share of visitors with approximately 30 per cent of the
island's total visitor count. The Hilo area also accommodates a substantial number of business
travelers as well as local travelers attending special events such as sporting events and hula
320
Land Use Resort
competitions. The visitor industry in South Hilo will continue to service the transient visitors, -
business travelers, and local residents.
The visitor plant inventory indicates that in 1960 there were 376 hotel units, increasing to
1,247 in 1970 and 1,313 units in 1985. South Hilo's visitor accommodations have declined to
1,165 visitor units in 1998. The majority of Hilo's existing inventory of visitor units are located
in the Waiakea Peninsula resort area..
The Hilo area has approximately 136 acres zoned for resort use.
Courses of Action
Re-evaluate areas currently zoned for resort use.
• Continue to improve roadways and sewer and water systems in all areas where
high density resort uses are allowed.
Profile
Presently, the visitor industry plays no significant role in the area as areas of interest to
visitors are limited. In the foreseeable future, resort development in the North Hilo district is
unlikely.
Course of Action
Encourage the development of small-scale visitor related facilities near points of
interest.
HAMAKUA
Profile
The visitor industry in South Kohala has provided employment opportunities for
residents of the Hamakua area. Within the district, there is a small hotel located in Honoka'a that
is primarily used by local businessmen, construction workers, and travelers. Bed and breakfast
operations were also established in parts of the Hamakua district. As of December 2000, there
were 42 acres of resort zoned lands in Hamakua. In early 2001, a 15 -acre area at Kukuihaele
was rezoned to a resort district for the development of a 40 -unit retreat resort facility referred to
as "The Trees at Kukuihaele." There are also no shoreline areas where resort complexes can be
feasibly developed to any substantial degree. Nevertheless, the district does have some visitor
attractions. Waipio Malley is a major visitor attraction. Its beauty lies in its naturalness and the
general absence of mala -made elements. Because access into the valley is poor along a steep and
321
Land Use Resort
dangerous road, the valley itself is not a suitable location for visitor -oriented commercial
facilities and accommodations. Honoka'a town offers a different visitor attraction with its main
street setting of 1930's commercial buildings.
Courses of Action
• ]Encourage the development of small family -operated hotels.
Consider small-scale retreat resort development.
Encourage resort development that enhances the natural beauty of the area.
NORTH KOHALA
Profile
The district of North Kohala provides overnight accommodations for local travelers.
Chalon International, Inc., a major landowner in the North Kohala district, obtained rezoning of
approximately 15 acres of land in 1993 for the development of a 200 to 240 -unit lodge hotel at
Mahukona. No activity towards the development of the lodge hotel has occurred to date.
In addition to being an agricultural community, there are those who live in this district
and commute to work at the South Kohala resorts.
The district does have potential for resort development catering to visitors seeking quiet
and rest. There are areas of historical significance and natural beauty in North Kohala.
Courses of Action
Encourage the development of small family type hotels and bed and breakfast
establishments.
Consider small-scale retreat resort development that is consistent with the rural
character and cultural lifestyle of the district.
SOUTH KOHALA
Profile
There are 360 acres zoned for resort use in South Kohala.
The South Kohala coast has developed into a major destination resort area for the island
of Hawaii, as well as the State. The three major developers of the area are Mauna Kea Properties
, Mauna Lani Resort, and Waikoloa Land Company. The major hotels within these
322
Land Use Resort
developments are the Mauna. Kea Beach Motel, Hapuna Prince Hotel, Mauna Lani flay Hotel and
Bungalows, 'rhe Orchid at Mauna Lani, Hilton Waikoloa Village, and The Outrigger W aikoloan
Beach Hotel. The number of hotel rooms within these three resort nodes totals over 3,250.
A limited number of visitor accommodations are also available in Waimea. Some visitor
units are also available w- ithin the Waikoloa Village.
The South Kohala resorts greatly benefited from the direct flights to Kona International
Airport at Keahole from Japan and the mainland United States. These direct flights significantly
increased the number of visitors to the South Kohala resort destination areas. As a result of these
direct flights and the potential for growth of feature visitor accommodations, the visitor industry
at the South Kohala coast should expand. The excellent climatic conditions of the area and its
ease of access from the Kona International Airport at Keahole provide an optimistic future for
the South Kohala coast's major resort destination area.
Course of Action
• Adequate access, sewer and water systems, and other basic amenities shall be
provided in all areas where higher density uses are allowed.
NORTH KONA
Profile
The district of North Kona has historically been the focus of resort activity on the Island
of Hawaii. The initial development occurred in the Kailua-Kona area with a small number of
visitor accommodations. Few of these hotels contained the hall range of resort amenities. As the
tourism industry expanded, the character of the Kailua-Kona area has changed. Today, visitor
accommodations and facilities extend from: the Keauhou-Kona Resort at the southern end of the
North Kona district to the Hualalai Resort and Kona Village Resort at the northern end.
Keauhou-Kona Resort is master -planned and developed as a resort/residential community
that offers the hall range of resort amenities including golf courses, tennis facilities, shopping
center and entertainment facilities. The recently refurbished Aston Keauhou Beach resort is part
of the Keauhou-Kona Resort. There are two resort -zoned sites at Keauhou-Kona Resort, totaling
59 acres that have yet to be developed.
The Hualalai Resort and the Kaupulehu Development's Project District will be developed
as another master -planned resort/residential community. The 243 -room Four Seasons Hualalai
opened in 1996. Other developments in the area include a championship golf course,
condominium and single-family residential units, and other support amenities.
The visitor units in the North Kona district include over 2,180 hotel rooms and
approximately 1,465 resort condominium units. Approximately 500 units are operated as
323
Land Use Resort
timeshare units, including the 263 -unit Kona Coast Resort at Keauhou-Kona Resort, the largest
time share project. A number of bed and breakfast units have also been established.
There are 740 acres zoned resort in the North Kona District. However, not all of the
acres zoned for resort are actually utilized for hotels. Multiple family residential uses and single
family residential uses have been established on some of the resort zoned lands. According to
the 1998 data from the Hawaii Visitors and Convention Center, the North Kona district has the
largest inventory of visitor units on the island. The 4,399 units include a broad range of
accommodations, ranging from hotels to bed and breakfast establishments. Some of the older
hotels are in need of major refurbishment.
Courses of Action
• Discourage strip resort development along Alii Drive.
• Re-evaluate some areas currently zoned for resort use.
Improve and provide adequate roadways, sewer and water systems, and other
basic amenities in all areas where higher density uses are allowed.
SOUTH KONA
Profile
The South Kona district has limited visitor accommodations. There is one hotel with 64
units that is primarily used by local residents. Some bed and breakfast operations have also been
established in recent years. An 80 -unit private member's lodge is proposed on a 14 -acre area
within the Hokulia development project. The Land Use Pattern Allocation Guide map was
amended in 1997 to reflect the resort use. This area was also rezoned to the resort district in
1997. There are no other resort zoned lands within the South Kona district.
Courses of Action
• Developments shall blend in with the character of the area.
• Encourage the development of small family -operated hotels or bed and breakfast
accommodations.
324
Land Use Resort
rl-glyll
Profile
Tourism activity in the Ka'u district has been limited to Punaluu and the Volcano areas.
The Punalu'u Resort, formerly known as SeaMountain, has 56 condominium units, tennis, golf
and retreat conference facilities in need of repair. This resort generally caters to those wishing a
relatively quiet and isolated vacation experience.
The 12 -unit Shirakavwa Motel in Waiohinu also serves local travelers. The 37 -unit
Volcano House within the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park caters largely to those wishing to
explore the National Park. The hotel also manages cabins within the park. These are available
to visitors who prefer a more "wilderness" experience. A number of bed and breakfast
operations have been established within the district, particularly the Volcano area.
There are approximately 45 acres zoned resort in the district.
Courses of Action
• The development of visitor accommodations and any resort development shall
complement the character of the area.
• Encourage the development of small family or "bed and breakfast" type visitor
accommodations.
325
Land Use Resort
OPEN SPACE
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
A vital part of the environment, open space is land that is basically not used for buildings
or structures and is characterized by scenic beauty, existing openness, and natural conditions. It
is the counterpart of development. Retained in its state of use, open space would maintain and/or
enhance the conservation of needed or desired natural, scenic, or historical resources that might
otherwise be permanently lost. It would also enhance the present or potential value of abutting
or surrounding urban development.
Open space is used to maintain and/or provide forestry pursuits, water supply, fish and
marine protection, wildlife and endemic plant preservation, recreational pursuits and visual and
scenic amenities. Open space also demarcates potential natural hazard areas. Just as the use of
open space is affected by development, so is the character and quality of development influenced
by what is done with open space.
Three basic functions are served by open space. Positive human needs such as active and
passive recreation amenities can be provided. The natural resource base such as air, water, soil
and plants can be protected and enhanced. Economic development decisions, e.g. tourism, real
estate values and development patterns, can be affected.
The planning of open space is an integral part of any comprehensive planning
consideration. Other elements of the General Plan affect or are affected by this element.
Together, these elements and their interrelationships form an overall picture of the County of
Hawaii.
Open space on the island of Hawaii consists of lands zoned as Open by the County as
well as those in the State Land Use Conservation District. The "Open" zoning district permits
golf courses, with a use permit, some recreational facilities, and various public and utility -type
facilities. There is currently no County zoning district that calls for land to be preserved in a
largely natural state.
Various categories of open space areas have been designated according to use or
amenities. Restricted watershed areas are strictly regulated in order to protect the island's
essential water resources. Some of these are in close proximity and easy accessibility to
development and without protection could be contaminated. All watershed areas are in forest
reserves under the jurisdiction of the State Department of Land and Natural Resources.
Potential natural hazard areas are designated as open space for the welfare and safety of
the public. These include areas that are highly susceptible to flooding, erosion, volcanic activity
and tsunami inundation.
The following goals, policies, and standards are set forth to insure the protection and wise
use of open space in the County of Hawaii.
326
Land Use — Open Space and Public Lands
GOALS
• Provide and protect open space for the social, environmental, and economic well-
being of the County of Hawaii and its residents.
• Protect designated natural areas.
POLICIES
• Open space shall reflect and be in keeping with the goals, policies, and standards
set forth in the other elements of the General Plan.
• Open space in urban areas shall be established and provided through zoning and
subdivision regulations.
• Encourage the identification, evaluation, and designation of natural areas.
• Zoning, subdivision and other applicable ordinances shall provide for and protect
open space areas.
• Amend the Zoning Code to create a category for lands that should be kept in a
largely natural state, but that may not be in the Conservation District, such as
certain important viewplanes, buffer areas, and very steep slopes.
STANDARDS
• Open Space designations shall include:
Forest Reserves
Water Areas
Potential Natural Hazard Areas
Natural Areas and Reserves
Open Space Recreation Areas
Scenic Vistas and Viewplanes
General Use Conservation Sub -zones with Compatible Uses
Scientific Areas, including Habitats of Endemic Species
327
Land Use — Open Space and Public lands
PUBLIC LANDS
INTRODUCTION AND ANALYSIS
The utilization of land resources in Hawaii is greatly influenced by the policies and
practices of a relatively small number of major landowners. Approximately 52 per cent of the
total land area in the State of Hawaii is _government-owned. Federal lands constitute 8 per cent
of these government-owned lands while State lands, including those of the Department of
Hawaiian Homes Lands, comprise the remaining 34 per cent. Of the 48 per cent in private
ownership, approximately three-fourths are owned by approximately fifty large landowners.
The degree to which private and public lands can be put to their respective designated
and zoned uses will determine the effectiveness of the General Plan. The historical pattern of
land ownership in specific situations may :adversely affect the realization of stated objectives and
goals.
County -owned lands amount to less than 1 per cent of the total land area of the island.
State owned lands account for 44 per cent of the County's 2.5 million acres, with district
proportions ranging from a low of 17 per cent in South Kona to a high of 76 per cent in North
Hilo. State lands include a variety of uses such as commercial, industrial, residential and resort
uses and education and research in South Hilo to wilderness areas and mountain tops in
Hamakua and Ka'u.
Federal lands in the County of Hawaii include the Hawaii Volcanoes National Park and
the National Historic Parks at Pu'ukohola and Honaunau, both of which are established programs
of the National Park Service of the U.S. Department of Interior. The National Park Service
proposes to acquire additional lands for the expansion of the Hawaii Volcanoes, Puukohola and
Puuhonua O Honaunau National Historic Parks at Kahuku, Kohanaiki, and Kiilae, respectively.
Public trust or ceded lands in Hawaii comprise approximately 1.8 million acres of
property throughout the State, or 43 per cent of the State's total land area. These lands were
"ceded", or transferred, to the United States by the Republic of Hawaii, under the 1898
annexation of Hawaii as a Territory of the United States and after the 1893 overthrow of the
Hawaiian Kingdom. The Admissions Act of 1959 that granted Hawaii statehood, defined the
State as trustee for 1.4 million acres of these ceded lands and defined five purposes for its use,
including one for the betterment of conditions for native Hawaiians. The 1963 Ceded Lands Act
allowed the transfer of title to the State of all but 300,000 acres of ceded lands that were
excepted by the Federal government. In 1978, voters approved constitutional amendments to
create the Office of Hawaiian Affairs and fund it with a share of the money derived from the use
of ceded lands, In 1980, the Legislature defined the Office of Hawaiian Affairs' share of ceded
land revenues at 20 per cent. The exact amount of ceded lands within the County is currently
unknown. Act 125 was adopted by the 2000 Legislature to facilitate the establishment of a
comprehensive information system for inventorying and maintaining information about these
ceded lands.
328
Land Use — Open Space and Public Lands
The use of publicly owned lands needs to be more judiciously administered. There is at
present no master plan for the vast public lands; namely those that are designated Conservation,
over which the County has virtually no administrative jurisdiction.
The County acquires land for public uses such as parks and rights-of-way. Presently
there is no County agency whose function is to expedite land acquisitions. Various County
departments are involved, depending on the nature of acquisition. There is also a need for an
agency to keep abreast of and initiate various programs on public land.
The University of Hawaii, as a corporate body under the State Constitution, holds a
unique position on land ownership unlike other State or County agencies that utilize public lands.
The University, under the State Constitution, obtains in fee title the land granted it by Executive
Order. The University can therefore subdivide, lease or sell its lands provided it is in the interest
of public education.
GOALS
• Utilize publicly owned lands in the best public interest and to the maximum
benefit for the greatest number of people.
• Acquire lands for public use to implement policies and programs contained in the
General Plan.
POLICIES
• Encourage uses of public lands that will satisfy specific public needs, such as
housing, recreation, open space and education.
• Encourage the adoption of State programs for State lands consistent with the
General Plan.
• State and County Capital Improvement Programs should continue to be
coordinated.
• A sub -classification, University use, shall continue to be utilized, permitting the
primary institutional and numerous supportive and accessory uses required for
establishing and/or expanding a public university. Its designation shall continue
to be shown on the Land Use Pattern Allocation Guide map.
• Support the U.S. Department of Interior, National Park Service's expansion plans
for the Hawaii Volcanoes, Puukohola and Puuhonua O Honaunau National
Historic Parks.
• Encourage the State to continue the Villages of Lai'opua project at Kealakehe.
329
Land Use — Open Space and Public Lands
STANDARD
• Public lands with unique recreational and natural resources shall be maintained
for public use.
330
Land Use — Open Space and Public Lands
PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
The General Plan sets forth broad goals, objectives, and policies. Implementation
requires translating these broad statements to specific actions, systematically evaluating progress.
and active community participation. In this regard, follow-up planning efforts will involve the
preparation of Community Development Plans, Capital Improvements Program. and an annual
report.
COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT PLANS
The Community Development Flans are intended to be the forum for community input
into managing growth and coordinating the delivery of government services to the community.
The Community Development Plans will translate the broad General Plan statements to specific
actions as they apply to specific geographical areas.
A Community Development Plan should direct physical development and public
improvements within a specific area. The Community development Plan may contain detailed
land use and zoning guide snaps, plans for roadways, drainage, parks, and other infrastructure
and public facilities, architectural design ,guidelines, planning for watersheds and other natural
features, and any other matters relating to the planning area.
The Planning Director or Council may initiate a Community Development Plan. Each
Community Development Plan shall have a steering committee composed of members appointed
by the mayor and confirmed by the council. The members shall be broadly representative of the
affected communities.
The steering committee shall work in conjunction with the Planning Department and with
any professional consultants hired to assist in the preparation of the plan. The exact boundaries
of the planning area may be determined during the preparation of the plan.
It is not mandatory that there be a Community Development Plan for each region.
Although the previous General Plan called for Community Development Plans, in the thirty
years since the enactment of the first General Plan, only one Community Development Plan has
been enacted by ordinance, one by Count= Council Resolution, and two by Planning
Commission Resolution. Time, cost, the degree of effort, and, in some cases, the inability to
achieve a sufficient consensus, has been the limiting factors.
The need for a Community Development Plan for a particular area should be assessed
considering a number of factors, including hour much is public infrastructure challenged by
recent or anticipated growth and whether there are significant efforts to change the zoning and
land use in the area.
After the steering committee has recommended approval of the Community Development
Plan, it shall be forwarded to the Planning Commission for its review and recommendation to the
County Council. The County Council may modify or amend the Community Development Plan
before enacting it by ordinance, but it shall give the steering committee and the Planning
331
Plan Implementation
Commission an opportunity to review and comment upon substantive amendments and -
modifications before final adoption of the plan.
In the process of creating the Community Development Plan, it may be determined that
the General Plan should be amended. The Planning Director or County Council may initiate
amendments to the General Plan, and the steering committee may recommend amendments, that
would be enacted at the same time as the Community Development Plan, or as a follow-up to the
Community Development Plan. If there is a direct conflict between the Community
Development Plan and the General Plan, the General Plan shall be controlling.
The Community Development Plans shall focus on action. The courses of action
specified in each element of the General Plan need greater detail and need to be coordinated by
district. The Community Development Plans shall identify appropriate governmental actions
that include:
• Regulatory actions. Regulations rely on government's police power to control what
people can and cannot do in the interest of the public's health, safety, or welfare. The
County administers and enforces various regulations to control land use. These
regulations include the zoning code, subdivision code, flood control code, grading
code, sign code, and building code. The County also administers requirements
imposed by the Federal and State governments, such as the Coastal Zone
Management Act and the State Land Use Law. The Community Development Plans
shall recommend amendments as appropriate to the codes, maps, or administration
and enforcement.
Incentive measures. Where regulatory controls are the government's "sticks",
incentives are the "carrots" to encourage certain actions. Too often, regulation is the
solution. Regulation can be restrictive, reactive, and divisive. Incentive measures, on
the other hand, can invite creative "win-win" solutions. Examples of incentive
measures include property tax exemptions such as for agricultural or native forest
dedications, expedited permit processing, density bonuses, and discounted facility
fees. Community Development Plans shall consider appropriate incentive measures
to achieve various objectives, as applicable.
• Acquisition actions. Where significant resources are located on private property, it
may be more appropriate for government to purchase the development rights or fee
simple title rather than to severely regulate the owner's use of the property.
Obviously, purchasing in reaction to development proposals is expensive. The
Community Development Plans shall identify acquisition priorities, as appropriate,
and seek means to leverage financing by working creatively with the landowner,
other levels of government, land trusts, and/or nonprofit groups.
Capital budgeting actions. The County annually prepares a capital improvements
budget where public facility projects (new construction or major repairs) are
identified. The budget is accompanied by a six-year capital improvements program
(CIP). The CIP process is explained in more detail below. The Community
Development Plans shall identify and prioritize public facility projects important to
the community. The CIP shall take into consideration the recommendations in the
332
Plan Implementation
Community Development Plans, recognizing that the CIP must reconcile competing -
interests for a limited amount of funds.
Programs. Certain community needs do not necessarily require land or a new facility.
but rather a focused commitment of time and money towards achieving specific
objectives. These operational projects are referred to as programs. Examples include
an after-school youth p.ogram, neighborhood watch program. or mediation training
program. Too often, resources are diverted to studies that could be more effectively
used for pilot programs that actually try to achieve results and provide lessons
through action. Community Development Plans shall identify desired programs and
the community's role in planning and implementing the programs.
Development/Redevelopment. In very special situations, it may be appropriate for
government to take the lead and act as developer either singly or as a public/private
partnership. These situations arise when the private market fails to address certain
needs, such as very low income housing, or when the situation is quite large-scale,
complex, and especially requires government's power of eminent domain to assemble
land for redevelopment. Community Development Plans shall identify desired
projects for public development or redevelopment, and shall coordinate input from
appropriate agencies such as the Office of Mousing and Community Development or
the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.
CAPITAL IMPROVE1+IENTS PROGRAM (CIP)
Capital improvement projects have the potential to influence where growth occurs, to
more equitably distribute County services, and to promote important objectives such as
affordable housing. The County Charter sets forth the procedure for the submittal and adoption
of the CIP:
1. The various departments and agencies submit project requests and cost estimates to the
Mayor. The Planning Director reviews the lasts and recommends priorities.
2. The Mayor reviews the lists in preparing the CIP.
3. By March 1, the Mayor submits the CIP to the Council together with a message
explaining each project proposed in the capital budget, estimated cost, and proposed
method of financing.
4. By May 5, the Mayor may submit amendments (adjustments may be necessary depending
on actions taken by the State Legislature) together with a message that describes the
changes and the circumstances, which justify the changes.
5. On or before June 30, the Council shall adopt the capital budget. The capital budget for
the upcoming fiscal year is adopted by ordinance. The six-year CIP is for information
purposes.
The capital budget appropriates funds for the specified projects. Capital appropriations
lapse at the end of the second fiscal year following the year in which they are appropriated. Prior
333
Plan Implementation
to lapsing, the agency responsible to implement the project may request the Mayor to allot the
funds. Once allotted, the agency may proceed to encumber (e.g., execute contracts, issue
purchase orders) and expend the funds.
In order for the CIP to comprehensively prioritize and allocate the financial resources
available to the County within the context of the General Plan, the CIP shall be prepared as
follows:
• The CIP shall be based on clear priority criteria;
• The CIP shall integrate the several sources of funding improvements, including the fuel
tax and the County Water Board projects;
a The CIP shall coordinate County projects with State CIP projects and available Federal
funding;
• The total County costs for the projects selected for the CIP shall not exceed an amount
that could be prudently financed taking into consideration the debt service capacity of the
County;
• The CIP process shall provide opportunity for community review of the CIP proposed by
the administration prior to submittal to the County Council;
0 Where additional studies are needed to prioritize projects from an islandwide or regional
perspective, functional plans may be funded through the CIP;
• A system shall be established to monitor the status of appropriated projects.
ANNUAL REPORT
The Planning Department shall prepare an annual report to monitor progress towards
achieving the General Plan goals, objectives, and policies. To the extent possible, the annual
report should develop measurable indicators related to the policies. The Planning Department
shall submit the annual report to the Mayor for review. The Mayor shall submit the annual
report to the Council together with the capital and operational budgets in accordance with the
budget submittal timetable set forth in the Charter. The annual report and CIP shall be the means
to reconcile and prioritize competing community needs from a County -wide perspective. The
Planning Department may organize an interagency committee to provide input for inclusion in
the annual report.
334
Plan Implementation
Amendment Procedures
A. Comprehensive Review
(1) The Planning Director shah initiate a comprehensive review of the General Plan
every ten years after the initial date of adoption of the General Plan and the date
of adoption of subsequent amendments resulting from a comprehensive review.
(2) The Planning Director shall give notice of the comprehensive review to the
County Council, Planning Commission, and the general public. The notice shall
state:
(a) The general scope of review;
(b) The ability for the County Council, Planning Commission, and the general
public to provide their comments and suggestions to the Planning
Director; and
(c) The initiation date, schedule of events, and time for completion of the
review period.
(3) Upon completion of the review period, the Planning Director shall conduct public
workshops on the proposed: amendments.
(4) The public shall be afforded 60 days from the date of the last public workshop to
provide comments to the Planning Director.
(5) The Planning Director may then initiate proposed amendments to the General
Plan and shall submit the amendments to the Planning Commission for its review
and recommendation within 60 days after the public deadline to submit comments
to the Planning Director.
(6) The Planning Director shale notify a property owner of a proposed amendment
that would redesignate its property to Open or Conservation, unless the property
is already designated Conservation by the State land Use Commission. If the
Planning Director originally initiates the redesignation, then a notice shall be sent
not less than 21 days before the first Planning Commission hearing on the
proposed amendment. If f Planning Commission suggests the proposal, the
property owner shall be notified of the Planning Director's decision to initiate it
not less than 21 days before the County Council's first reading. If initiated by the
County Council, the properly owner shall be notified not less than 21 days before
the County Council's first reading.
335
Amendment Procedures
(7) The Planning Commission shall conduct and complete its public hearings on the
proposed amendments to the General Plan within 90 days from the date of receipt
of the proposed amendments.
(8) The Planning Commission shall submit its recommendation to the County
Council together with the Planning Director's proposal within 60 days from the
close of the public hearing. The Planning Commission shall recommend approval
of the Planning Director's proposal, in whole or in part, recommend changes, or
recommend the rejection of the proposal for changes to the General Plan.
(9) The County Council shall review the amendments submitted by the Planning
Director and the recommendation of the Planning Commission. The County
Council may adopt the changes proposed by the Planning Director and Planning
Commission, including any modifications, deletions, or additions deemed
necessary by the County Council. The County Council shall render a decision
within 120 days of receipt of the proposed amendments.
B. Interim Amendments
(1) The County Council may initiate amendments to the General Plan at any time
other than during the comprehensive review pursuant to the following procedures:
(a) The County Council may, by resolution, direct the Planning Director to
conduct a study to determine the feasibility of a proposed amendment.
(b) The Planning Director shall have 120 days or a longer period, as may be
agreed to by the County Council, to submit a completed feasibility study
and recommendation on the County Council's proposal to the Planning
Commission for its review and recommendation. If the Planning Director
recommends an approval, the Planning Director shall also submit a draft
ordinance for consideration and action by the County Council.
(c) The Planning Commission shall conduct and complete its public hearings
on the proposed amendment within 60 days of receipt of the feasibility
study and recommendation from the Planning Director.
(d) The Planning Commission shall submit its recommendation on the
proposed amendment together with the Planning Director's feasibility
study and recommendation to the County Council within 30 days from the
close of the hearing.
(e) The County Council shall review the proposed amendment in accordance
with its rules of practice and procedure.
336
Amendment Procedures
(2) Planning Director
(a) The Planning Director may initiate an amendment to the General Plan at
any time other than during the comprehensive review.
(b) The Planning Director shall conduct a workshop on the proposed
amendment prior to submitting it to the Planning Commission.
(c) Tie Planning Director shall submit the proposed amendment to the
Planning Commission for its review and recommendation.
(d) The Planning Commission shall conduct and complete its public hearing
within 60 days from the date of receipt of the proposed amendment.
(e) The Planning Commission shall submit its recommendation together with
the Planning Director's proposal to the County Council within 30 days
from the close of the hearing.
(f) The County Council shall review the proposed amendment in accordance
with its rules of practice and procedure.
(3) General Public
(a) Consistent with the County Charter, a member of the public may submit
an application requesting the Planning Director to initiate an amendment
to the General Plan at any time other than during the comprehensive
review.
(b) The application shall include:
(i) A filing fee of $500.00 to cover the administrative cost of
processing the application;
(ii) A statement of the nature of the proposed amendment;
(iii) A draft of the language of the proposed amendment;
(iv) A statement of the reasons for granting the proposed change,
supported by a written, documented assessment of the relationships
of the proposed change with pertinent elements of the General
Plan; and
(v) Maps, graphs, plot plan, and other supportive information.
337
Amendment Procedures
(c) Upon receipt of a properly filed and completed application, the Planning -
Director shall have 120 days to take one of the following actions:
(i) Reject the application for an amendment; or
(ii) Initiate an amendment to the General Plan.
(d) Should the Planning Director initiate an amendment, the Planning Director
shall then transmit the proposed amendment to the Planning Commission
for its review and recommendation.
(e) The Planning Commission shall conduct and complete its public hearings
on the proposed amendment within 60 days of receipt of the proposal from
the Planning Director.
(f) The Planning Commission shall submit its recommendation on the
proposed amendment to the County Council within 30 days from the close
of the hearing.
(g) The County Council shall review the proposed amendment in accordance
with its rules of practice and procedure.
(h) In the event that the Planning Director rejects an application for an
amendment, the applicant may request the County Council to initiate an
amendment on its behalf.
(i) In the event that an application is denied by the County Council, the same
or a substantially similar application may not be submitted for
consideration within one year following such denial, unless the applicant
submits significant new data or additional reasons that the Planning
Director may find to be a sufficient basis for the application to be
considered.
C. Rules and Regulations. The Planning Director and the Planning Commission shall
promulgate rules and regulations to implement the amendment procedures.
338
Amendment Procedures
m
C
m � a
W �
C W> C C 10 C K
W
3 C C; C
= N; m
p X o® m a W, a c W m
m a s m m m a 0 W m a m V m ffi t ro
to
®
J
OA C
Com,
N'
m
z
'✓' •
tea
p
c c
tai
as
Q
v
i
ie
zo
o
o
Q
Q
3 C o
o=o
m
o�
Q
_ _�=
o
o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 o c o
or
516
96
RP